Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File No. 333-185732

 

 

 

LOGO

US Foods, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   36-3642294

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 500

Rosemont, IL 60018

(847) 720-8000

(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The registrant is a privately held corporation and its equity shares are not publicly traded. At March 20, 2014, 1,000 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding, all of which were owned by USF Holding Corp.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

US Foods, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page No.  

PART I.

  

Item 1.

  Business      1   

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors      7   

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments      17   

Item 2.

  Properties      17   

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings      19   

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures      20   

PART II

  

Item 5.

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      21   

Item 6.

  Selected Financial Data      21   

Item 7.

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      24   

Item 7A.

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      44   

Item 8.

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      45   

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      95   

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures      95   

Item 9B.

  Other Information      95   

PART III

  

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      96   

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation      100   

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      146   

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      148   

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services      150   

PART IV

  

Item 15.

  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      151   

Signatures

     152   

Exhibit Index

     153   

 


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

US Foods, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries is referred to here as “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” or “US Foods.” We are a 100% owned subsidiary of USF Holding Corp.

Our Company

We are a leading foodservice distributor in the United States, with about $22 billion in net sales for fiscal 2013. The Company provides an important link between over 5,000 suppliers and our 200,000 foodservice customers nationwide. We offer an innovative array of fresh, frozen and dry food, and non-food products, with approximately 350,000 stock-keeping units (“SKUs”). US Foods provides value-added services that meet specific customer needs. We believe the Company has one of the most extensive private label product portfolios in foodservice distribution. For the latest fiscal year, this represented about 30,000 SKUs, and approximately $7 billion in net sales. Many customers benefit from our support, such as product selection, menu preparation and costing strategies.

A sales force of approximately 5,000 associates market our products to a diverse customer base. Our principal customers include independently owned, single and multi-location restaurants, regional concepts, national chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, fitness centers, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations. We have standardized our operations across the country that allows us to manage the business as a single operating segment with 61 divisions nationwide. We support our business with one of the largest private refrigerated fleets in the U.S., with roughly 6,000 trucks traveling an average of approximately 200 million miles each year. For business segment information, see Note 24 to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In 2011, we defined a new long-term vision for the Company: “To create a great American food company focused solely on foodservice.” This statement serves as a guide for our corporate strategy, summarized in four words: food, food people, and easy.

Food: To be a great American food company, our strategy focuses on offering customers great brands and innovative products, supported by an industry-leading category management capability. We strive to be the first to market with meaningful advances in product taste, quality, affordability or ease of use. We are building a cost-competitive, differentiated and efficient product assortment in every market, which corresponds to the needs of each individual customer category.

Food People: Our business model emphasizes local relationships with customers. To support this, our selling and marketing approach enables salespeople to easily share our wide assortment, and help customers select the products that fit their needs. They also are able to present value-added services that allow customers to better operate their businesses.

Easy: We offer customers a variety of tools and services so they can succeed in a competitive and challenging market. For example, our mobile and Internet-enabled ordering tools allow customers to place orders, track shipments, and quickly and efficiently see product details.

We have also focused on making the Company more efficient. That resulted in significant improvements in centralizing our operations and organizing them along functional lines. This includes customer-facing areas (such as category management and merchandising functions) as well as support functions (such as finance).

Our investments in the business reflect these strategic priorities. In 2014, we plan to enhance our category management and merchandising initiatives, and to optimize supply chain management. We continue to look for opportunities to provide our customers with new and innovative products and services.

 

1


Table of Contents

Corporate History

US Foods’ roots date back over 150 years to a number of heritage companies, including Monarch Foods, founded in 1853, and White Swan, founded in 1872. During the 20th Century, through acquisition and organic growth, three organizations emerged that would eventually become US Foods. These companies were US Foodservice, PYA/Monarch, and Alliant Foodservice. In 2000, Koninklijke Ahold N.V. (“Ahold”) entered the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, embarking on a period of rapid growth through acquisition. Ahold purchased US Foods and PYA/Monarch in April and December of 2000, respectively. In November 2001, Ahold acquired Alliant Foodservice. With this acquisition, US Foods established itself as the second largest broadline foodservice distribution company in the U.S. In 2007, USF Holding Corp.—formed and controlled by investment funds associated with or managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (“CD&R”), and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (“KKR”) (collectively the “Sponsors”)—acquired all the outstanding common shares of US Foods.

Sysco/US Foods Merger

USF Holding Corp. is our parent company, which owns all of our outstanding shares of common stock. On December 8, 2013, it entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Sysco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Sysco”); Scorpion Corporation I, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco; and Scorpion Company II, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco. Under this agreement, Sysco will acquire USF Holding Corp. (the “Acquisition”) based on the terms and subject to the conditions in the Merger Agreement. The Acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of 2014. However, it is subject to customary conditions, including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

Sysco has advised us that if any of US Foods’ Senior Notes remain outstanding after the Acquisition is completed, it intends to fully and unconditionally guarantee these obligations under the indenture for the Senior Notes. However, Sysco is under no contractual or legal obligation to do so. On December 19, 2013, US Foods received the consent from holders of our Senior Notes to amend the indenture to modify certain definitions in the indenture for the Senior Notes so that the Acquisition would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indenture. As a result, US Foods will not be required to make a “Change of Control” offer to holders of the Senior Notes in connection with the Acquisition.

See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about the Acquisition and its impact on our business, and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for risks associated with the Acquisition.

Industry Overview

The annual United States foodservice distribution industry that we can serve is estimated at about $230 billion. It is very fragmented, with about 15,000 foodservice distributors nationwide. These range from businesses selling a single product category (such as produce) to large broadline distributors with many divisions and thousands of products across many categories.

This means customers have many choices. They often purchase concurrently from several foodservice distributors, including national distributors (such as US Foods and Sysco), regional distributors, and local distributors. In addition, they may buy from other channels, including wholesale outlets (such as Restaurant Depot), and retailers (including Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club and Costco). With the rise of eCommerce, and low barriers to entry, Amazon.com and other Internet-oriented businesses also have entered the market. It is expected that wholesale outlets, large retailers and Internet-based suppliers will continue to expand their presence in the food distribution industry and seek to take market share from traditional foodservice distributors.

 

2


Table of Contents

Based upon data provided by the USDA Economic Research Service, for over 25 years and prior to 2008, the U.S. foodservice industry was characterized by stable, predictable growth in total food purchases by dollar value. In 2008, however, the market was hit by the economic recession and the dislocation in the financial markets. That led to significant declines for large and small operators. Since 2010, the industry has shown signs of stabilization. This reflects improvements in the macroeconomic environment, consumer confidence, and stronger discretionary spending. However, growth remains well below historical averages.

The combination of high fragmentation, new market entrants, and low demand growth make this market very competitive. To distinguish themselves, we believe, distributors must offer customers 1) a wide range of quality products; 2) a number of related value-added services; 3) products and services on a timely, dependable basis; and 4) competitive prices. This combination requires a low-cost, highly efficient operation with a wide reach. As a result, distributors must constantly optimize their network of distribution centers, transportation fleets and routes. They also will continue to extend their product offerings and geographic reach primarily by acquiring other distributors.

Customers and Products

Our sales force of approximately 5,000 associates serves a diverse group of customers. These include independently owned single- and multi-unit location restaurants, regional concepts, national chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, fitness centers, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations. In fiscal 2013, no individual customer represented more than 4% of total customer sales, and our top 50 customers represented approximately 45% of customer sales.

Our customers rely on us for support in many areas, including product expertise and selection, menu preparation, recipe ideas and pricing strategies. They also require nationally branded and private label products, value-added offerings, and customer service. Our customers typically purchase products from multiple foodservice distributors.

We have relationships with group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”) that act as agents for their members, negotiating pricing, delivery, and other terms. Some of our customers who are members of GPOs purchase their products directly from us pursuant to the terms negotiated by their GPOs. In fiscal 2013, about 24% of our total customer purchases came from customers pursuant to terms negotiated by GPOs. GPOs primarily focus on healthcare, hospitality, education, government/military and restaurant chains.

This table presents the sales mix for our principal product categories for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Meats and seafood

     34     34     34

Dry grocery products

     19     19     19

Refrigerated and frozen grocery products

     16     16     16

Equipment, disposables and supplies

     10     10     10

Dairy

     10     10     10

Beverage products

     6     6     6

Produce

     5     5     5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchandising

Our Merchandising Group manages procurement and our portfolio of products, including private label and national brands. It is responsible for setting and executing product and category strategies and working with each division to ensure our category vision is implemented. It concentrates on optimizing economies of scale and

 

3


Table of Contents

leveraging our purchasing scale. We implemented a strategic vendor management process to ensure our supplier partners provide the most effective combination of quality, service and price over the long term. This allows us to use a national marketing calendar to more effectively reach our diverse customer base.

The Merchandising Group’s test kitchen facilitates product research and development. A team of chefs and product developers works closely with our category managers and supplier partners to develop products that only are available from us, and serve to differentiate our offerings. This product innovation and marketing program is a centerpiece of the Company’s strategy of becoming a leading food company. The Merchandising Group also uses extensive food safety and quality assurance resources to ensure consistency, integrity, and high standards of excellence in the products we distribute.

Logistics

Our Logistics Group focuses on increasing company-managed inbound freight, freight reduction and freight optimization initiatives. This group includes national operations and logistics support teams in Chicago, and a field-based logistics team. The national logistics team handles the building, tracking and execution of inbound transportation loads, using our centralized transactional processing. The logistics support team works with operations and divisions to identify opportunities, reduce costs, and manage broader strategic initiatives associated with managing inbound freight. The logistics support team also manages carrier and vendor relationships, such as the inbound freight component of a vendor relationship, versus the product cost component—which is managed by our Merchandising Group. The Logistic Group’s goal is to improve overall service levels and reduce inbound freight expenses, as well as investigate and implement network-wide opportunities.

Suppliers

We purchase from over 5,000 individual suppliers, none of which accounts for more than 10% of our aggregate purchases. Our supplier base consists generally of large corporations, selling national brand name and private label products. Additionally, regional suppliers support targeted geographic initiatives and private label programs requiring regional distribution. We generally negotiate supplier agreements on a centralized basis.

Product Brands and Other Intellectual Property

To meet the needs of our customers, we offer a broad assortment of categories and brands. In many categories, we offer products under our own brands and trademarks.

Our brands are positioned in a variety of ways, primarily to support the requirements of our customers. Some are value brands, which offer a wide variety of lower cost products for customers who demand consistent quality and superior value. Others are positioned to match or exceed the quality of comparable manufacturer brand products. We increasingly focus on bringing unique, innovative products with exclusive, differentiated brands to our customers. We have applied to register the trademark US Foods—and have registered the trademarks Food Fanatics, and ChefStore—in connection with our overall US Foods brand strategy and with our new retail outlets. We have also registered or applied to register the following trademarks in the United States in connection with our brand portfolio: Chef’s Line, Rykoff Sexton, Stock Yards and Metro Deli in our Best tier; Monarch, Monogram, Molly’s Kitchen and Glenview Farms, among others, in our Better tier; and Valu+Plus and Harvest Value in our Good Tier. Other than the US Foods trademark, and the trademarks for our brand portfolio, we do not believe that trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets are material to our business.

Competition

The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive and fragmented. We believe that about 15,000 foodservice distributors participate in food away from home marketplace. Competition consists of national

 

4


Table of Contents

distributors, like US Foods and Sysco, and many regional and local distributors. These companies align themselves with other local and regional players through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups. This allows them to expand their geographic markets, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, and ability to meet customers’ distribution requirements.

A number of other distribution channels also serve the commercial foodservice market. These include cash and carry operations, commercial wholesale outlets (such as Restaurant Depot), club stores (such as Sam’s Club and Costco), and grocery stores. Recently, we have begun to experience competition from online direct food wholesalers, including e-commerce companies such as Amazon.com.

Our customers are accustomed to purchasing from multiple suppliers and channels concurrently. Product needs, service requirements and price are just a few of the factors they evaluate when deciding where to purchase. Customers can choose from many broadline foodservice distributors, specialty distributors that focus on specific categories such as produce, meat or seafood, other wholesale channels, club stores, grocery stores and a myriad of new online retailers. Since switching costs are very low, customers can make supplier and channel changes very quickly. There are few barriers to market entry. Existing foodservice competitors can extend their shipping distances, and add truck routes and warehouses relatively quickly to serve new markets or customers.

US Foods differentiates itself from its competition through management and sales expertise (better service), purchasing scale (better price) and logistics expertise (better delivery). We serve a diverse customer base, and our sales force of approximately 5,000 associates is well equipped to meet evolving customer demands. We have increased our category management capabilities, while remaining focused on innovation and differentiation in our exclusive brand portfolio. We leveraged our investment in information technology to make the customer experience easy. We face many challenges, such as the foodservice market’s sensitivity to national and regional conditions, and the foodservice distribution industry’s low margins.

Working Capital

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment, and our resources include cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings, various types of debt and other financing arrangements. See the discussion in “Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” regarding our liquidity and capital resources.

Regulation

As a marketer and distributor of food products in the United States, US Foods is subject to regulation by numerous federal, state and local regulatory agencies. At the federal level, we are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Bioterrorism Act and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). The FDA regulates manufacturing and holding requirements for foods, specifies the standards of identity for certain foods, and prescribes the format and content of certain information required to appear on food product labels. For certain product lines, we are also subject to the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the Country of Origin Labeling Act, and regulations promulgated under this by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”). The USDA imposes standards for product quality and sanitation, including the inspection and labeling of meat and poultry products and the grading and commercial acceptance of produce shipments from our vendors.

We and our products are also subject to state and local regulation through such measures as the licensing of our facilities, enforcement by state and local health agencies of state and local standards for our products and facilities, and regulation of our trade practices in connection with the sale of our products.

Our premises are generally inspected at least annually by federal and/or state authorities. These facilities are also subject to inspections and regulations issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act by the U.S.

 

5


Table of Contents

Department of Labor, which require us to comply with certain manufacturing, health and safety standards to protect our employees from accidents, and to establish hazard communication programs to transmit information about the hazards of certain chemicals present in some of the products we distribute.

We are also subject to regulation by numerous federal, state and local regulatory agencies. In particular, among other things, we service the federal government—including the Department of Defense and Department of Veterans Affairs facilities—as well as certain state and local entities. This subjects us to government contractor regulation at those respective levels. Our operations are subject to zoning, environmental and building regulations, as well as laws that prohibit discrimination in employment on the basis of disability—including the Americans with Disabilities Act—and other laws relating to accessibility and the removal of barriers. Our workers’ compensation and workers’ compensation self-insurance are subject to regulation by state regulatory agencies.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Our operations are subject to a broad range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those governing environmental issues (e.g., discharges to air, soil and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes, and the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releases of petroleum products and other regulated substances), employee health and safety and fleet safety. Compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and/or regulations is not currently requiring us to incur material expenditures. However, the discovery of currently unknown conditions, new laws or regulations or changes in the enforcement of existing requirements, could require us to incur additional costs or result in unexpected liabilities that could be significant.

Seasonality

Our business does not fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and, as a result, is not considered seasonal.

Research and Development

As noted above, the Merchandising Group’s test kitchen facilitates product research and development, with a focus on exclusive product development and product performance attributes. The cost of these activities is not considered material to our operations.

Employees

We employ a large and diverse workforce, of which approximately 64% are non-exempt employees. As of December 28, 2013, we had approximately 25,000 employees. Our non-exempt employee base is primarily comprised of warehouse and driver labor, consisting of approximately 16,000 non-exempt employees. Approximately 4,500 of our employees were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. In fiscal year 2013, eight agreements covering approximately 900 employees were renegotiated. In fiscal year 2014, twelve agreements covering approximately 1,600 employees will be subject to renegotiation. We believe we have good relations with both union and non-union employees and we are well-regarded in the communities in which we operate.

Available Information

You may read and copy any documents that we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain further information about the public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website ( www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including US Foods, Inc. The SEC’s website address is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as an inactive textual reference only.

 

6


Table of Contents

Regardless of whether we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we have agreed that from the time we first become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and for so long as any of our Senior Notes remain outstanding, we will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d), or would be so required to file if we were so subject.

You may also obtain a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other information that we file with the SEC at no cost by calling us or writing to us at the following address: US Foods, Inc., 9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 600, Rosemont, IL 60018, (847)  720-8000.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We are subject to many risks and uncertainties including, without limitation, our results of operations and cash flows. Some of these risks and uncertainties may cause our financial performance, business or operations to vary, or they may materially or adversely affect our financial performance. These are discussed below. The risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only ones we face. Others—which are not currently known to us, or that we believe are immaterial—also may adversely affect our financial performance, business or operations.

Risks Relating to the Proposed Acquisition by Sysco

There can be no assurance that Sysco will assume the Senior Notes. There also can be no assurance as to the credit worthiness of the obligors under the indenture for the Senior Notes after the Acquisition.

There can be no assurance as to the credit worthiness of the obligors under the indenture for the Senior Notes after the Acquisition has been completed. At that time, US Foods and the subsidiary guarantors of the Senior Notes will all become indirect subsidiaries of Sysco. Sysco has advised us that if any of our Senior Notes remain outstanding following the Acquisition, it intends to fully and unconditionally guarantee those obligations. However, Sysco is under no contractual or legal obligation to do this under the indenture, the Merger Agreement or otherwise or to redeem or refinance the Senior Notes. If Sysco assumes the Senior Notes, there is no assurance it will have the same credit worthiness that it does now, or that it will continue to maintain that credit worthiness after it integrates US Foods and its subsidiaries. If Sysco does not assume the Senior Notes—and we and the subsidiary guarantors continue to be obligors under the indenture—there can be no assurances on the credit worthiness or operational plans of US Foods or the subsidiary guarantors after they have been acquired by Sysco. Further, pursuant to the consent of the holders of the Senior Notes, the Acquisition will not be deemed to be a change of control under the indenture, and Sysco will not need to make a change of control offer.

The proposed acquisition is subject to receiving consents and approvals from government entities with the power to impose conditions that could have an adverse effect on us, or could delay or prevent the Acquisition.

Completion of the Acquisition by Sysco is conditioned upon, among other things, the expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the United States Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”). In addition, we must receive other regulatory approvals, each as described in the Merger Agreement. The state attorneys general of Florida, Indiana and other U.S. states have announced they are reviewing the proposed Acquisition. These reviews may cause extensive delays in the consummation of the Acquisition. The reviewing authorities may not permit the Acquisition at all, or they may impose restrictions or conditions on the completion of the Acquisition. There is no assurance that US Foods and Sysco will obtain the governmental approvals necessary for the Acquisition. Any delay in completing the Acquisition could diminish its anticipated benefits, or result in additional transaction costs, loss of revenue, or other negative effects associated with uncertainty about the situation. In February 2014, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) requested additional information and documentary materials in connection with the Acquisition under

 

7


Table of Contents

notification requirements of the HSR Act, which is frequently referred to as a “second request,” and Sysco and US Foods are continuing to work closely and cooperate with the FTC as it conducts its review of the Acquisition.

Sysco’s failure to acquire us could adversely affect our business.

There is no assurance this Acquisition or any other transaction will occur. Consummation of the Acquisition is subject to various conditions, including the consents or approvals of government authorities noted above. We will have incurred significant costs—including the diversion of management resources—for which we will receive little or no benefit if the Acquisition does not happen. The Merger Agreement is subject to termination by either party if the Acquisition is not completed on or before March 8, 2015. The agreement also is subject to extension by either party to allow for clearance under the HSR Act, but not past September 8, 2015. In addition, the Merger Agreement contains certain other termination rights for both USF Holding Corp. and Sysco. A failed transaction may result in negative publicity. Any of these events—individually or in combination—could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The announcement of our impending acquisition by Sysco could adversely affect our business, financial results and operations, including our relationships with customers, vendors and employees.

The announcement of the proposed Acquisition could cause disruptions in and create uncertainty surrounding our business. This could affect our relationships with customers, vendors and employees, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial results and operations. In particular, we could lose important personnel if some employees decide to leave in light of the proposed Acquisition. We could potentially lose customers or suppliers, or our customers or suppliers could modify their relationships with us in an adverse manner. In addition, we have devoted—and will continue to devote—significant management resources to complete the Acquisition. This may cause our business and operating results to suffer.

The Merger Agreement also places restrictions on how we conduct our business before the Acquisition is completed. These restrictions could result in our inability to respond effectively, and in a timely manner, to competitive pressures, industry developments and future opportunities. This could harm our business, financial results and operations. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information about the proposed acquisition by Sysco and its impact on our business, including restrictive covenants relating to our operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

Ours is a low-margin business, and our profitability is directly affected by cost inflation, commodity volatility and other factors.

Foodservice distribution is characterized by relatively high inventory turnover with relatively low profit margins. We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell, plus a percentage margin. As a result, our profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit percentage may remain relatively constant. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation also may reduce our profit margins and earnings, if product cost increases cannot be passed on to customers because they resist paying higher prices. In addition, periods of rapid inflation may have a negative effect on our business. There may be a lag between the time of the price increase and the time at which we are able to pass it along, as well as the impact it may have on discretionary spending by consumers.

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

Foodservice distribution is highly competitive. This includes a large number of local and regional distributors. These companies often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing groups. The goal is to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing

 

8


Table of Contents

power, cost efficiencies, and ability to meet customer distribution requirements. These suppliers also rely on local presence as a source of competitive advantage, and they may have lower costs and other competitive advantages due to geographic proximity. Additionally, alternative distribution channels—such as cash and carry operations, commercial wholesale outlets, club stores and grocery stores—continue to serve the commercial foodservice market. We also experience competition from online direct food wholesalers, such as Amazon.com. We generally do not have exclusive service agreements with our customers, and they may switch to others that offer lower prices, differentiated products or customer service that is perceived to be superior. We believe most purchasing decisions in the foodservice distribution industry are based on the quality and price of the product, plus a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries.

Increased competition has caused the foodservice distribution industry to change, as distributors seek to lower costs, further increasing pressure on the industry’s profit margins. Heightened competition among our suppliers, significant pricing initiatives or discount programs established by competitors, new entrants, and trends toward vertical integration could create additional competitive pressures that reduce margins and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.

We get substantially all of our foodservice and related products from third-party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can provide leverage when dealing with suppliers, they may not provide the foodservice products and supplies we need in the quantities and at the prices requested. We do not control the actual production of the products we sell. This means we are also subject to delays caused by interruption in production and increases in product costs based on conditions outside our control. These conditions include work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of suppliers; severe weather; crop conditions; product recalls; transportation interruptions; unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs; competitive demands; and natural disasters or other catastrophic events (including, but not limited to, the outbreak of food-borne illnesses in the U.S.). Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of foodservice and related products because of any of these or other factors could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other distributors.

Significant increases in fuel costs could hurt our business.

The high cost of fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending. As a result, this reduces the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from home. In addition, the high cost of fuel can also increase the price we pay for products, as well and the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. These factors in turn negatively affect our sales, margins, operating expenses and operating results. Additionally, from time to time, we enter into forward purchase commitments for some of our fuel requirements—at prices equal to the then-current market price. If fuel prices decrease significantly, these forward purchases may prove ineffective and result in us paying higher than market costs for part of our fuel. As of December 28, 2013, we had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $37 million through December 2014, which locked in approximately 20% of our projected diesel fuel purchase needs for the contracted period. A 10% change in diesel prices would cause our uncommitted diesel fuel costs through December 2014 to change by approximately $14 million. See “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for further discussion of market risks relating to diesel fuel.

An economic downturn, or other factors affecting consumer confidence, could reduce the amount of food prepared and consumed away from home, which could harm our business.

The foodservice market is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions. The general U.S. economic slowdown in the recent years, the uncertainty in the financial markets, and slow job growth affected consumer confidence and discretionary spending. Inflation, a renewed decline in economic activity, and other factors

 

9


Table of Contents

affecting consumer confidence—and the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from home—may reduce our sales and operating results in the future. Additionally, prolonged periods of product cost inflation may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings, if the product cost increases cannot be passed on to customers who resist paying higher prices or negatively affect consumer spending. Our operating results are also sensitive to, and may be adversely affected by, other factors. These include difficulties collecting accounts receivable, competitive price pressures, severe weather conditions, and unexpected increases in fuel or other transportation-related costs that are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that one or more of these factors will not reduce future operating results.

We face risks related to labor relations and the availability of qualified labor.

On December 28, 2013, we had approximately 25,000 employees. About 4,500 were members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. In fiscal year 2013, eight agreements covering approximately 900 employees were renegotiated. In fiscal 2014, twelve agreements covering approximately 1,600 employees will be subject to renegotiation. Failure to effectively renegotiate any of these contracts could result in work stoppages. We may be subject to increased efforts to subject us to a multi-location labor dispute, as an individual labor agreements expire. This would place us at greater risk of being materially adversely affected by labor disputes. We also believe we have satisfactory relationships with our employees, including the unions that represent some of our employees. However, a work stoppage due to our failure to renegotiate union contracts could have a significant negative effect on us. So could any shortage of qualified labor. We do extensive contingency planning in advance of all negotiations. Our goal is to ensure that we are able to operate a facility that may be affected by a work stoppage. Recruiting and retention efforts, and actions to increase productivity may not be successful, and we could encounter a shortage of qualified drivers in the future. This kind of shortage would decrease our ability to effectively serve customers. It would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability.

A change in our relationships with Group Purchasing Organizations could negatively affect our relationships with customers, which could reduce our profitability.

No single customer represented more than 4% of our total customer sales in fiscal 2013. However, some of our customers purchase their products under arrangements with Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”). GPOs act as agents on behalf of their members by negotiating pricing, delivery, and other terms with us. Our customers who are members of GPOs purchase products directly from us on the terms negotiated by their GPO. GPOs use the combined purchasing power of their members to lower the prices paid by their members, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from customers who associate with GPOs. Approximately 24% of our net sales in fiscal 2013 were made by customers under terms negotiated by GPOs. To the extent our customers are able to independently negotiate competitive pricing or become members of GPOs, we may be forced to lower our prices so they will remain customers, which would negatively affect operating margins. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our relationships with GPOs—or if GPOs are able to negotiate more favorable terms for their members with our competitors—we could lose some or all of that business. This could adversely affect our future operating profits.

If we fail to increase or maintain our sales to independent restaurant customers, our profitability may suffer.

Our most profitable customers are independent restaurants. We typically provide a higher level of services to these customers and are able to earn a higher operating margin on sales. Our ability to continue to gain market share of independent customers is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of independent customers or decreases in our sales to this type of customer could have a material negative impact on our profitability.

 

10


Table of Contents

Changes in industry pricing practices could negatively affect our profitability.

Promotional allowances have traditionally generated a significant percentage of foodservice distribution gross margins. These payments from suppliers are based upon the efficiencies that the distributor provides by volume purchasing, and marketing and merchandising expertise. Promotional allowances are a standard industry practice and represent a significant source of profitability for our competitors and us. Any change in industry practices that reduced or eliminated purchasing allowances—without corresponding increases in sales margin—could be disruptive to us and the industry as a whole, and could have a material negative effect on our profitability.

If our competitors implement a lower cost structure, they may be able to offer reduced prices to customers. We may be unable to adjust our cost structure to compete profitably.

Over the last several decades, the food retail industry has undergone a significant change. Companies such as Wal-Mart and Costco have developed a lower cost structure, so they can provide their customers with an everyday low-cost product offering. In addition, commercial wholesale outlets, such as Restaurant Depot, offer an additional low-cost option in the markets they serve. As a large-scale foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, to the extent more of our competitors adopt an everyday low price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to lower prices to our customers. That would require us to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. We may be unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in that environment.

Our business may be subject to significant environmental, health and safety costs.

Our operations face a broad range of federal, state and local laws and regulations. These include environmental issues, such as discharges to air, soil and water; the handling and disposal of hazardous substances; the investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from releasing petroleum products and other hazardous substances; employee health and safety; and fleet safety. In the course of our operations, we use and dispose of limited volumes of hazardous substances, and we store fuel in on-site aboveground and underground storage tanks. At several current and former facilities, we are investigating and remediating known or suspected contamination from releases of fuel and other hazardous substances. We cannot be sure that compliance with existing or future environmental, health and safety laws—such as those related to remediation obligations—will not adversely affect future operating results.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, the enforcement of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to a number of complex and stringent food safety, transportation, labor, employment and other laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally require us to maintain and comply with a wide variety of certificates, permits, licenses and other approvals. (See “Business—Regulation.”) Regulatory authorities have broad powers with respect to our operations. They may revoke, suspend, condition or limit our licenses or ability to conduct business. Our failure to maintain required certificates, permits or licenses—or to comply with applicable laws, ordinances or regulations—could result in substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct our operations. We cannot be sure that existing laws or regulations will not be revised, or that new laws or regulations—which could have an adverse impact on our operations—will not be adopted or become applicable to us. We also cannot be sure that we will be able to recover any or all increased costs of compliance from our customers, or that our business and financial condition will not be materially and adversely affected by future changes in applicable laws and regulations.

We rely heavily on technology, and any disruption in existing or delay in implementing new technology could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to control costs and maximize profits, as well as to serve customers most effectively, depends on the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes in our transaction intensive business. We rely on software and other technology systems to manage significant aspects of our business. These

 

11


Table of Contents

include to make purchases, process orders, manage our warehouses, load trucks in the most efficient manner, and to optimize the use of storage space. Any disruption to these information systems could negatively affect our customer service, decrease the volume of our business, and result in increased costs. We have invested and continue to invest in technology security initiatives, business continuity, and disaster recovery plans. However, these measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruption that could impair operations and profits. Information technology systems evolve rapidly. To compete effectively, we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, allowing them to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, our operations and profits could be affected.

A cyber-security incident and other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our relationships with customers.

We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information, and to manage or support virtually all of our business processes and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, business partners and our customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft and inadvertent release of information. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about employees, and financial and strategic information about the Company and its business partners. Further, the Company is also expanding and improving its information technologies, resulting in a larger technological presence and corresponding increased exposure to cybersecurity risk. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property—or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely—could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability and competitive disadvantage.

We may be subject to or affected by liability claims related to products we distribute.

We—as any seller of food—may be exposed to liability claims in the event that the products we sell cause injury or illness. We believe we have sufficient primary or excess umbrella liability insurance to cover product liability claims. However, our current insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or, if available, may not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us. But this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by suppliers. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, the liability related to defective products could adversely affect our results of operations.

Any negative media exposure or other event that harms our reputation could hurt our business.

Maintaining a good reputation is critical to our business, particularly in selling our private label products. Any event that damages our reputation, justified or not, could quickly affect our revenues and profits. This includes adverse publicity about the quality, safety or integrity of our products. Reports—whether or not they are true—of food-borne illnesses (such as e. coli, avian flu, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis or salmonella) and injuries caused by food tampering could severely injure our reputation. If patrons of our national chain and local restaurant customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, the customers could be forced to temporarily close restaurant locations and our sales would correspondingly decrease. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses or food tampering or other health concerns—even those unrelated to our products—can result in negative publicity about the food service distribution industry and dramatically reduce our sales.

 

12


Table of Contents

We have been the subject of governmental investigations.

We have received requests for information from the State of Florida’s Department of Financial Services regarding a contract we have with the Florida Department of Corrections, as well as a request from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of California seeking information regarding our California customers from 2001 to present. In each respective instance, we are cooperating with the investigation. We are further aware of two qui tam actions filed in Florida courts against the Company. However, because each suit is sealed, we do not have any further information about the nature of the claims alleged or remedies sought. At this stage, we cannot determine the likelihood of success of any of the above claims or the potential liability if they are successful and therefore there can be no assurance that adverse determination with respect to either matter would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Our retirement benefits could give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.

We sponsor defined benefit pension and other post-retirement plans. Pension and post-retirement obligations give rise to significant expenses that are dependent on assumptions in Note 17 to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pension and post-retirement expense for fiscal 2013 was $40 million. The amount by which the present value of projected benefit obligations of our pension and other post-retirement plans exceeded the market value of plan assets of our plans, as of December 28, 2013, was $101 million. We review our pension and post-retirement plan assumptions regularly. We participate in various “multi-employer” pension plans administered by labor unions representing some of our employees. We make periodic contributions to these plans to allow them to meet their pension benefit obligations to their participants. In the event that we withdraw from participating in one of these plans, then-applicable law could require us to make withdrawal liability payments to the plan, and we would have to reflect that on our balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for any multi-employer plan would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits. In connection with the closing of our Boston South distribution facility in 2011, we incurred a withdrawal liability of approximately $40 million, to be paid in installments, including interest, through 2031. In 2012, we incurred an $18 million settlement charge resulting from lump-sum payments to former employees participating in several Company-sponsored pension plans. In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements with labor unions that maintain these plans, we could decide to discontinue participation in a plan. In that event, we could face a withdrawal liability. We could also be treated as withdrawing from participation in one of these plans, if the number of our employees participating in these plans is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time. Such reductions in the number of employees participating in these plans could occur as a result of changes in our business operations, such as facility closures or consolidations. Some multi-employer plans, including ones in which we participate, are reported to have significant underfunded liabilities. Such underfunding could increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. For a detailed description of our retirement plans, see Note 17 to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We incur additional risks as a result of being obligated to file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a private company, we were not historically subject to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In connection with the 2013 registration of our Senior Notes, we are now required to file annual, quarterly and current reports under the Exchange Act with the SEC with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, we are now subject to some of the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC. These require us to implement additional corporate governance practices and adhere to a variety of reporting requirements and complex accounting rules. Compliance with these obligations requires us to devote significant management time and places significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff and on our financial, accounting and information systems. In addition, as a result of filing the registration statements in connection with the exchange offers, we are required to maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures

 

13


Table of Contents

and internal control over financial reporting. There is no guarantee that our disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting will be effective in future years. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in value and liquidity of our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, and make it more difficult for us to raise capital in the future. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or applicable rules and regulations of the SEC could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

We must effectively integrate the businesses we acquire.

Historically, a portion of our growth has come through acquisitions. If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully—or realize anticipated economic, operational and other benefits and synergies in a timely manner—our profitability may decrease. Integrating acquired businesses may be more difficult in a region or market in which we have limited expertise. A significant expansion of our business and operations, in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and/or operational resources. Significant acquisitions may also require incurring additional debt. This could increase our interest expense, and make it difficult for us to get favorable financing for other acquisitions or capital investments in the future.

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect from our cost savings initiatives.

We may not be able to realize some or all of our expected cost savings in the future. A variety of factors could cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings. These include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. All of these factors could negatively affect our profitability and competitiveness.

Risks Related to Our Substantial Indebtedness

We have substantial debt, which could adversely affect our financial health, and our ability to obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business, and make payments on our debt.

As of December 28, 2013 we have had an aggregate principal amount of $4,752 million of outstanding debt, excluding $18 million of unamortized premium. Our substantial debt could have important consequences to holders of the Senior Notes, including the following:

 

    Our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, acquisitions or general corporate purposes, and our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, may be impaired in the future

 

    A substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes (for example, approximately $300 million was dedicated to the payment of interest for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013)

 

    We are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because a substantial portion of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest

 

    It may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness

 

    We may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions

 

    We may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or comparable debt at more favorable interest rates and they, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand economic downturns

 

14


Table of Contents
    Our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase

 

    Our flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and ability to withstand competitive pressures could be limited, or we may be prevented from carrying out capital spending that is necessary or important to our growth strategy and efforts to improve operating margins or our business

Despite our indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, including secured debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our debt agreements do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. As of December 28, 2013, we had commitments for additional borrowings under our asset-based senior secured revolving loan ABL Facility and our 2012 ABS Facility of $901 million (of which approximately $787 million was available based on our borrowing base), all of which were secured. All of those borrowings and any other secured indebtedness permitted under the agreements governing such credit facilities and indentures are effectively senior to the unsecured Senior Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase and we may not be able to meet all our debt obligations, including the repayment of the Senior Notes. In addition, the Indenture does not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.

The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.

Our credit facilities and the indentures contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to do the following:

 

    Dispose of assets

 

    Incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness)

 

    Pay dividends and make certain payments

 

    Make voluntary prepayments on the Senior Notes or make amendments to the terms thereof

 

    Create liens on assets

 

    Make investments (including joint ventures)

 

    Engage in mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets

 

    Engage in certain transactions with affiliates

 

    Change the business conducted by us

 

    Amend specific debt agreements

In addition, if borrowing availability under the ABL Facility—plus the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by us—falls below a specified threshold of $100 million, the borrowers are required to comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1 to 1. In addition, if our borrowing availability under the ABL Facility falls below $110 million, additional reporting responsibilities are triggered under the ABL Facility and the 2012 ABS Facility.

Our ability to comply with these provisions in future periods will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which in turn will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our ability to comply with these provisions in future periods will also depend substantially on the pricing of our products, our success at implementing cost reduction initiatives and our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy.

 

15


Table of Contents

The restrictions under the terms of our credit facilities may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with these agreements or that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our credit facilities may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under our credit facilities that would permit the applicable lenders or note holders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, the lenders could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under and may not be able to repay the amounts due under our credit facilities. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our debt facilities and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under our debt will depend on our financial and operating performance. This, in turn, will be subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to the financial and business factors, many of which may be beyond our control, as described under “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business” above.

If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or restructure our debt. In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our debt, and such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

The 2012 ABS Facility will mature in 2015. The ABL Facility will mature in 2016. The Amended 2011 Term Facility will mature in 2019. The CMBS Fixed Rate Loan will also mature in 2017. The Senior Notes will mature in 2019. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, particularly because of our anticipated high levels of debt and the debt incurrence restrictions imposed by the agreements governing our debt, as well as prevailing market conditions. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our credit facilities and indentures restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from any such dispositions. As a result, we cannot assure you we will be able to consummate those sales, or if we do, what the timing of the sales will be, or whether the proceeds that we realize will be adequate to meet the debt service obligations when due.

An increase in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

A significant portion of our outstanding debt bears interest at variable rates. As a result, an increase in interest rates—whether because of an increase in market interest rates or a decrease in our creditworthiness—would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. The impact of such an increase would be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial debt.

 

16


Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

As of February 25, 2014, we maintained 77 primary operating facilities used in our divisions, of which approximately 79% were owned and 21% were leased. In addition to the operating facilities, our real estate includes general corporate facilities in Rosemont, IL, and Tempe, AZ. The Rosemont, IL and Tempe, AZ facilities are leased. The portfolio also includes a number of local sales offices, truck “drop-sites” and vacant land. Additionally, there is a minimal amount of surplus owned or leased property. Leases with respect to our leased facilities expire at various dates from 2014 to 2026, exclusive of renewal options.

 

17


Table of Contents

The table below sets out the number of distribution facilities occupied by us in each state and the aggregate square footage of such facilities. The table reflects single divisions that may contain multiple locations or buildings. The table does not include retail sales locations, such as cash and carry or US Foods Culinary Equipment & Supply outlet locations, closed locations, vacant properties, or ancillary use owned and leased properties—such as temporary storage, remote sales offices or parking lots. In addition the table shows the square footage of our Rosemont, IL Headquarters and Tempe, AZ Shared Services Center:

 

Location

   Number of
Facilities
     Square Feet  

Alabama

     1         371,744   

Arizona

     3         329,431   

Arkansas

     1         135,009   

California

     5         1,261,588   

Colorado

     1         314,883   

Connecticut

     1         239,899   

Florida

     5         1,406,084   

Georgia

     2         703,852   

Illinois

     3         558,743   

Indiana

     1         233,784   

Iowa

     1         114,250   

Kansas

     1         350,859   

Maryland

     1         356,000   

Massachusetts

     1         188,000   

Michigan

     1         276,003   

Minnesota

     3         443,327   

Mississippi

     1         202,519   

Missouri

     3         602,947   

Nebraska

     1         112,070   

Nevada

     4         903,951   

New Jersey

     3         1,073,375   

New Mexico

     1         133,486   

New York

     3         388,683   

North Carolina

     3         954,736   

North Dakota

     2         221,314   

Ohio

     2         404,815   

Oklahoma

     1         308,307   

Pennsylvania

     6         1,189,879   

South Carolina

     2         1,059,437   

Tennessee

     3         700,920   

Texas

     4         927,453   

Utah

     1         267,180   

Virginia

     2         629,318   

Washington

     2         297,600   

West Virginia

     1         137,337   

Wisconsin

     1         172,826   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     77         17,971,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Owned         14,151,565   
     

 

 

 
        79
     Leased         3,820,044   
     

 

 

 
        21

Headquarters: Rosemont, IL

        297,944   
     

 

 

 

Shared Services Center: Tempe, AZ

        133,225   
     

 

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

As of February 25, 2014, we also had certain properties held for sale with a carrying value of $21 million, including three facilities valued at $6 million that ceased operations in 2014. We believe our facilities are suitable and adequate for our business and have sufficient capacity for the purposes for which they are currently intended.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Indemnification by Ahold for Certain Matters

US Foods was sold to USF Holding Corp., a corporation formed and controlled by investment funds associated with or managed by CD&R and KKR, by Ahold in 2007 (the “2007 Transaction”). Ahold committed to indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from any damages (including losses, liabilities, obligations, and claims of any kind) and litigation costs (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) suffered, incurred or paid after July 3, 2007. This was related to the class action against the Company, originally filed in October 2006 by some customers. The case was related to pricing practices, which defined a sale price as a cost component plus a markup. For sales made before July 3, 2007, US Foods used a so-called “Value Added Service Provider” or “VASP” transaction, as defined by the plaintiffs, to calculate the cost component (“Pricing Practice Matters”). Any actions that might be brought by current or former customers related to Pricing Practice Matters are covered. This includes the two additional follow-on pricing class action complaints, filed by customers in August 2007, which were consolidated with the first complaint into one proceeding. More information is available in Note 21 to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company was responsible for the first $40 million of damages and litigation expenses incurred after the closing of the 2007 Transaction. Ahold’s indemnification obligations apply to any such damages and litigation expenses in excess of $40 million that may be incurred after July 3, 2007. At the end of fiscal 2009, the Company had incurred $40 million in costs related to these matters. This means any future litigation expenses related to these matters are subject to the rights of indemnification from Ahold. On December 28, 2013, no material amounts were due to the Company from Ahold under the indemnification agreement.

Pricing Litigation

In October 2006, two customers filed a putative class action against the Company and Ahold. In December 2006, an amended complaint named a third plaintiff. The complaint focuses on the Company’s pricing practices in contracts with some customers. In February 2007, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In August 2007, two additional customers filed class action complaints. These two additional suits were based upon the pricing practices mentioned earlier.

In November 2007, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation ordered the transfer of the two subsequently filed lawsuits to the jurisdiction in which the first lawsuit was filed—the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut—for consolidated or coordinated proceedings. In June 2008, the Plaintiffs filed their consolidated and amended class action complaint. The Company moved to dismiss it. In August 2009, the Plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification. In December 2009, the court issued a ruling on the Company’s motion to dismiss, dismissing Ahold from the case and also dismissing some of the plaintiffs’ claims.

On November 30, 2011, the court ruled to grant the plaintiffs’ motion to certify the class. On April 4, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted the Company’s request to appeal the district court’s decision granting class certification. Oral argument was held on May 29, 2013, before the appeals court, and the court upheld the class certification. The Company has filed a writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court. In the meantime, the case continues through the discovery stage. The Company believes it has a meritorious defense to the remaining claims and continues to vigorously defend itself. At this time, the Company does not believe that an unfavorable outcome is probable and, accordingly, no liability has been recorded. Due to the inherent uncertainty of legal proceedings, it is possible the Company could suffer a loss because of this matter. An estimate of a possible loss or range of loss from this matter cannot be made. However, any potential liability is subject to the Company’s rights of indemnification from Ahold to the extent and as described above.

 

19


Table of Contents

Other Pricing Related Matters

We received requests for information from the State of Florida’s Department of Financial Services on a contract with the Florida Department of Corrections. We also got a request from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of California, seeking information about our California government customers from 2001 to the present. In each instance, we are cooperating with the investigation. We are also aware of two qui tam actions filed in the Florida courts against the Company. However, because each suit is sealed, we do not have any more information about the nature of the claims alleged or remedies sought. At this stage, we cannot determine the likelihood of an adverse ruling on any of these inquiries or claims, or the potential liability we might face.

Eagan Labor Dispute

In 2008, we closed our Eagan, Minnesota and Fairfield, Ohio divisions, and then recorded a liability of approximately $40 million for the related multiemployer pension withdrawal liability. In 2010, we received formal notice and demand for payment of a $40 million withdrawal liability, which is payable in monthly installments through November 2023. During the 2011 third quarter, we were assessed an additional $17 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability for the Eagan facility. The parties agreed to arbitrate this matter, and discovery began during the third quarter of 2012. We believe we have meritorious defenses against the assessment for the additional pension withdrawal liability and intend to vigorously defend against the claim. At this time, we do not believe that a loss from this obligation is probable and, accordingly, no liability has been recorded. However, it is possible the Company may ultimately be required to pay up to $17 million.

Other Legal Proceedings

In addition to those described above, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to a number of other legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business. These legal proceedings—whether pending, threatened or unasserted—if decided adversely to or settled by us, may have a material impact on our financial conditions or results of operations. Where appropriate, we have set aside provisions to cover these proceedings, which are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is possible that we could be required to make expenditures beyond the established provisions, in amounts we cannot reasonably estimate. However, we believe these other proceedings will ultimately be resolved without a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. It is our policy to expense attorney fees as incurred, except those fees that are reimbursable under the Indemnification by Ahold.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

 

20


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We are a wholly owned subsidiary of USF Holding Corp. That corporation was formed and controlled by investment funds associated with or managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (“CD&R”), and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co, (“KKR”) (collectively the “Sponsors” ), which own all of the outstanding common stock of USF Holding Corp. There is no established public trading market of our common stock or the common stock of USF Holding Corp. See Part III—Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters for additional information about USF Holding Corp. ownership.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

We operate on a 52-53 week fiscal year, with all periods ending on Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, we report the additional week in the fourth fiscal quarter. All years presented were 52 weeks, except for fiscal 2009, which consisted of 53 weeks. The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for the last five fiscal years:

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009
(53 Weeks)
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Net sales

   $ 22,297      $ 21,665      $ 20,345      $ 18,862      $ 18,961   

Cost of goods sold

     18,474        17,972        16,840        15,452        15,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,823        3,693        3,505        3,410        3,453   

Operating expenses:

          

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

     3,494        3,350        3,194        3,055        3,095   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

     8        9        72        11        47   

Intangible asset impairment charges

     —         —         —         —         21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,502        3,359        3,266        3,066        3,163   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     321        334        239        344        290   

Interest expense—net

     306        312        307        341        359   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     42        31        76        —         —    

Gain on repurchase of senior subordinated notes

     —         —         —         —         (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (27     (9     (144     3        (58

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (30     (42     42        (16     14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (57   $ (51   $ (102   $ (13   $ (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Data:

          

Cash flows from operating activities

   $ 322      $ 316      $ 419      $ 481      $ 89   

Cash flows from investing activities

     (187     (380     (338     (258     (146

Cash flows from financing activities

     (197     103        (301     (30     (363

Capital expenditures

     191        294        304        272        165   

EBITDA (a)

     667        659        506        652        597   

Adjusted EBITDA (a)

     845        841        812        736        690   

Balance Sheet Date:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 180      $ 242      $ 203      $ 423      $ 230   

Total assets

     9,186        9,263        8,916        9,054        8,976   

Total debt

     4,770        4,814        4,641        4,855        4,886   

Shareholder’s equity

     1,882        1,815        1,861        1,942        1,971   

 

21


Table of Contents
(a) Management uses EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to measure operating performance. EBITDA is defined as Net loss, plus Interest expense—net, Income tax (provision) benefit, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees; 2) Restructuring and tangible, and Intangible asset impairment charges; 3) share-based compensation expense; 4) other gains, losses, or charges as specified under our debt agreements; and 5) the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustments. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, are supplemental measures of our performance. They are not required by—or presented in accordance with—accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP. In addition, they should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flows from operating activities as measures of our liquidity. See additional information for the use of these measures and Non-GAAP reconciliations below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of our financial condition, liquidity or profitability. They should not be considered as a substitute for net income (loss) from continuing operations, operating profit or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, nor are they a substitute for cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow, as they do not take into account items such as interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, working capital needs, tax payments and capital expenditures.

We present EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance. It also is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We present Adjusted EBITDA because it excludes items that are not related to our ongoing performance. This makes it easier to compare our performance between periods and to similar companies. Adjusted EBITDA is the key metric used by our Chief Operating Decision Maker to assess operating performance. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance because they exclude amounts that our management and board of directors do not consider part of core operating results. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate the Company’s historical financial performance, establish future operating and capital budgets, and determine variable compensation for management and employees.

Our debt agreements specify items that should be added to EBITDA in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA. These include Sponsor fees, share-based compensation expense, impairment charges, restructuring charges, the non-cash impact of LIFO, and gains and losses on debt transactions. When there are other small, specified costs to add to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA, we combine those items under Other.

The charge resulting from lump-sum payment settlements to retirees and former employees participating in several Company-sponsored pension plans, and direct and incremental costs related to the Merger Agreement, were also added back to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA. Costs to optimize our business were also added back to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA. These business transformation costs include third party and duplicate or incremental internal costs. Those items are related to functionalization, and significant process and systems redesign in the Company’s replenishment, finance, category management and human resources functions; company rebranding; cash & carry retail store strategy; and implementation and process and system redesign related to the Company’s sales model.

These items are added to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA as part of the Company’s debt agreements. Accordingly, our management includes those adjustments when assessing our operating performance. We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies, because not all companies and analysts calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner.

 

22


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is net income (loss) for the last five fiscal years:

 

     2013     2012     2011     2010     2009
(53 Weeks)
 
     (Dollars in millions)  

Net loss

   $ (57   $ (51   $ (102   $ (13   $ (44

Interest expense—net

     306        312        307        341        359   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     30        42        (42     16        (14

Depreciation and amortization expense

     388        356        343        308        296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     667        659        506        652        597   

Adjustments:

          

Sponsor fees (1)

     10        10        10        11        8   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges (2)

     8        9        72        11        47   

Intangible asset impairment charges (3)

     —          —          —          —          21   

Share-based compensation expense (4)

     8        4        15        3        4   

LIFO reserve change (5)

     12        13        59        30        (38

Loss on extinguishment of debt (6)

     42        31        76        —          —     

Pension settlement (7)

     2        18        —          —          —     

Business transformation costs (8)

     61        75        45        18        —     

Legal (9)

     —          —          3        1        43   

Gain on repurchase of senior subordinated notes (10)

     —          —          —          —          (11

Other (11)

     35        22        26        10        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 845      $ 841      $ 812      $ 736      $ 690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of management fees paid to the Sponsors.
(2) Consists primarily of facility closing, severance and related costs, and tangible asset impairment charges.
(3) Intangible asset impairment charges for private label brand names.
(4) Represents costs recorded for USF Holding Corp. stock option awards, restricted stock, and restricted stock units vested.
(5) Consists of changes in the LIFO reserve.
(6) Includes fees paid to debt holders, third party costs, early redemption premiums, and the write off of old debt facility unamortized debt issuance costs. See Note 11—Debt in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a further description of debt refinancing transactions.
(7) Consists of charges resulting from lump-sum payment settlements to retirees and former employees participating in several Company sponsored pension plans.
(8) Consists primarily of costs related to functionalization and significant process and systems redesign.
(9) Includes settlement costs accrued in 2011 and 2009 for class action matters and costs incurred for Ahold-related legal matters in 2010 and 2009. See Note 21—Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a further description of legal matters and the indemnification by Ahold for certain matters.
(10) Consists of a gain from an open market purchase of our senior subordinated notes, net of the unamortized debt issuance costs write-off.
(11) Includes gains, losses or charges, including $3.5 million of 2013 direct and incremental costs related to the Merger Agreement, as specified under the Company’s debt agreements.

 

23


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our results includes certain non-GAAP financial measures. We believe these provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance, because they exclude amounts that our management and board of directors do not consider part of core operating results when assessing our performance and underlying trends. More information on the rationale for these measures is discussed in Non-GAAP Reconciliations below.

Overview

We are a leading foodservice distributor in the United States, with about $22 billion in net sales for fiscal 2013. The Company provides an important link between over 5,000 suppliers and our 200,000 foodservice customers nationwide. We offer an innovative array of fresh, frozen and dry food, and non-food products, with approximately 350,000 stock-keeping units (“SKUs”). US Foods provides value-added services that meet specific customer needs. We believe the Company has one of the most extensive private label product portfolios in foodservice distribution. For the latest fiscal year, this represented about 30,000 SKUs, and approximately $7 billion in net sales. Many customers benefit from our support services, such as product selection, menu preparation and costing strategies.

A sales force of approximately 5,000 associates market our food products to a diverse customer base. Our principal customers include independently owned single-location restaurants, regional concepts, national chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, fitness centers, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations. We support our business with one of the largest private refrigerated fleets in the U.S., with roughly 6,000 trucks traveling an average of 200 million miles each year. We have standardized our operations across the country. That allows us to manage the business as a single operating segment with 61divisions nationwide.

Strategic Transformation

In 2011, we defined a new long-term vision for the Company: “To create a great American food company focused solely on foodservice.” This statement serves as a guide for our corporate strategy, summarized in four words: food, food people, and easy.

Food: To be a great American food company, our strategy focuses on offering customers great brands and innovative products, supported by an industry-leading category management capability. We strive to be the first to market with meaningful advances in product taste, quality, affordability or ease of use. We are building a cost-competitive, differentiated and efficient product assortment in every market, which corresponds to the needs of each individual customer category.

Food People: Our business model emphasizes local relationships with customers. To support this, our selling and marketing approach enables salespeople to easily share our wide assortment, and to help customers select the products that fit their needs. They also are able to present value-added services that allow customers to better operate their businesses.

Easy: We offer customers a variety of tools and services so they can succeed in a competitive and challenging market. For example, our mobile and Internet-enabled ordering tools allow customers to place orders, track shipments, and quickly and efficiently see product details.

We also have focused on making the Company more efficient and effective. This involved centralizing certain operations, including most non-customer-facing activities such as finance and human resources. At the same time, we organized other operations along functional lines, in areas such as category management, where key decisions are made as close to the customer as possible.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our investments in the business reflect these strategic priorities. In 2014, we continue to look for opportunities to provide our customers with new and innovative products and services. We also plan to enhance our category management and merchandising initiatives, and to optimize supply chain operations.

Outlook

The foodservice market is affected by general economic conditions, consumer confidence, and continued pressure on consumer disposable income. While we don’t anticipate inflationary pressures in the coming year, it can cause shifts in certain categories, such as commodities, and have an impact on our sales and profitability.

The foodservice market is highly competitive and fragmented, with intense competition and modest demand growth.

In 2014, we expect to face pressures on consumer spending and competition. Because we do not anticipate any material improvement in the demand for foodservice, we will likely see modest demand growth. We will remain focused on executing our growth strategies, adding value for and differentiating ourselves with our customers, and driving continued operational improvement in the business.

Proposed Acquisition by Sysco

Merger Agreement

USF Holding Corp. is our parent company, which owns all of our outstanding shares of common stock. On December 8, 2013, it entered into a merger agreement (the “Merger Agreement”) with Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”); Scorpion Corporation I, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco (“Merger Sub One”); and Scorpion Company II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco (“Merger Sub Two”), pursuant to which Sysco will acquire USF Holding Corp. (the “Acquisition”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The Merger Agreement provides that the Acquisition will take place in two steps. First, Merger Sub One will merge with and into USF Holding Corp., which will make US Holding Corp. a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco. Second, immediately following the initial merger, US Holding Corp. will merge with and into Merger Sub Two. Then Merger Sub Two will survive as a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco. Following the Acquisition, US Foods will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Merger Sub Two, making it an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco.

The Merger Agreement generally requires each party to take all actions necessary to resolve objections to the Acquisition under any antitrust law. However, Sysco is not required to take any action to obtain antitrust approvals that would require it to divest assets of 1) Sysco, 2) US Holding Corp., or 3) any of their subsidiaries representing—in the aggregate—revenues in excess of $2 billion during the 2013 calendar year. If the Merger Agreement is terminated because the required antitrust approvals cannot be obtained, in certain circumstances Sysco will be required to pay USF Holding Corp., our parent, a termination fee of $300 million.

The Merger Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants. The Acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of 2014. However, it is subject to the customary conditions, including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (“HSR Act”). There can be no assurance that the Acquisition will close in the third quarter, or before March 8, 2015 (the “Termination Date”). The Merger Agreement may be terminated by either party if the Acquisition has not closed prior to the Termination Date. However, if all of the conditions for closing of the Acquisition—other than receiving clearance under the HSR Act—are satisfied or able to be satisfied by that time, the Termination Date may be extended by either party for 60 days, up to a date not beyond September 8, 2015 (the “Outside Date”).

See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” for Risks Related to the Proposed Acquisition by Sysco.

 

25


Table of Contents

Impact of the Acquisition on Holders of Senior Notes

In connection with the Merger Agreement, on December 10, 2013, we solicited the consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) of holders of our Senior Notes to amend the indenture with respect to the Senior Notes to modify certain definitions contained in the indenture for the Senior Notes, so that the Acquisition would not constitute a “Change of Control” under the indenture, and US Foods will not be required to make a “Change of Control Offer” to holders of the Senior Notes in connection with the Acquisition. On December 19, 2013, we received the required consents in connection with the consent solicitation and entered into a supplemental indenture with respect to these amendments.

Pursuant to the terms of the supplemental indenture, if either 1) the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms or 2) the Acquisition is not consummated by the Outside Date, the indenture will revert back to its prior form as if the amendments proposed in the consent solicitation had never become operative.

Although we have been advised by Sysco that, if any of our Senior Notes remain outstanding following the consummation of the Acquisition, Sysco intends to fully and unconditionally guarantee the obligations of US Foods under the indenture for the Senior Notes—Sysco is under no contractual or legal obligation to do so.

Impact of the Acquisition on the Business

The Merger Agreement has some restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions until the Acquisition closes or the Merger Agreement terminates. Under the Merger Agreement, we must use commercially reasonable efforts to operate our business as we ordinarily would, and consistent with past practice in all material respects, and to preserve our business and assets. Without the consent of Sysco, we may not (with limited exceptions) take, authorize, agree or commit to do certain actions outside of the ordinary course of business, including the following:

 

    Amending or otherwise changing our organizational documents in any material respect

 

    Selling assets having a value in excess of $1 million, or selling a series of assets that total more than $5 million

 

    Making any material modifications to employee or executive compensation or benefits

 

    Changing our capital structure; taking certain actions related to equity interests or voting securities; or engaging in a dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization

 

    Incurring any additional indebtedness, other than 1) borrowings and other extensions of credit under existing credit facilities, and other financing arrangements to fund working capital expenses in the ordinary course of business; 2) indebtedness in a principal amount not in excess of $20 million; or 3) inter-company debt

 

    Creating or incurring certain liens on assets

 

    Engaging in certain mergers, acquisitions or dispositions

 

    Entering into, modifying or terminating material contracts

 

    Making material loans, investments, or capital contributions to or in third parties

 

    Disposing of certain real estate assets

 

    Making material changes to accounting methods, policies or practices, except as required by GAAP or applicable law

 

    Making certain material tax-related changes

 

    Making capital expenditures or commitments for capital expenditures outside of the annual operating plan, or entering into fleet capital leases in excess of $100 million per year

 

26


Table of Contents
    Forgiving, canceling or compromising any material debt or claim, or waiving, releasing or assigning rights or claims of material value

 

    Entering into any settlement, compromise or release contemplating or involving any admission of wrongdoing or misconduct, or providing for any relief or settlement other than the payment of money not in excess of $5 million individually or $25 million in total

Results of Operations

Accounting Periods

We operate on a 52-53 week fiscal year, with all periods ending on Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, we report the additional week in the fourth quarter. Fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 all consisted of 52 weeks. The following table presents selected consolidated results of operations of our business for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in millions)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

      

Net sales

   $ 22,297      $ 21,665      $ 20,345   

Cost of goods sold

     18,474        17,972        16,840   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,823        3,693        3,505   

Operating expenses:

      

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

     3,494        3,350        3,194   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

     8        9        72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,502        3,359        3,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     321        334        239   

Interest expense—net

     306        312        307   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     42        31        76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (27     (9     (144

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (30     (42     42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (57   $ (51   $ (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of Net Sales:

      

Gross profit

     17.1     17.0     17.2

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

     15.7     15.5     15.7

Operating expense

     15.7     15.5     16.1

Operating income

     1.4     1.5     1.2

Net loss

     (0.3 )%      (0.2 )%      (0.5 )% 

Other Data:

      

EBITDA (1)

   $ 667      $ 659      $ 506   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 845      $ 841      $ 812   

 

(1) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used by management to measure operating performance. EBITDA is defined as Net loss, plus Interest expense—net, Income (provision)benefit, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees; 2) Restructuring and tangible, and intangible asset impairment charges; 3) share-based compensation expense; 4) other gains, losses, or charges as specified under our debt agreements; and 5) the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustments. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are supplemental measures of our performance. They are not required by—or presented in accordance with—accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP. In addition, they should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flows from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

 

27


Table of Contents

See additional information for the use of these measures and Non-GAAP reconciliations below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide an important supplemental measure of our operating performance. This is because they exclude amounts that our management and board of directors do not consider part of core operating results when assessing Company performance. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate the Company’s historical financial performance, establish future operating and capital budgets, and determine variable compensation for management and employees. Accordingly, our management includes those adjustments when assessing the business’ operating performance.

Our debt agreements specify items that should be added to EBITDA in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA. These include, among other things, Sponsor fees, share-based compensation expense, impairment charges, restructuring charges, the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustments, and gains and losses on debt transactions. Where there are other small, specified costs to add to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA, we combine those items under Other.

The non-recurring charges resulting from lump-sum payment settlements to former employees participating in several Company-sponsored pension plans were also added to EBITDA in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA. Costs to optimize our business were also added back to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA. These business transformation costs included third party and duplicate or incremental internal costs. Those items are related to functionalizing and optimizing our processes and systems in areas such as replenishment, finance, and category management, as well as in implementing our new brand image.

All of the items just mentioned are specified as additions to EBITDA to arrive at Adjusted EBITDA, per the Company’s debt agreements. We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be the same as similar measures used by other companies. Not all companies and analysts calculate EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner.

We present EBITDA because it is an important supplemental measure of our performance. We also know that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We present Adjusted EBITDA as it is the key operating performance metric used by our Chief Operating Decision Maker to assess operating performance.

 

28


Table of Contents

This table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is Net loss for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in millions)  

Net loss

   $ (57   $ (51   $ (102

Interest expense—net

     306        312        307   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     30        42        (42

Depreciation and amortization expense

     388        356        343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     667        659        506   

Adjustments:

      

Sponsor fees (1)

     10        10        10   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment (2)

     8        9        72   

Share-based compensation expense (3)

     8        4        15   

LIFO reserve change (4)

     12        13        59   

Legal (5)

     —          —          3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt (6)

     42        31        76   

Pension settlement (7)

     2        18        —     

Business transformation costs (8)

     61        75        45   

Other (9)

     35        22        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 845      $ 841      $ 812   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of management fees paid to the Sponsors.
(2) Consists primarily of facility closing, severance and related costs, and tangible asset impairment charges.
(3) Represents costs recorded for USF Holding Corp. stock option awards, restricted stock and, restricted stock units vested.
(4) Consists of changes in the LIFO reserve.
(5) Includes settlement costs accrued in 2011 for a class action matter.
(6) Includes fees paid to debt holders, third party costs, early redemption premiums, and the write off of old debt facility unamortized debt issuance costs. See Note 11—Debt in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a further description of debt refinancing transactions.
(7) Consists of charges resulting from lump-sum payment settlements to retirees and former employees participating in several Company sponsored pension plans.
(8) Consists primarily of costs related to functionalization and significant process and systems redesign.
(9) Includes gains, losses or charges, including $3.5 million of 2013 direct and incremental costs related to the Merger Agreement, as specified under the Company’s debt agreements.

 

29


Table of Contents

Highlights

This is a comparison of results between fiscal 2013 and 2012:

 

    Net sales increased $632 million, or 2.9%, to $22,297 million.

 

    Operating income, as a percentage of net sales, was 1.4% in 2013 as compared to 1.5% in 2012. Fiscal 2013 operating income included an increase in variable compensation expense of approximately $50 million, as compared to 2012.

 

    Adjusted EBITDA increased 0.5% or $4 million, to $845 million.

 

    In June 2013, we amended our term loan facilities. In January 2013, we redeemed the remaining $355 million in principal of our 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes. These transactions resulted in an aggregate loss on extinguishment of debt of $42 million.

Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

Net Sales

Net sales increased $632 million, or 2.9%, to $22,297 million in 2013 versus $21,665 million in 2012. The improvement was primarily due to increased sales to independent restaurants, healthcare and hospitality customers. Case volume grew 1.2%, or $280 million, over the prior year. Approximately $350 million of the net sales increase came from higher product cost, as a significant portion of our business is based on percentage markups over actual cost. Less than 1% of the 2013 sales growth was attributable to acquisitions.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $130 million, or 3.5%, to $3,823 million in 2013, from $3,693 million in 2012. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales rose by 0.1% to 17.1% in 2013, as compared to 17.0% in 2012. Higher gross profit reflected favorable product cost due to merchandising initiatives, and higher case volume, partially offset by commodity pricing pressures.

Distribution, Selling and Administrative Costs

Distribution, selling and administrative costs increased $144 million, or 4.3%, to $3,494 million in 2013, compared to $3,350 million in 2012. Distribution, selling and administrative costs as a percentage of net sales grew by 0.2% to 15.7% for 2013 versus 15.5% for 2012. The 2013 increase in Distribution, selling and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $111 million increase in payroll and related costs, driven by higher incentive compensation costs from a year ago, higher wages related to year-over-year wage inflationary increases, and increased sales volume.

Other increases in Distribution, selling and administrative expenses included 1) a $23 million increase in Depreciation and amortization expense, due to recent capital expenditures for fleet replacement and investments in technology; 2) $9 million increase in amortization of intangible assets resulting from our 2012 business acquisitions; 3) a $23 million increase in self-insurance costs due to less favorable business insurance experience in 2013; and 4) a $9 million increase in bad debt costs. These increases were offset by productivity improvements from the Company’s selling and distribution activities initiatives, and business transformation costs that were $14 million lower in 2013 than in the prior year. Pension expense decreased $15 million in 2013 from a year ago, primarily due to a 2012 settlement charge resulting from lump-sum payments to retirees and former employees participating in several Company-sponsored pension plans.

 

30


Table of Contents

Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges

During 2013, we recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $8 million. We closed three distribution facilities that ceased operating in 2014. This resulted in $4 million of severance and related costs. Certain Assets held for sale in 2013 were adjusted down to their estimated fair value, less costs to sell. That resulted in tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million. We also incurred $2 million of other severance costs, including $1 million for a multiemployer pension withdrawal liability.

During 2012, we recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $9 million. We closed four facilities, including three distribution centers and one administrative support office. The closed facilities were consolidated into other Company operations. These actions resulted in $5 million of tangible asset impairment charges and minimal severance and related costs. In 2012, we recognized $3 million of net severance and related costs for initiatives to optimize and transform our business processes and systems. Also, certain Assets held for sale were adjusted to their estimated fair value, less costs to sell. This created tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million. Additionally, we reversed $2 million of liabilities for unused leased facilities.

Operating Income

Operating income decreased $13 million or 3.9% to $321 million in 2013, compared to $334 million in 2012. Operating income as a percentage of net sales decreased 0.1% to 1.4% in 2013 from 1.5% in 2012. The operating income changes were primarily due to the factors discussed above.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $6 million to $306 million in 2013 from $312 million in 2012. Lower overall borrowing costs as a result of the Company’s debt refinancing transactions were partially offset by an increase in average borrowings.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During 2013 and 2012, we entered into a series of debt refinancing transactions to extend debt maturities or lower borrowing costs. The 2013 Loss on extinguishment of debt was $42 million. It consisted of a $20 million premium related to the early redemption of our 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes (“Senior Subordinated Notes”), a write-off of $13 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the old debt facilities, and $9 million of lender fees and third party costs related to these transactions.

The 2012 Loss on extinguishment of debt was $31 million. This included $12 million of lender fees and third party costs related to the transactions, a write off of $10 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the old debt facilities, and a $9 million premium from the early redemption of our Senior Subordinated Notes. For a detailed description of our debt refinancing transactions, see Note 11—Debt in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rate of 109% for 2013 was primarily affected by a $32 million increase in the valuation allowance related to intangible assets, and a $5 million decrease in deferred tax assets for stock awards settled. The effective tax rate of 487% for 2012 was primarily affected by a $44 million increase in the valuation allowance related to intangible assets. See Note 19—Income Taxes in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of our effective tax rates to the statutory rate.

Net Loss

Net loss increased $6 million to $57 million in 2013, as compared to net loss of $51 million in 2012. The 2013 increase in net loss was primarily due to the factors discussed above.

 

31


Table of Contents

Fiscal Years Ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

Highlights

Net sales increased $1,320 million, or 6.5%, in 2012 compared to 2011. Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 17.0% in 2012 from 17.2% in 2011. Operating expenses, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 15.5% in 2012 in contrast to 16.1% in 2011. Operating income, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 1.5% in 2012 as compared to 1.2% in 2011. Net interest expense grew $5 million to $312 million in 2012 from $307 million in 2011. In 2012, we entered into a series of debt refinancing transactions resulting in a $31 million aggregate loss on extinguishment of debt. In May 2011, we redeemed all of our 10.25% Senior Notes due June 30, 2015 (“Old Senior Notes”), with an aggregate principal of $1 billion, and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $76 million. Net loss was $51 million in 2012, an improvement on the net loss of $102 million in 2011.

Net Sales

Net sales increased $1,320 million, or 6.5%, to $21,665 million in 2012, as compared to $20,345 million in 2011. This reflected higher sales to independent restaurants and national chain customers. Case volume increased 3.9%, or $800 million, over the prior year. Approximately $500 million of the net sales increase came from higher product cost, as a significant portion of our business is based on percentage markups over actual cost.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $188 million, or 5.4%, to $3,693 million in 2012, versus $3,505 million in 2011. Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, decreased to 17.0% in 2012 from 17.2% in 2011. The improvement in gross profit was primarily a result of higher case volume and a favorable year-over- year LIFO inventory adjustment, partially offset by commodity pricing pressures.

Distribution, Selling and Administrative Costs

Distribution, selling and administrative costs increased $156 million, or 4.9%, to $3,350 million in 2012, compared to $3,194 million in 2011. These costs as a percentage of net sales decreased by 0.2% to 15.5% for 2012 from 15.7% for 2011. The 2012 rise in Distribution, selling and administrative costs reflected a $79 million increase in payroll and related costs, due to higher wages related to year-over-year wage inflationary increases and greater sales volume, partially offset by a decrease in variable compensation. Diesel fuel costs grew $25 million as a result of higher fuel costs and increased fuel usage.

Other increases in Distribution, selling and administrative costs included 1) a $30 million rise in costs incurred to functionalize and optimize our business processes and systems, 2) a $23 million increase in pension expense (primarily related to a settlement charge resulting from lump-sum payments to former employees participating in several Company sponsored pension plans), and 3) a $9 million increase in depreciation expense (primarily due to recent capital expenditures for fleet replacement). The 2012 increases in this item were partially offset by an $8 million decrease in self-insurance costs from a favorable business insurance claims experience, and a $6 million decrease in bad debt expense.

Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges

During 2012, we recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $9 million. Four facilities were closed, including three distribution centers and an administrative support office. These facilities were consolidated into other Company operations. Closing the facilities led to $5 million of tangible asset impairment charges and minimal severance and related costs. During 2012, we recognized $3 million of net severance and related costs for initiatives to optimize and transform our business processes and systems. In addition, certain Assets held for sale were adjusted down to their estimated fair value less costs to sell. That resulted in tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million. We also reversed $2 million of liabilities for unused leased facilities.

 

32


Table of Contents

During 2011, we closed four distribution facilities and recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $72 million. Three facilities stopped operating in 2011 and the other closed in 2012. One facility was closed because a new one was built, and the operations of the remaining three closed facilities were consolidated into other Company locations. Closing the four distribution facilities resulted in $45 million of severance and related costs, including a $40 million multiemployer pension withdrawal charge, and $7 million of tangible asset impairment charges. We also recognized $17 million of severance and related costs. This was largely the result of the reorganization and centralization of various functional areas—including finance, human resources, replenishment and category management—plus $1 million of facility closing costs. Additionally, certain other Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value less costs to sell, bringing tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million.

Operating Income

Operating income rose $95 million or 39.7% to $334 million in 2012, compared to $239 million in 2011. Operating income as a percentage of net sales increased 0.3% to 1.5% in 2012 versus 1.2% for 2011. The operating income changes were primarily due to the factors discussed above.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $5 million to $312 million in 2012 from $307 million in 2011. That was primarily due to nominal increases in the average interest rate and average borrowings outstanding under our debt facilities.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

During 2012 and 2011, we entered into a series of debt refinancing transactions to extend debt maturities or lower borrowing costs. The 2012 Loss on extinguishment of debt was $31 million. It consisted of $12 million of lender fees and third party costs related to the transactions, a write-off of $10 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the old debt facilities, and $9 million premium related to the early redemption of our Senior Subordinated Notes.

The 2011 Loss on extinguishment of debt was $76 million. This included a $64 million premium and a write-off of $12 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the early redemption of our 10.25% Senior Notes due June 30, 2015. For a detailed description of our debt refinancing transactions, see Note 11—Debt in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rate of 487% for 2012 was primarily affected by a $44 million increase in the valuation allowance related to intangible assets. The effective tax rate of 29% for 2011 was primarily affected by an $11 million increase in the valuation allowance related to intangible assets. See Note 19—Income Taxes in the Notes to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the change in Income tax (provision) benefit and the overall effective tax rate on the Loss before income taxes.

Net Loss

Net loss decreased $51 million to $51 million in 2012 from a net loss of $102 million in 2011. The 2012 decrease in was primarily due to the factors discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment. Company resources include cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings, various types of debt, and other financing arrangements. However, in connection with the Merger Agreement, we have agreed to several debt-related terms. These include our agreement 1) not to incur indebtedness in excess of $20 million other than

 

33


Table of Contents

to fund working capital expenses in the ordinary course of business and certain other agreed-upon expenditures, and 2) not to make any capital expenditures or commitments—or enter into fleet capital leases in excess of $100 million—other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

The Merger Agreement provides for restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions. These include raising capital and conducting other financing activities. However, we do not believe these restrictions will prevent us from meeting our debt service obligations, ongoing costs of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.

Indebtedness

We are highly leveraged, with significant scheduled debt maturities during the next five years. A substantial portion of our liquidity needs arise from debt service requirements, and from the ongoing costs of operations, working capital and capital expenditures.

As of December 28, 2013, we had $4,752 million in aggregate indebtedness outstanding. We had commitments for additional borrowings under our asset-based senior secured revolving loan ABL Facility and our 2012 ABS Facility of $901 million (of which approximately $787 million was available based on our borrowing base), all of which were secured.

Our primarily financing sources for working capital and capital expenditures are our asset-backed senior secured revolving loan facility (“ABL Facility”) and our accounts receivable financing facility (“2012 ABS Facility”).

The ABL Facility provides for loans of up to $1,100 million, with its capacity limited by borrowing base calculations. As of December 28, 2013, we had $20 million of outstanding borrowings and had issued Letters of Credit totaling $293 million under the ABL Facility. There was available capacity on the ABL Facility of $787 million at December 28, 2013, based on the borrowing base calculation.

Under the 2012 ABS Facility, the Company and certain subsidiaries sell, on a revolving basis, their eligible receivables to a 100% owned, special purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiary of the Company. This subsidiary, in turn, grants to the administrative agent for the benefit of the lenders a continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in the eligible receivables (as defined by the 2012 ABS Facility). The maximum capacity under the 2012 ABS Facility is $800 million, with its capacity limited by borrowing base calculations. Borrowings under the 2012 ABS Facility were $686 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012. The Company, at its option, can request additional 2012 ABS Facility borrowings up to the maximum commitment, provided sufficient eligible receivables are available as collateral.

Our current debt facilities mature at various dates, primarily from August 2015 to June 2019. Our debt maturities during the next five years total $1.4 billion. Due to the debt refinancing transactions completed in 2013 and 2012, $3.4 billion of our debt facilities will not mature until 2019. As economic conditions permit, we will consider further opportunities to repurchase, refinance or otherwise reduce our debt obligations on favorable terms. Any further potential debt reduction or refinancing could require significant use of our liquidity and capital resources. For a detailed description of our indebtedness, see Note 11—Debt in the Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company has $1,350 million of 8.5% unsecured Senior Notes (“Senior Notes”) due June 20, 2019 outstanding as of December 28, 2013. On December 19, 2013, the indenture for the Senior Notes (the “Senior Note Indenture”) was amended so that the Acquisition by Sysco will not constitute a “Change of Control.” This was authorized through the consent of the holders of our Senior Notes. In the event of a “Change of Control,” the holders of the Senior Notes would have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. If the Acquisition is terminated under the terms of the Merger Agreement, or is not completed by September 8, 2015, the Senior Note Indenture will revert to its original terms. Holders of the Senior Notes received fees of

 

34


Table of Contents

$3.4 million as consideration for agreeing to the amendment. Under the Merger Agreement, Sysco funded the payment of the consent fees to the holders in December 2013. Additionally, Sysco agreed to pay the related transaction costs and fees. At December 28, 2013, the Company accrued a $0.3 million liability for transaction costs and fees and a related receivable of $0.3 million from Sysco.

We believe that the combination of cash generated from operations—together with availability under our debt agreements and other financing arrangements—will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, ongoing costs of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months. Our future financial and operating performance, ability to service or refinance our debt, and ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in our debt agreements will be subject to 1) future economic conditions, 2) the financial health of our customers and suppliers, and 3) financial, business and other factors—many of which are beyond our control.

Every quarter, we perform a review of all of our lenders that have a continuing obligation to provide funding to us by reviewing rating agency changes. We are not aware of any facts that indicate our lender banks will not be able to comply with the contractual terms of their agreements with us. We continue to monitor the credit markets generally and the strength of our lender counterparties.

The Company, its Sponsors or affiliates may, from time-to-time, repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our balance sheet. These actions may include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases, and other retirements of outstanding debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our cash position, and other considerations. Our Sponsors or their affiliates may also purchase our debt from time-to-time, through open market purchases or other transactions. In these cases, our debt is not retired, and we would continue to pay interest in accordance with the terms of the debt.

Our credit facilities, loan agreements and indentures contain customary covenants. These include, among other things, covenants that restrict our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers or consolidations. Certain debt agreements also contain various and customary events of default with respect to the loans. Those include, without limitation, the failure to pay interest or principal when this is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of representations and warranties contained in the agreements to be true, and certain insolvency events. If a default event occurs and continues, the principal amounts outstanding—plus unpaid interest and other amounts owed—may be declared immediately due and payable to the lenders. If this happened, we would be forced to seek new financing that may not be as favorable as our current facilities. Our ability to refinance indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, is directly affected by the current economic and financial conditions. In addition, our ability to incur secured indebtedness (which may enable us to achieve more favorable terms than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends in part on the value of our assets. In turn, that depends, on the strength of our cash flows, results of operations, economic and market conditions and other factors. As of December 28, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our debt agreements.

 

35


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

This table presents condensed highlights from the cash flow statements for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in millions)  

Net loss

   $ (57   $ (51   $ (102

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of businesses

     (123     (101     84   

Other adjustments

     502        468        437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     322        316        419   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (187     (380     (338
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (197     103        (301

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (62     39        (220

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     242        203        423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 180      $ 242      $ 203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $322 million in 2013, compared to $316 million in 2012 and $419 million in 2011.

Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2013 were unfavorably affected by changes in operating assets and liabilities. This included higher Inventories and Accounts receivable and lower Accounts payable. Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2012 were unfavorably affected by changes in operating assets and liabilities, including increases in Inventories and Accounts receivable and a decrease in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, partially offset by an increase in Accounts payable and improved operating results. Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2011 were favorably affected by changes in operating assets and liabilities, including increases in Accounts payable and Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, and a decrease in Inventories, primarily offset by higher Accounts receivable.

Cash flows provided by operating activities increased $6 million in 2013 from 2012. Decreases in Accounts receivable and Inventories, and an increase in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities, were partially offset by lower Accounts payable and lower Operating income. The $103 million decrease in Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2012 versus 2011, was primarily due to an increase in Inventories of $239 million, partially offset by a $60 million decrease in Accounts receivable and improved operating results. The 2012 inventory increase was primarily attributable to higher inventory levels carried to support improved sales and better serve our customers.

Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in 2013 included purchases of property and equipment of $191 million, and proceeds from sales of property and equipment of $15 million. Cash flows used in investing activities for 2012 included purchases of property plant and equipment of $293 million, and proceeds from sales of property and equipment of $20 million. Cash flows used in investing activities during 2011 included property plant and equipment purchases of $304 million, and proceeds from property and equipment sales of $7 million.

Capital expenditures in 2013, 2012 and 2011 included fleet replacement and investments in information technology to improve our business, as well as new construction and/or expansion of distribution facilities. Additionally, we entered into $94 million of capital lease obligations for fleet replacement during 2013.

We expect cash capital expenditures in 2014 to be approximately $100 million. The expenditures will focus on information technology, warehouse equipment and facility construction and/or expansion. We expect to also enter into approximately $75 million of fleet capital leases in 2014. We expect to fund our 2014 capital expenditures with available cash balances or cash generated from operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

Cash flows used in investing activities during 2013 included the acquisition of one foodservice distributor for $14 million in cash, plus a contingent consideration of $2 million. We also had a purchase price adjustment of $2 million in 2013 related to two 2012 acquisitions.

In 2012, Cash flows used in investing activities included business acquisitions of five foodservice distributors for $106 million in cash, plus a contingent consideration of $6 million. In 2011, Cash flows used in investing activities included business acquisitions of $41 million. These acquisitions have been or are being integrated into our foodservice distribution network.

Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities of $197 million in 2013 primarily resulted from net payments on debt facilities, and costs and fees paid related to our 2013 debt refinancing transactions.

In June 2013, we refinanced our term loan facilities into a new $2,100 million term facility. Lenders exchanged $1,634 million in principal under our previous term loan facilities for a like amount of principal in the new facility. We received proceeds of $466 million from continuing and new lenders purchasing additional principal in the new term loan facility. The cash proceeds were used to pay down $457 million in principal of the previous term loan facilities. In January 2013, we used proceeds of $388 million from Senior Note issuances primarily to redeem $355 million in principal of our Senior Subordinated Notes, plus an early redemption premium of $20 million. We incurred total cash costs of $29 million in connection with the 2013 debt refinancing transactions, including costs to register our Senior Notes. Additionally, we made net payments on our ABL Facility of $150 million as well as $27 million of scheduled payments on other debt facilities. In 2013, we paid $6 million of contingent consideration related to 2012 business acquisitions. In 2013, we paid $8 million to repurchase shares of common stock of our parent company, USF Holding Corp., from employees who left the Company. The shares were acquired under a management stockholder’s agreement associated with the stock incentive plan.

Cash flows from financing activities of $103 million in 2012 primarily resulted from net borrowings on debt facilities, partially offset by transaction costs and fees paid related to our 2012 debt refinancing transactions. We used proceeds of $584 million from Senior Note issuances largely to repay $249 million of 2007 Term Loan principal due July 3, 2014, and redeem $166 million in principal of our Senior Subordinated Notes, plus an early redemption premium of $9 million. Our CMBS floating rate loan matured on July 9, 2012. Its outstanding borrowings, totaling $163 million, were repaid with proceeds from our ABL Facility. Scheduled repayments on debt and capital leases were $18 million. We incurred total cash costs of $35 million in connection with 2012 debt refinancing transactions. In 2012, we received proceeds of $1 million from certain Company employees who purchased shares of common stock of our parent company, USF Holding Corp., through a management stockholder’s agreement associated with the Company’s stock incentive plan. We also paid $4 million to repurchase shares of common stock of USF Holding Corp. from employees who left the Company.

Cash flows used in financing activities of $301 million in 2011 largely resulted from redeeming our Old Senior Notes, funded with a combination of new borrowings and cash on hand. We redeemed the Old Senior Notes for cash of $1.1 billion, including an early redemption premium of $64 million. We borrowed $900 million from our new debt facilities to fund the redemption, and paid financing costs of $29 million in connection with the transactions. We repaid the $225 million borrowed on our ABL Facility for working capital uses, and the $75 million of ABL Facility borrowings used in part to fund the redemption of the Old Senior Notes. Scheduled repayments on debt and capital leases totaled $39 million. We received proceeds of $10 million from certain employees who purchased shares of common stock of USF Holding Corp. under a management stockholder’s agreement associated with our stock incentive plan. We also paid $3 million to repurchase shares of common stock of USF Holding Corp. from employees who left the Company.

Retirement Plans

We maintain several qualified retirement plans (the “Retirement Plans”) that pay benefits to certain employees, using formulas based on a participant’s years of service and compensation. We contributed $49 million, $47

 

37


Table of Contents

million and $37 million to the Retirement Plans in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Estimated required and discretionary contributions expected to be contributed by the Company to the Retirement Plans in 2014 total $49 million. See Note 17—Retirement Plans in the Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

We also contribute to various multiemployer benefit plans under collective bargaining agreements. Our contributions to these plans were $31 million, $28 million and $26 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 28, 2013, we had $60 million of multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities related to closed facilities, payable in monthly installments through 2031, at effective interest rates of 5.9% to 6.7%. As discussed in Note 21—Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to our Audited Consolidated Financial Statements, during 2011 we were assessed an additional $17 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability for a facility closed in 2008. We intend to vigorously defend the Company against the assessment for any additional pension withdrawal liability and against the claim. Because we do not believe that payment of these obligations is probable at this time, no liability has been recorded for this assessment.

Additionally, employees are eligible to participate in a Company-sponsored defined contribution 401(k) plan. This plan provides that, under certain circumstances, we may make matching contributions of up to 50% of the first 6% of a participant’s compensation. We made contributions to this plan of $25 million, $25 million and $23 million in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Contractual Obligations

The following table, includes information about contractual obligations as of December 28, 2013 that affect our liquidity and capital needs. The table includes information about payments due under specified contractual obligations and is aggregated by type of contractual obligation. It includes the maturity profile of our consolidated debt, operating leases and other long-term liabilities.

 

     Payments Due by Period (in millions)  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 

Recorded Contractual Obligations:

              

Long-term debt, including capital lease obligations

   $ 4,752       $ 35       $ 784       $ 549       $ 3,384   

Multiemployer pension withdrawal obligations (1)

     60         9         10         9         32   

Uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties (2)

     5         —           —           5         —     

Pension plans and other post-retirement benefits contributions (3)

     49         49         —           —           —     

Unrecorded Contractual Obligations:

              

Interest payments on debt (4)

     1,308         260         502         448         98   

Operating leases

     195         33         53         40         69   

Purchase obligations (5)

     631         630         1         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 7,000       $ 1,016       $ 1,350       $ 1,051       $ 3,583   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The amount shown represents multiemployer pension withdrawal obligations payable primarily in monthly installments through 2031.
(2) The liabilities shown represent uncertain tax positions related to temporary differences and include $2 million in interest and penalties.
(3) Pension plans and other postretirement benefits contributions are based on estimates for 2014. We do not have minimum funding requirement estimates under ERISA guidelines for the plans beyond 2014.
(4) The amounts shown in the table include future interest payments on variable rate debt at current interest rates.
(5) Purchase obligations include agreements for purchases of product in the normal course of business, for which all significant terms have been confirmed.

 

38


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We entered into a $93 million letter of credit in favor of Ahold to secure their contingent exposure under guarantees of our obligations with respect to certain leases. Additionally, we entered into letters of credit of $183 million in favor of certain commercial insurers securing our obligations with respect to our self-insurance programs, and letters of credit of $17 million for other obligations.

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared the financial information in this report in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparing these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The most critical accounting policies and estimates pertain to the valuation of goodwill, other intangibles assets, property and equipment, accounts receivable, vendor consideration, self-insurance programs, and income taxes.

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets include the cost of the acquired business in excess of the fair value of the net assets recorded in Goodwill. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, the brand names comprising our portfolio of exclusive brands, and trademarks. As required, we assess goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment each year—or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, our policy is to assess for impairment at the beginning of each third quarter. For other intangible assets with definite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. All goodwill is assigned to the consolidated Company as the reporting unit.

Our most recent assessment for impairment of goodwill used a discounted cash flow analysis, comparative market multiples, and comparative market transaction multiples. These were employed to determine the fair value of the reporting unit for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we must then perform a comparison of the implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based upon the most recent annual impairment analysis performed in 2013, we believe the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit substantially exceeded its carrying value.

Our fair value estimates of the brand name and trademark indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a discounted cash flow analysis. Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of our impairment analysis.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment held and used by us are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of property and equipment, we compare the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. If the future cash flows do not exceed the carrying value, the carrying value is compared to the fair value

 

39


Table of Contents

of the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. We also assess the recoverability of our facilities classified as Assets held for sale. If a facility’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, less an estimated cost to sell, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. Assets held for sale are not depreciated. Impairments are recorded as a component of restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and a reduction of the assets’ carrying value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Vendor Consideration

We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, primarily through purchase-based programs. Consideration earned under these incentives is recorded as a reduction of inventory cost as our obligations under the programs are fulfilled, primarily by the purchase of product. Consideration may be received in the form of cash and/or invoice deductions. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives to be received are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period when they change.

Self-Insurance Programs

We accrue estimated liability amounts for claims covering general liability, fleet liability, workers’ compensation and group medical insurance programs. The amounts in excess of certain levels are fully insured. We accrue our estimated liability for the self-insured medical insurance program. This includes an estimate for claims that are incurred but not reported, based on known claims and past claims history. We accrue an estimated liability for the general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation programs, that is based on an assessment of exposure related to claims that are known and incurred but not reported, as applicable. The inherent uncertainty of future loss projections could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This requires us to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities. We use enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. That includes resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Uncertain tax positions are recorded at the largest amount that is more likely to be sustained. We adjust the amounts for uncertain tax positions when our judgment changes after evaluating new information not previously available. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exist. This update requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit—or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit—in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward except when 1) an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available as of the reporting date under the governing tax law to settle taxes that would result from the disallowance of the tax position; and 2) the entity does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for this purpose (provided that the tax law permits a choice). If either of these conditions exists, an entity should present an unrecognized tax benefit in the financial statements as a liability and should not net the unrecognized tax benefit

 

40


Table of Contents

with a deferred tax asset. Additional recurring disclosures are not required, because the ASU does not affect the recognition, measurement or tabular disclosure of uncertain tax positions. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance in fiscal year 2014 is not expected to affect our financial statements and related disclosures, as we currently present unrecognized tax benefits in our financial statements as a reduction of deferred tax assets.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . This update requires disclosure of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present—either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes—significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. The update does not change the items reported in other comprehensive income, or when an item of other comprehensive income is reclassified to net income. As this guidance only revises the presentation and disclosures related to the reclassification of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income, our adoption of this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 did not affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Forward-Looking Statements

Some information in this report includes “forward-looking statements.” These statements are made under the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “forecasts” or similar expressions. The statements are based on assumptions that we have made, based on our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we think are appropriate. We believe these judgments are reasonable. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. This is due to a variety of important factors—both positive and negative—including, without limitation, the risks and uncertainties described in Item 1A—Risk Factors in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Here are some important factors, among others, that could affect our actual results:

 

    Our ability to remain profitable during times of cost inflation, commodity volatility, and other factors

 

    Industry competition and our ability to successfully compete

 

    Our reliance on third-party suppliers, including the impact of any interruption of supplies or increases in product costs

 

    Shortages of fuel and increases or volatility in fuel costs

 

    Any declines in the consumption of food prepared away from home, including as a result of changes in the economy or other factors affecting consumer confidence

 

    Costs and risks associated with labor relations and the availability of qualified labor

 

    Any change in our relationships with GPOs

 

    Our ability to increase sales to independent customers

 

    Changes in industry pricing practices

 

    Changes in competitors’ cost structures

 

41


Table of Contents
    Costs and risks associated with government laws and regulations, including environmental, health, safety, food safety, transportation, labor and employment, laws and regulations, and changes in existing laws or regulations

 

    Technology disruptions and our ability to implement new technologies

 

    Liability claims related to products we distribute

 

    Our ability to maintain a good reputation

 

    Costs and risks associated with litigation

 

    Our ability to manage future expenses and liabilities associated with our retirement benefits

 

    Our ability to successfully integrate future acquisitions

 

    Our ability to achieve the benefits that we expect from our cost savings programs

 

    Risks related to our indebtedness, including our substantial amount of debt, our ability to incur substantially more debt, and increases in interest rates

 

    Our ability to consummate the Acquisition with Sysco

 

    Other factors discussed in this report

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements in this report might not prove to be accurate, and you should not place undue reliance upon them. All forward-looking statements attributable to us—or people acting on our behalf—expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. All of these statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Disclosure under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act

Under Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, as added by the Iran Threat Reduction and Syrian Human Rights Act of 2012, we are required to include certain disclosures in our periodic reports if we or any of our “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 12b-2) knowingly engage in certain activities specified in Section 13(r) during the period covered by the report. Because the SEC defines the term “affiliate” broadly, it includes any entity that controls us or is under common control with us (“control” is also construed broadly by the SEC).

Our affiliate, CD&R, informed us that an indirect subsidiary of SPIE S.A. (“SPIE”), an affiliate of CD&R based in France, maintained bank accounts during the period covered by this report at Bank Melli, with the approval of the French financial regulator (applying European Union law) and, since May 21, 2013, with the approval of the Office of Foreign Assets Control in the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”). Bank Melli is an Iranian bank designated under Executive Order No. 13382. We had no knowledge of or control over the activities of SPIE or its subsidiaries.

CD&R has informed us that during the period covered by this report (specifically, in January and February of 2013), the SPIE subsidiary used the accounts to make two tax payments to the Government of Iran, withdrew cash to pay various administrative expenses, and received a transfer of funds from a vendor. The total volume of these transactions in the SPIE subsidiary’s accounts at Bank Melli, excluding transfers between those accounts, during the period covered by this report, was the equivalent of less than $200,000 at the Iranian Central Bank’s official exchange rate. CD&R has informed us that there has been no further activity in the accounts after February 2013, that SPIE and its subsidiaries obtained no revenue or profit from the maintenance of these accounts, that CD&R and SPIE have disclosed past transactions in the accounts to OFAC, that SPIE and its subsidiaries intended to comply with all applicable laws, and that SPIE and its subsidiaries intend to conduct only such transactions and dealings with Bank Melli in the future as are authorized by the applicable French governmental authority and OFAC.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our affiliate, KKR, has informed us that a European subsidiary of a portfolio company in which KKR private equity funds have invested provided certain limited disaster recovery services and hosted co-location of some hardware at the portfolio company’s premises in London for Bank Saderat PLC, a bank incorporated and based in the United Kingdom. The company informed KKR that the gross revenue and net profits attributable to these activities was less than £5,000 each for the quarter ended March 31, 2013. KKR has been advised that the subsidiary terminated this contract in the first quarter of 2013, and the portfolio company does not otherwise intend to enter into any Iran-related activity.

 

43


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the possibility of loss from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates and commodity prices. A substantial portion of our debt facilities bear interest at floating rates, based on London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or the prime rate. Accordingly, we will be exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. A 1% change in LIBOR and the prime rate would cause the interest expense on our $2.8 billion of floating rate debt facilities to change by approximately $28 million per year. This change does not consider the LIBOR floor of 1.0% on $2 billion in principal of our variable rate term loans.

We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and overall economic conditions. We principally manage our exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through managing of our core business activities. We manage economic risks—including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk—primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of our debt funding. While we have held derivative financial instruments in the past to assist in managing our exposure to variable interest rate terms on certain of our borrowings, we are not currently party to any derivative contracts.

We are also exposed to risk due to fluctuations in the price and availability of diesel fuel. Increases in the cost of diesel fuel can negatively affect consumer spending, raise the price we pay for product purchases, and increase the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. To minimize fuel-related risks, we enter into forward purchase commitments for a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. As of December 28, 2013, we had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $37 million through December 2014. These locked in approximately 20% of our projected diesel fuel purchase needs for the contracted periods. A 10% change in diesel prices would cause our uncommitted diesel fuel costs through December 2014 to change by approximately $14 million.

 

44


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements And Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page No.  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     46   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     47   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013,  December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     48   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013,  December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     49   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013, December  29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     50   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     51   

 

45


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of

US Foods, Inc.

Rosemont, Illinois

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of US Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of US Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 28, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 20, 2014

 

46


Table of Contents

US FOODS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2013 AND DECEMBER 29, 2012

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

 

     2013     2012  

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 179,744      $ 242,457   

Accounts receivable, less allowances of $25,151 and $25,606

     1,225,719        1,216,612   

Vendor receivables, less allowances of $2,661 and $3,669

     97,361        93,025   

Inventories—net

     1,161,558        1,092,492   

Prepaid expenses

     75,604        74,499   

Deferred taxes

     13,557        8,034   

Assets held for sale

     14,554        23,193   

Other current assets

     6,644        10,194   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,774,741        2,760,506   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

     1,748,495        1,706,388   

GOODWILL

     3,835,477        3,833,301   

OTHER INTANGIBLES—Net

     753,840        889,453   

DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS

     39,282        49,038   

OTHER ASSETS

     33,742        24,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 9,185,577      $ 9,263,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Bank checks outstanding

   $ 185,369      $ 161,791   

Accounts payable

     1,181,452        1,239,790   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     423,635        388,306   

Current portion of long-term debt

     35,225        48,926   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,825,681        1,838,813   

LONG-TERM DEBT

     4,735,248        4,764,899   

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

     408,153        365,496   

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     334,808        479,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,303,890        7,448,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (See Note 21)

    

SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY:

    

Common stock, $1.00 par value—authorized, issued, and outstanding,
1,000 shares

     1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,325,223        2,324,391   

Accumulated deficit

     (440,858     (383,652

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (2,679     (126,184
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s equity

     1,881,687        1,814,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

   $ 9,185,577      $ 9,263,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

US FOODS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2013, DECEMBER 29, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands)

 

 

     2013     2012     2011  

NET SALES

   $ 22,297,178      $ 21,664,921      $ 20,344,869   

COST OF GOODS SOLD

     18,474,039        17,971,949        16,839,850   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,823,139        3,692,972        3,505,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

      

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

     3,494,254        3,349,539        3,193,747   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

     8,386        8,923        71,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,502,640        3,358,462        3,265,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING INCOME

     320,499        334,510        239,380   

INTEREST EXPENSE—Net

     306,087        311,812        307,614   

LOSS ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT

     41,796        31,423        76,011   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (27,384     (8,725     (144,245

INCOME TAX (PROVISION) BENEFIT

     (29,822     (42,448     42,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

     (57,206     (51,173     (102,171

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):

      

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

     122,963        (14,160     (17,629

Changes in interest rate swap derivative, net of income tax

     542        17,570        17,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 66,299      $ (47,763   $ (102,294
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

US FOODS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2013, DECEMBER 29, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

 

                            Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
       
   

Number of

Common

Shares

   

Common

Shares

at

Par Value

   

Additional

Paid-In

Capital

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Retirement

Benefit

Obligation

   

Interest

Rate Swap

Derivative

    Total    

Total

Shareholder’s

Equity

 

BALANCE—January 1, 2011

    1,000      $ —        $ 2,301,692      $ (230,308   $ (93,853   $ (35,618   $ (129,471   $ 1,941,913   

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

    —          —          9,960        —          —          —          —          9,960   

Parent company common stock repurchased

    —          —          (3,222     —          —          —          —          (3,222

Share-based compensation expense

    —          —          14,677        —          —          —          —          14,677   

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          (17,629     —          (17,629     (17,629

Changes in interest rate swap derivative, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          —          17,506        17,506        17,506   

Other

    —          1        (55     —          —          —          —          (54

Net loss

    —          —          —          (102,171     —          —          —          (102,171
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2011

    1,000        1        2,323,052        (332,479     (111,482     (18,112     (129,594     1,860,980   

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

    —          —          761        —          —          —          —          761   

Parent company common stock repurchased

    —          —          (3,734     —          —          —          —          (3,734

Share-based compensation expense

    —          —          4,312        —          —          —          —          4,312   

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          (14,160     —          (14,160     (14,160

Changes in interest rate swap derivative, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          —          17,570        17,570        17,570   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (51,173     —          —          —          (51,173
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 29, 2012

    1,000        1        2,324,391        (383,652     (125,642     (542     (126,184     1,814,556   

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

    —          —          1,850        —          —          —          —          1,850   

Parent company common stock repurchased

    —          —          (9,424     —          —          —          —          (9,424

Share-based compensation expense

    —          —          8,406        —          —          —          —          8,406   

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          122,963        —          122,963        122,963   

Changes in interest rate swap derivative, net of income tax

    —          —          —          —          —          542        542        542   

Net loss

    —          —          —          (57,206     —          —          —          (57,206
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 28, 2013

    1,000      $ 1      $ 2,325,223      $ (440,858   $ (2,679   $ —        $ (2,679   $ 1,881,687   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

49


Table of Contents

US FOODS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2013, DECEMBER 29, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011

(in thousands)

 

 

    2013     2012     2011  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net loss

  $ (57,206   $ (51,173   $ (102,171

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    388,188        355,892        342,732   

Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net

    (1,909     (1,493     (308

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    41,796        31,423        76,011   

Tangible asset impairment charges

    1,860        7,530        9,260   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    18,071        18,052        18,913   

Amortization of Senior Notes original issue premium

    (3,330     —          —     

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

    29,603        42,142        (41,600

Share-based compensation expense

    8,406        4,312        14,677   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    19,481        10,701        17,567   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of businesses:

     

Increase in receivables

    (26,581     (56,639     (116,229

(Increase) decrease in inventories

    (65,427     (214,998     23,989   

Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets

    (16,486     (758     (6,281

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and bank checks outstanding

    (32,411     198,227        109,086   

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    18,197        (27,299     59,557   

Decrease in securitization restricted cash

    —          —          13,964   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    322,252        315,919        419,167   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     

Acquisition of businesses, net

    (11,369     (106,041     (41,385

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

    14,608        19,685        7,487   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (191,131     (293,456     (304,414
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (187,892     (379,812     (338,312
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

     

Proceeds from debt refinancing

    854,485        1,269,625        900,000   

Proceeds from other borrowings

    1,644,000        2,031,000        225,000   

Redemption of senior notes

    —          —          (1,064,159

Payment for debt financing costs and fees

    (29,376     (35,088     (29,569

Principal payments on debt and capital leases

    (2,278,311     (2,983,567     (339,287

Repurchase of senior subordinated notes

    (375,144     (175,338     —     

Contingent consideration paid for acquisitions of businesses

    (6,159     —          —     

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

    1,850        761        9,960   

Parent company common stock repurchased

    (8,418     (3,734     (3,222
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (197,073     103,659        (301,277
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (62,713     39,766        (220,422

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year

    242,457        202,691        423,113   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

  $ 179,744      $ 242,457      $ 202,691   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

     

Cash paid during the year for:

     

Interest (net of amounts capitalized)

  $ 298,915      $ 286,420      $ 229,553   

Income taxes paid—net

    209        369        418   

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

    19,719        25,137        48,389   

Capital lease additions

    100,804        21,810        —     

Contingent consideration payable for acquisitions of businesses

    1,800        5,500        3,570   

Payable for repurchase of parent company common stock

    1,006        —          —     

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

US FOODS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 28, 2013, AND DECEMBER 29, 2012, AND FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED

DECEMBER 28, 2013, DECEMBER 29, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

 

1. OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

US Foods, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries is referred to here as “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” or “US Foods.” We are a 100% owned subsidiary of USF Holding Corp.

Ownership —On July 3, 2007 (the “Closing Date”), USF Holding Corp., through a wholly owned subsidiary, acquired all of our predecessor company’s common stock and certain related assets from Koninklijke Ahold N.V. (“Ahold”) for approximately $7.2 billion. Through a series of related transactions, USF Holding Corp. became our direct parent company. USF Holding Corp. is a corporation formed and controlled by investment funds associated with or designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (“CD&R”), and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (“KKR”), (collectively the “Sponsors”).

Proposed Acquisition by Sysco —On December 8, 2013, our parent company USF Holding Corp., entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Sysco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Sysco”); Scorpion Corporation I, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco (“Merger Sub One”); and Scorpion Company II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Sysco, through which Sysco will acquire USF Holding Corp. (the “Acquisition”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. The aggregate purchase price will consist of $500 million in cash and approximately $3 billion in Sysco’s common stock, subject to possible downward adjustment pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The Acquisition is expected to close in the third quarter of 2014. It is subject to customary conditions, including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”). If the Merger Agreement is terminated because the required antitrust approvals cannot be obtained, or if the Acquisition does not close by a specified date as specified in the Merger Agreement, in certain circumstances Sysco will be required to pay our parent company, USF Holding Corp., a termination fee of $300 million.

Business Description —US Foods markets and distributes fresh, frozen and dry food and non-food products to foodservice customers throughout the United States. These include independently owned single and multi-location restaurants, regional concepts, national chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, fitness centers, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations.

Basis of Presentation —The Company operates on a 52-53 week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, we report the additional week in the fourth quarter. The fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, are also referred to herein as fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The consolidated financial statements representing the 52-week fiscal year 2013 are for the period of December 30, 2012 through December 28, 2013. The consolidated financial statements representing the 52-week fiscal year 2012 are for the period of January 1, 2012 through December 29, 2012. The consolidated financial statements representing the 52-week fiscal year 2011 are for the period of January 2, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

Public Filer Status —During the fiscal second quarter 2013, the Company completed the registration of $1,350 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding 8.5% Senior Notes due 2019 (“Senior Notes”) and became subject to rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including periodic and current reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the registration of the Senior Notes.

 

51


Table of Contents
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation —Consolidated financial statements include the accounts of US Foods and its 100% owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates —Consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The most critical estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements pertain to the valuation of goodwill, other intangible assets, property and equipment, accounts receivable-related allowance, vendor consideration, self-insurance programs, and income taxes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three or fewer months to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from customers in the ordinary course of business and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Receivables are presented net of the allowance for doubtful accounts in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable and determines the appropriate reserve for doubtful accounts based on a combination of factors. When we are aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligation, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded, reducing the receivable to the net amount we reasonably expect to collect. In addition, allowances are recorded for all other receivables based on analyzing historic collection trends, write-offs and the aging of receivables. The Company uses specific criteria to determine uncollectible receivables to be written off, including bankruptcy, accounts referred to outside parties for collection, and accounts past due over specified periods. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, additional allowances may be required.

Vendor Consideration and Receivables —The Company participates in various rebate and promotional incentives with its suppliers, primarily through purchase-based programs. Consideration earned under these incentives is recorded as a reduction of inventory cost, as the Company’s obligations under the programs are fulfilled primarily when products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice deductions, or less often in the form of cash payments. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives earned are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Vendor consideration is typically deducted from invoices or collected in cash within 30 days of being earned, if not sooner. Vendor receivables primarily represent the uncollected balance of the vendor consideration. Due to the process of primarily collecting the consideration by deducting it from the amounts due to the vendor, the Company does not experience significant collectability issues. The Company evaluates the collectability of its vendor receivables based on specific vendor information and vendor collection history.

Inventories —The Company’s inventories—consisting mainly of food and other foodservice-related products—are considered finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product and freight charges to deliver it to the Company’s warehouses, and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors (see “Vendor Consideration and Receivables”). The Company assesses the need for valuation allowances for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically identified items and overall economic conditions.

The Company records inventories at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. The base year values of beginning and ending inventories are determined using the inventory price index computation method. This “links” current costs to original costs in the base year when the Company adopted LIFO. At December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $148 million and $136 million, respectively. As a result of changes in LIFO reserves, cost of goods sold increased $12 million, $13 million and $59 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

52


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to 40 years. Property and equipment under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Applicable interest charges incurred during the construction of new facilities or development of software for internal use are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are amortized over the useful life of the respective assets.

Property and equipment held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of property and equipment, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived asset or asset group. If the future cash flows included in a long-lived asset recoverability test do not exceed the carrying value, the carrying value is compared to the fair value of such asset. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

The Company also assesses the recoverability of its closed facilities actively marketed for sale. If a facility’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, less an estimated cost to sell, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference. Assets held for sale are not depreciated.

Impairments are recorded as a component of Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), as well as in a reduction of the assets’ carrying value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 13 – Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges for a discussion of our long-lived asset impairment charges.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets —Goodwill and Other intangible assets include the cost of the acquired business in excess of the fair value of the net tangible assets recorded in connection with acquisitions. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, the brand names comprising our portfolio of exclusive brands, and trademarks. As required, we assess Goodwill and Other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, our policy is to assess for impairment at the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For other intangible assets with finite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. All goodwill is assigned to the consolidated Company as the reporting unit.

Self-Insurance Programs —The Company accrues estimated liability amounts for claims covering general liability, fleet liability, workers’ compensation, and group medical insurance programs. The amounts in excess of certain levels are fully insured. The Company accrues its estimated liability for the self-insured medical insurance program, including an estimate for incurred but not reported claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The Company accrues an estimated liability for the general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation programs. This is based on an assessment of exposure related to known claims and incurred but not reported claims, as applicable. The inherent uncertainty of future loss projections could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates. These accruals are included in Accrued expenses and Other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Share-Based Compensation —Certain employees participate in the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates, as amended (“Stock Incentive Plan”), which allows purchases of shares of USF Holding Corp. common stock, grants of restricted stock and restricted stock units of USF Holding Corp., and grants of options exercisable in USF Holding Corp. common stock. The Company measures compensation expense for stock-based option awards at fair value at the date of grant, and it recognizes compensation expense over the service period for stock-based awards expected to vest. USF Holding Corp. contributes shares to the Company for employee purchases and upon exercise of options or grants of restricted stock and restricted stock units.

 

53


Table of Contents

Business Acquisitions —The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the acquisition method, in which assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the date of acquisition. The operating results of the acquired companies are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Revenue Recognition —The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of product when the title and risk of loss passes and the customer accepts the goods, which generally occurs at delivery. The Company grants certain customers sales incentives—such as rebates or discounts—and treats these as a reduction of sales at the time the sale is recognized. Sales taxes invoiced to customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from net sales.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to manufacturers for products sold, net of vendor consideration, plus the cost of transportation to bring the products to the Company’s distribution facilities. Cost of goods sold excludes depreciation and amortization—as the Company acquires its inventories generally in a complete and salable state—and includes warehousing related costs in distribution, selling and administrative costs. The amounts presented for Cost of goods sold may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other companies, because not all companies calculate Cost of goods sold in the same manner.

Shipping and Handling Costs —Shipping and handling costs—which include costs related to the selection of products and their delivery to customers—are recorded as a component of Distribution, selling and administrative costs. Shipping and handling costs were $1.5 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes —The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income during the period that includes the enactment date. Net deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent the Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Uncertain tax positions are recorded at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. The Company adjusts the amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions when its judgment changes, as a result of evaluating new information not previously available. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Derivative Financial Instruments —The Company has used interest rate swap agreements from time to time to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable-rate term loan obligation. The Company does not use financial instruments or derivatives for trading or other speculative purposes. The interest rate swap derivatives at December 29, 2012 were recorded in its Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. The interest rate swap derivatives expired in January 2013.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward purchase agreements to procure fuel, electricity and product commodities related to its business. These agreements often meet the definition of a derivative. However, in these cases, the Company has elected to apply the normal purchase and sale exemption available under derivatives accounting literature, and these agreements are not recorded at fair value.

Concentration Risks —Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalents are invested primarily in money market funds at major financial institutions. Credit risk related to accounts receivable is dispersed across a larger number of customers located throughout the United States. The Company attempts

 

54


Table of Contents

to reduce credit risk through initial and ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. There were no receivables from any one customer representing more than 5% of our consolidated gross accounts receivable at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012.

 

3. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exist. This update requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit—or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit—in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward except when 1) an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available as of the reporting date under the governing tax law to settle taxes that would result from the disallowance of the tax position; 2) the entity does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for this purpose (provided that the tax law permits a choice). If either of these conditions exists, an entity should present an unrecognized tax benefit in the financial statements as a liability and should not net the unrecognized tax benefit with a deferred tax asset. Additional recurring disclosures are not required because the ASU does not affect the recognition, measurement or tabular disclosure of uncertain tax positions. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance in fiscal year 2014 is not expected to affect the Company’s financial statements and related disclosures as it currently presents unrecognized tax benefits in its financial statements as a reduction of deferred tax assets.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This update requires disclosure of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present—either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes—significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. The update does not change the items reported in other comprehensive income, or when an item of other comprehensive income is reclassified to net income. As this guidance only revises the presentation and disclosures related to the reclassification of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income, the Company’s adoption of this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 did not affect its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. See Note 18—Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, which presents the disclosures required by this update.

 

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the accounting standards for fair value, whereas fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. The Company’s fair value measurements are based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

    Level 1—observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets

 

    Level 2—observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active or inactive markets that are observable either directly or indirectly, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data

 

    Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

55


Table of Contents

Any transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be recognized as of the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurs. There were no transfers between fair value levels in any of the periods presented below.

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Description

   Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  

Recurring fair value measurements:

          

Money market funds

   $ 64,100       $ —        $ —         $ 64,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2013

   $ 64,100       $ —        $ —         $ 64,100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recurring fair value measurements:

          

Interest rate swap derivative liability

   $ —         $ (2,034   $ —         $ (2,034
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2012

   $ —         $ (2,034   $ —         $ (2,034
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Description

   Level 1      Level 2     Level 3      Total  

Nonrecurring fair value measurements:

          

Assets held for sale

   $ —         $ —        $ 10,930       $ 10,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2013

   $ —         $ —        $ 10,930       $ 10,930   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonrecurring fair value measurements:

          

Assets held for sale

   $ —         $ —        $ 23,400       $ 23,400   

Property and equipment

     —           —          3,361         3,361   

Contingent consideration payable for business acquisitions

     —           —          5,500         5,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2012

   $ —         $ —        $ 32,261       $ 32,261   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Derivative Instruments

The Company’s objective in using interest rate swap agreements from time-to-time was to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable-rate term loan obligation. In 2008, the Company entered into three interest rate swaps to hedge the variable cash flows associated with a former variable-rate term loan (the “Amended 2007 Term Loan”). The interest rate swaps, designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, expired in January 2013.

At December 29, 2012, the Company recorded its interest rate swap derivatives in its Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Fair value was estimated based on projections of cash flows and future interest rates. The determination of fair value included the consideration of any credit valuation adjustments necessary, giving consideration to the creditworthiness of the respective counterparties or the Company, as appropriate. The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative financial instruments, classified under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, was $2 million. The interest rate swap derivative financial instruments were included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

The Company reclassified $1 million from Accumulated other comprehensive loss as an increase to Interest expense when the 2008 interest rate swaps expired in January 2013, and it recognized interest income of $1 million related to the ineffective portion of the interest rate swap derivatives.

 

56


Table of Contents

The effect of the Company’s interest rate swap derivative financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Effect of Interest Rate Swap Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Derivatives in

Cash Flow

Hedging

Relationships

  Amount of
Loss

Recognized in
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

on Derivative
(Effective
Portion),

net of tax
    Location of
Loss Reclassified
From
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Amount of
Loss

Reclassified
from

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss into

Income
(Effective
portion),

net of tax
    Location of
Loss Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective
Portion and
Amount Excluded
from Effectiveness
Testing)
  Amount of
Income (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective

Portion
and Amount

Excluded
from
Effectiveness
Testing)
 

For fiscal year 2013:

         

Interest rate swap derivative

  $ (255   Interest expense—net   $ (797   Interest expense—net   $ 645   
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

For fiscal year 2012:

         

Interest rate swap derivative

  $ (1,479   Interest expense—net   $ (19,049   Interest expense—net   $ (645
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Money Market Funds

Money market funds include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three or fewer months. They are valued using quoted market prices in active markets and are classified under Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy. The Company had money market funds of $64 million at December 28, 2013, and had no money market funds at December 29, 2012.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The Company estimates the fair value of various property and equipment assets for purposes of recording necessary impairment charges. Fair value is estimated by the Company based on information received from real estate brokers. No impairments to the Company’s property, plant and equipment were recognized during 2013. During 2012, the Company recorded $5 million of tangible asset impairment charges for property and equipment not classified as Assets held for sale, which reduced the carrying value of these assets to estimated fair value.

The Company is required to record Assets held for sale at the lesser of the depreciated carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. During 2013 and 2012, certain Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value, less costs to sell, resulting in a $2 million intangible asset impairment charge in each of these years. Fair value was estimated by the Company based on information received from real estate brokers. The amounts included in the tables above, classified under Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy, represent the estimated fair values of those property and equipment that became the new carrying amounts at the time the impairments were recorded.

Other Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, bank checks outstanding, trade accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate their fair values, due to their short-term maturities.

 

57


Table of Contents

The fair value of total debt approximated $4.9 billion compared to its aggregate carrying value of $4.8 billion as of December 28, 2013 and as of December 29, 2012. Fair value of the Company’s debt is primarily classified under Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with fair value estimated based upon a combination of the cash flows expected to be generated under these debt facilities, interest rates that are currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms, and estimates of the Company’s overall credit risk. The fair value of the Company’s 8.5% Senior Notes is classified under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, with fair value based on the closing market price at the end of the reporting period, and estimated at $1.5 billion as of December 28, 2013.

 

5. ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the last three fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 25,606      $ 35,100      $ 36,904   

Charged to costs and expenses

     19,481        10,701        17,156   

Customer accounts written off—net of recoveries

     (19,936     (20,195     (18,960
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 25,151      $ 25,606      $ 35,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

This table does not include the vendor receivable related allowance for doubtful accounts of $3 million, $4 million and $5 million at December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

6. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM

Under its accounts receivable financing program (“2012 ABS Facility”), the Company and certain of its subsidiaries sell—on a revolving basis—their eligible receivables to a 100% owned, special purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiary (the “Receivables Company”). This subsidiary, in turn, grants a continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in the eligible receivables to the administrative agent for the benefit of the lenders (as defined by the 2012 ABS Facility). The Company consolidates the Receivables Company and, consequently, the transfer of the receivables is a transaction internal to the Company and the receivables have not been derecognized from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. On a daily basis, cash from accounts receivable collections is remitted to the Company as additional eligible receivables are sold to the Receivables Company. If, on a weekly settlement basis, there are not sufficient eligible receivables available as collateral, the Company is required to either provide cash collateral to cover the shortfall or, in lieu of providing cash collateral to cover the shortfall, it can pay down its borrowings on the 2012 ABS Facility. Due to sufficient eligible receivables available as collateral, no cash collateral was held at December 28, 2013 or December 29, 2012.

The maximum capacity under the 2012 ABS Facility is $800 million. Borrowings under the 2012 ABS Facility were $686 million as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012. Included in the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, was $930 million and $918 million, respectively, of receivables held as collateral in support of the 2012 ABS Facility. See Note 11—Debt for a further description of the 2012 ABS Facility.

 

7. RESTRICTED CASH

At December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the Company had $7 million of restricted cash included in its Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other assets. This restricted cash primarily represented security deposits and escrow amounts related to certain properties collateralizing the commercial mortgage-backed securities loan facility (“CMBS Fixed Facility”). See Note 11—Debt.

 

58


Table of Contents
8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Land

   $ 287,385      $ 286,758   

Buildings and building improvements

     1,052,355        1,013,792   

Transportation equipment

     586,376        487,858   

Warehouse equipment

     278,732        263,388   

Office equipment, furniture and software

     532,389        446,875   

Construction in process

     104,717        97,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,841,954        2,596,227   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,093,459     (889,839
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 1,748,495      $ 1,706,388   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transportation equipment included $94 million of capital lease assets at December 28, 2013, and zero at December 29, 2012. Buildings and building improvements included $33 million and $32 million of capital lease assets at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. Accumulated amortization of capital lease assets was $14 million and $4 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. Interest capitalized was $2 million in 2013 and $1 million in 2012.

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment—including amortization of capital lease assets—was $240 million, $217 million and $208 million for the fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

9. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill and other intangible assets include the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the tangible net assets recorded in connection with acquisitions. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, the brand names comprising our portfolio of exclusive brands, and trademarks. Brand names and trademarks are indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization.

Customer relationship intangible assets have definite lives, so they are carried at the acquired fair value less accumulated amortization. Customer relationship intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives (four to 10 years) and amortization expense was $147 million, $139 million and $135 million for the fiscal years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The 2013 business acquisition customer relationship intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over four years. The weighted-average remaining useful life of all customer relationship intangibles was approximately three years at December 28, 2013. Amortization of these customer relationship assets is estimated to be $150 million in 2014, $147 million in 2015, $140 million in 2016, and $63 million in 2017. The 2013 business acquisition noncompete agreement intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over five years. Amortization of this intangible asset is estimated to be $0.2 million annually through in 2017 and $0.1 million in 2018.

 

59


Table of Contents

Goodwill and other intangibles, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Goodwill

   $ 3,835,477      $ 3,833,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Customer relationships—amortizable:

    

Gross carrying amount

   $ 1,377,663      $ 1,366,056   

Accumulated amortization

     (877,396     (729,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     500,267        636,653   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncompete agreement—amortizable:

    

Gross carrying amount

     800        —     

Accumulated amortization

     (27     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value

     773        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Brand names and trademarks—not amortizing

     252,800        252,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other intangibles—net

   $ 753,840      $ 889,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The 2013 increase in goodwill is attributable to the finalization of the purchase price of a 2012 business acquisition. The net increase in customer relationships during 2013 is attributable to the 2013 business acquisition. The noncompete agreement is related to the 2013 business acquisition.

We completed the annual impairment assessment for goodwill, and our portfolio of brand names and trademarks, the indefinite-lived intangible assets, on June 30, 2013, the first day of our fiscal third quarter, with no impairments noted. Our assessment used a discounted cash flow analysis, comparative market multiples, and comparative market transaction multiples to determine the fair value of the reporting unit for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we must then perform a comparison of the implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based upon our 2013 annual impairment analysis, we believe the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Our fair value estimates of the brand name and trademark indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a discounted cash flow analysis. Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of our impairment analysis.

 

10. ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

The Company classifies its closed facilities as Assets held for sale at the time management commits to a plan to sell the facility and it is unlikely the plan will be changed, the facility is actively marketed and available for immediate sale, and the sale is expected to be completed within one year. Due to market conditions, certain facilities may be classified as Assets held for sale for more than one year as the Company continues to actively market the facilities at reasonable prices. For all properties held for sale, the Company has exited operations from the facilities and, thus, the properties are no longer productive assets. Further, the Company has no history of changing its plan to dispose of a facility once the decision has been made. At December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, $10 million and $12 million of closed facilities, respectively, were included in Assets held for sale for more than one year.

The changes in Assets held for sale for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 23,193      $ 30,405   

Transfers in

     4,193        11,804   

Assets sold

     (10,972     (16,526

Tangible asset impairment charges

     (1,860     (2,490
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

   $ 14,554      $ 23,193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

During 2013, the Company reclassified an idle facility to Assets held for sale. Additionally, it sold four facilities previously classified as Assets held for sale for net proceeds of $11 million, which approximated their carrying values. During 2012, the Company reclassified $12 million of property and equipment from three facilities closed in 2012 and one facility closed in 2011 to Assets held for sale, and sold four facilities previously classified as Assets held for sale for net proceeds of $17 million. The Company recognized a net gain on sold facilities of $1 million in 2012.

As discussed in Note 4—Fair Value Measurements, during 2013 and 2012, certain Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value, less costs to sell. This resulted in tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million in fiscal 2013 and 2012.

The Consolidated balance sheet as of December 29, 2012 has been revised to separately disclose Assets held for sale. The Company concluded the effects are not material to prior periods.

 

11. DEBT

The Company’s debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

Debt Description    Contractual
Maturity
   Interest Rate
at
December 28,
2013
  December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

ABL Facility

   May 11, 2016    3.66%   $ 20,000      $ 170,000   

2012 ABS Facility

   August 27, 2015    1.46     686,000        686,000   

Amended 2011 Term Loan

   March 31, 2019    4.50     2,094,750        —     

2011 Term Loan

   —      —       —          418,625   

Amended 2007 Term Loan

   —      —       —          1,684,086   

CMBS Fixed Facility

   August 1, 2017    6.38     472,391        472,391   

Senior Notes

   June 30, 2019    8.50     1,350,000        975,000   

Senior Subordinated Notes

   —      —       —          355,166   

Obligations under capital leases

   2019-2025    4.39–6.25     116,662        31,075   

Other debt

   2018-2031    5.75–9.00     12,359        12,966   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

          4,752,162        4,805,309   

Add unamortized premium

          18,311        8,516   

Less current portion of long-term debt

          (35,225     (48,926
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

        $ 4,735,248      $ 4,764,899   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 28, 2013, $1,951 million of the total debt was at a fixed rate and $2,801 million was at a floating rate.

Principal payments to be made on outstanding debt as of December 28, 2013, were as follows (in thousands):

 

2014

   $ 35,225   

2015

     727,265   

2016

     56,857   

2017

     510,139   

2018

     38,684   

Thereafter

     3,383,992   
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,752,162   
  

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Agreement

The Company’s asset backed senior secured revolving loan facility (“ABL Facility”) provides for loans of up to $1,100 million, with its capacity limited by borrowing base calculations. As of December 28, 2013, the Company had $20 million of outstanding borrowings and had issued Letters of Credit totaling $293 million under the ABL Facility. Outstanding Letters of Credit included 1) $93 million issued in favor of Ahold to secure their contingent exposure under guarantees of our obligations with respect to certain leases, 2) $183 million issued in favor of certain commercial insurers securing our obligations with respect to our self-insurance program, and 3) letters of credit of $17 million for other obligations. There was available capacity on the ABL Facility of $787 million at December 28, 2013, according to the borrowing base calculation. As of December 28, 2013, on borrowings up to $75 million, the Company can periodically elect to pay interest at Prime plus 2.5% or LIBOR plus 3.5%. On borrowings in excess of $75 million, the Company can periodically elect to pay interest at Prime plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%. The ABL facility also carries letter of credit fees of 2.25% and an unused commitment fee of 0.38%. The Company anticipates repaying all or substantially all of the outstanding ABL borrowings at times during the next 12 months, and re-borrowing funds under the facility, as needed. The Company expects its borrowing base capacity will exceed its ABL facility borrowing needs at all times during the next 12 months and, accordingly, it has included these borrowings in long-term debt in its Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 28, 2013. The weighted-average interest rate for the ABL Facility was 3.50% for 2013 and 3.15% for 2012.

Accounts Receivable Financing Program

Under the 2012 ABS Facility, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries sell—on a revolving basis—their eligible receivables to a 100% owned, special purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiary of the Company (the “Receivables Company”). This subsidiary, in turn, grants a continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in the eligible receivables to the administrative agent for the benefit of the lenders (as defined by the 2012 ABS Facility). The maximum capacity under the 2012 ABS Facility is $800 million. Borrowings under the 2012 ABS Facility were $686 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012. The Company, at its option, can request additional 2012 ABS Facility borrowings up to the maximum commitment, provided sufficient eligible receivables are available as collateral. The portion of the loan held by the lenders who fund the loan with commercial paper bears interest at the lender’s commercial paper rate, plus any other costs associated with the issuance of commercial paper, plus 1.25% and an unused commitment fee of 0.35%. The portion of the loan held by lenders that do not fund the loan with commercial paper bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.25% and an unused commitment fee of 0.35%. See Note 6—Accounts Receivable Financing Program for a further description of the Company’s Accounts Receivable Financing Program. The weighted-average interest rate for the 2012 ABS Facility was 1.55% for 2013 and 1.57% for 2012.

The 2012 ABS Facility replaced the Company’s former ABS facility. See “Debt Refinancing Transactions” discussed below.

Term Loan Agreement

The Company’s senior secured term loan (“Amended 2011 Term Loan”) consisted of a senior secured term loan with outstanding borrowings of $2,095 million at December 28, 2013. The Amended 2011 Term Loan bears interest equal to Prime plus 2.5%, or LIBOR plus 3.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, based on a periodic election of the interest rate by the Company. Principal repayments of $5 million are payable quarterly with the balance at maturity. The Amended 2011 Term Loan may require mandatory repayments if certain assets are sold, or based on excess cash flow generated by the Company, as defined in the agreement. At December 28, 2013, entities affiliated with KKR held $287 million of the Company’s Amended 2011 Term Loan debt. The interest rate for all borrowings on the Amended 2011 Term Loan was 4.5%—the LIBOR floor of 1.0% plus 3.5%—for all periods in 2013.

 

62


Table of Contents

The term loan agreement was amended during 2013 and 2012. See “Debt Refinancing Transactions” discussed below.

Other Debt

The CMBS Fixed Facility provides financing of $472 million and is secured by mortgages on 38 properties, consisting primarily of distribution centers. The CMBS Fixed Facility bears interest at 6.38%.

The unsecured Senior Notes with outstanding principal of $1,350 million and $975 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, bear interest at 8.5%. There was unamortized original issue premium associated with the Senior Notes issuances of $18 million and $9 million at December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively. This is amortized as a decrease to Interest expense over the remaining life of the debt facility. As of December 28, 2013, entities affiliated with KKR held $2 million of the Company’s Senior Notes.

Effective December 19, 2013, upon consent of the note holders, the Senior Notes Indenture was amended so that the proposed Acquisition will not constitute a “Change of Control,” as defined in the Indenture. In the event of a “Change of Control,” the holders of the Senior Notes would have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. If the Acquisition is terminated under terms of the agreement—or not completed by September 8, 2015—the Senior Notes Indenture will revert to its original terms. See Note 14—Related Party Transactions for a discussion of Senior Notes Indenture amendment fees paid by Sysco, and Note 1—Proposed Acquisition by Sysco.

Obligations under capital leases consist of amounts due for transportation equipment and building leases.

Debt Refinancing Transactions

Since 2011, we have entered into a series of transactions to refinance our debt facilities and extend debt maturity dates, including the following transactions:

2013 Refinancing

 

    In June 2013, the Company refinanced its term loan agreements. The aggregate principal outstanding of the 2011 Term Loan was increased to $2,100 million, and the maturity date of the loan facility was extended from March 31, 2017 to March 31, 2019. The Amended 2011 Term Loan facility refinanced an aggregate of $2,091 million in principal under the Company’s Amended 2007 Term Loan and 2011 Term Loan facilities. Continuing lenders refinanced an aggregate of $1,634 million in principal of Term Loan debt. They also purchased $371 million in principal of Term Loan debt from lenders electing not to participate in, or electing to decrease their holdings in, the Amended 2011 Term Loan facility. Additionally, the Company sold $95 million in principal of the Amended 2011 Term Loan to new lenders.

The Company performed an analysis by creditor to determine if the terms of the Amended 2011 Term Loan were substantially different from the previous term loan facilities. Based upon the analysis, it was determined that continuing lenders holding a significant portion of the Amended 2011 Term Loan had terms that were substantially different from their original loan agreements. As a result, this portion of the transaction was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and the contemporaneous acquisition of new debt. Lenders holding the remaining portion of the Amended 2011 Term Loan had terms that were not substantially different from their original loan agreements and, as a consequence, this portion of the transaction was accounted for as a debt modification as opposed to an extinguishment of debt.

 

   

In January 2013, the Company redeemed the remaining $355 million in aggregate principal amount of its 11.25% Senior Subordinated Notes (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) due June 30, 2017. This was done at a price equal to 105.625% of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes,

 

63


Table of Contents
 

plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. An entity affiliated with CD&R held all of the redeemed Senior Subordinated Notes. To fund the redemption of these notes, the Company issued $375 million in principal amount of its Senior Notes at a price equal to 103.5% of the principal amount, for gross proceeds of $388 million.

The 2013 refinancing resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $42 million. That consisted of a $20 million Senior Subordinated Notes early redemption premium, a write-off of $13 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the old debt facilities, and $9 million of lender fees and third party costs related to these transactions. Unamortized debt issuance costs of $6 million related to the portion of the Term Loan refinancing accounted for as a debt modification will be carried forward and amortized through March 31, 2019—the maturity date of the Amended 2011 Term Loan.

2012 Refinancing

 

    In 2012, the Company entered into two transactions to amend its 2007 Term Loan, originally scheduled to mature on July 3, 2014. Holders of $1,691 million in principal of the 2007 Term Loan consented to extend the maturity date from July 3, 2014, to March 31, 2017. The Company repaid $249 million in principal of the 2007 Term Loan to lenders not consenting to extend their term loan holdings. The transactions did not require repayment and the receipt of new proceeds for the $1,691 million of extended 2007 Term Loan principal.

We performed an analysis by creditor to determine if the terms of the Amended 2007 Term Loan were substantially different from the previous facility. Continuing lenders holding a significant portion of the Amended 2007 Term Loan had terms that were substantially different from their original loan agreements. As a result, this portion of the transaction was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt and the contemporaneous acquisition of new debt. Lenders holding the remaining portion of the Amended 2007 Term Loan had terms that were not substantially different from their original loan agreements. As a consequence, this portion of the transaction was accounted for as a debt modification as opposed to an extinguishment of debt.

 

    In December 2012, the Company redeemed $166 million in principal of its Senior Subordinated Notes with proceeds from the issuance of $175 million in principal of Notes. The Senior Notes were issued at 101.5% for gross proceeds of $178 million. An entity affiliated with CD&R held all of the redeemed Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

    In August 2012, the Company entered into a new ABS loan facility: the 2012 ABS Facility. The Company borrowed $686 million under the 2012 ABS Facility and used the proceeds to repay all amounts due on its previous ABS Facility. A portion of the lenders under the 2012 ABS Facility were also lenders under the previous ABS Facility. Since the terms of the 2012 ABS Facility were not substantially different from the previous facility, the portion of the 2012 ABS Facility pertaining to those continuing lenders was accounted for as a debt modification versus an extinguishment of debt.

The 2012 refinancing resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $31 million. This consisted of $12 million of lender fees and third party costs related to the transactions, a write-off of $10 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the old debt facilities, and a $9 million Senior Subordinated Notes early redemption premium.

2011 Refinancing

In May 2011, the Company entered into a series of transactions resulting in the redemption of $1 billion in principal of its 10.25% Senior Notes due June 30, 2015 (“Old Senior Notes”). The refinancing redeemed all of the Old Senior Notes outstanding. It was funded primarily by the issuance of $400 million in principal of Senior Notes, and proceeds from the $425 million in principal issued under the 2011 Term Loan.

The redemption of the Old Senior Notes resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $76 million. That included an early redemption premium of $64 million and a write-off of $12 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Old Senior Notes.

 

64


Table of Contents

Refinancing Transaction Costs

The Company incurred transaction costs of $29 million, $35 million and $30 million related to the 2013, 2012 and 2011 debt refinancing transactions, respectively. Transaction costs primarily consisted of loan fees, arrangement fees, rating agency fees and legal fees.

Security Interests

Substantially all of our assets are pledged under the various debt agreements. Debt under the 2012 ABS Facility is secured by certain designated receivables and, in certain circumstances, by restricted cash. The ABL Facility is secured by certain other designated receivables not pledged under the 2012 ABS Facility, inventory and tractors and trailers owned by the Company. The CMBS Fixed Facility is collateralized by mortgages on the 38 related properties. Our obligations under the Amended 2011 Term Loan are guaranteed by security in all of the capital stock of our subsidiaries, each of the direct and indirect 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (as defined in the agreements), and are secured by substantially all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries not pledged under the 2012 ABS Facility and the CMBS Facilities. More specifically, the Amended 2011 Term Loan has priority over certain collateral securing the ABL Facility, and it has second priority for other collateral securing the ABL Facility. The former CMBS Floating Facility was collateralized by mortgages on 15 related properties until July 9, 2012, when its outstanding borrowings were repaid. Currently, 14 properties remain in the special purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiary and are not pledged as collateral under any of the Company’s debt agreements.

Restrictive Covenants

Our credit facilities, loan agreements and indentures contain customary covenants. These include, among other things, covenants that restrict our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers or consolidations. Certain debt agreements also contain various and customary events of default with respect to the loans. Those include, without limitation, the failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of representations and warranties contained in the agreements to be true, and certain insolvency events. If a default event occurs and continues, the principal amounts outstanding—together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed—may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders. Were such an event to occur, the Company would be forced to seek new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as its current facilities. The Company’s ability to refinance its indebtedness on favorable terms—or at all—is directly affected by the current economic and financial conditions. In addition, the Company’s ability to incur secured indebtedness (which may enable it to achieve more favorable terms than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends in part on the value of its assets. This, in turn, relies on the strength of its cash flows, results of operations, economic and market conditions and other factors.

 

65


Table of Contents
12. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

     

Salary, wages and bonus expenses

   $ 110,427       $ 60,855   

Operating expenses

     61,500         66,795   

Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability

     42,204         44,868   

Group medical liability

     20,379         21,701   

Customer rebates and other selling expenses

     63,038         60,598   

Restructuring

     13,184         11,696   

Property and sales tax

     22,526         20,790   

Interest payable

     70,702         79,951   

Interest rate swap derivative

     —           2,034   

Other

     19,675         19,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 423,635       $ 388,306   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities:

     

Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability

   $ 111,364       $ 114,601   

Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit obligations

     100,393         239,549   

Restructuring

     58,034         65,602   

Unfunded lease obligation

     33,404         28,371   

Other

     31,613         31,519   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other long-term liabilities

   $ 334,808       $ 479,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Self-Insured Liabilities —The Company has a self-insurance program for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. Claims in excess of certain levels are fully insured. The self-insurance liabilities, included in the table above under “Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability,” are recorded at discounted present value. This table summarizes self-insurance liability activity for the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Balance at beginning of the year

   $ 159,469      $ 175,891      $ 187,694   

Charged to costs and expenses

     56,526        37,763        46,127   

Payments

     (62,427     (54,185     (57,930
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

   $ 153,568      $ 159,469      $ 175,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13. RESTRUCTURING AND TANGIBLE ASSET IMPAIRMENT CHARGES

The Company periodically closes distribution facilities, because it has built new ones or consolidated operations. Additionally, as part of its ongoing efforts to reduce costs and improve operating efficiencies, the Company continues to implement its plan to migrate from a decentralized to a functionalized organization, with more processes and technologies standardized and centralized across the Company. During all periods presented, the Company incurred restructuring costs as a result of these activities.

2013 Activities —During 2013, the Company recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $8 million. The Company announced the closing of three distribution facilities that ceased operations in 2014. These actions resulted in $4 million of severance and related costs. Also during 2013, certain Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value, less costs to sell, resulting in tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million. In addition, the Company incurred $2 million of other severance costs, including $1 million for a multiemployer pension withdrawal liability.

 

66


Table of Contents

2012 Activities —During 2012, the Company recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $9 million. The Company announced the closing of four facilities, including three distribution facilities and one administrative support facility. The closed facilities ceased operations in 2012 and were consolidated into other Company locations. The closing of the four facilities resulted in $5 million of tangible asset impairment charges to property and equipment, and minimal severance and related costs.

During 2012, the Company recognized $3 million of net severance and related costs for initiatives to reorganize our business along functional lines and optimize processes and systems. Also, certain Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value, less costs to sell, resulting in tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million. Additionally, the Company reversed $2 million of liabilities for unused leased facilities.

2011 Activities —During 2011, the Company announced the closing of four distribution facilities and recognized Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $72 million. Three of the facilities ceased operations in 2011 and the other facility ceases operating in 2012. One facility was closed due to construction of a new facility, and the operations of the remaining three closed facilities were consolidated into other Company facilities. These actions resulted in $45 million of severance and related costs, including a $40 million multiemployer pension withdrawal charge, and $7 million of tangible asset impairment charges. The Company also recognized $17 million of severance and related costs, primarily for the reorganization and centralization of various functional areas—including finance, human resources, replenishment and category management—plus $1 million of facility closing costs. Additionally, certain other Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value, less costs to sell, which resulted in tangible asset impairment charges of $2 million.

Changes in the restructuring liabilities for the last three fiscal years were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Severance
and Related
Costs
    Facility
Closing
Costs
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 42,365      $ 6,505      $ 48,870   

Current period charges

     64,302        1,135        65,437   

Change in estimate

     (2,445     (360     (2,805

Payments and usage—net of accretion

     (18,822     (1,687     (20,509
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     85,400        5,593        90,993   

Current period charges

     4,703        51        4,754   

Change in estimate

     (1,575     (1,786     (3,361

Payments and usage—net of accretion

     (14,407     (681     (15,088
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2012

     74,121        3,177        77,298   

Current period charges

     7,308        328        7,636   

Change in estimate

     (480     (630     (1,110

Payments and usage—net of accretion

     (11,877     (729     (12,606
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2013

   $ 69,072      $ 2,146      $ 71,218   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

This is a summary of the restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges for the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Severance and related costs

   $ 6,828      $ 3,128      $ 61,857   

Facility closing costs

     (302     (1,735     775   

Tangible asset impairment charges

     1,860        7,530        9,260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,386      $ 8,923      $ 71,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

The $69 million of restructuring liabilities as of December 28, 2013, for severance and related costs included $60 million of multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities related to closed facilities. This is payable in monthly installments through 2031 at effective interest rates of 5.9% to 6.7%.

 

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company pays a monthly management fee of $0.8 million to investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors. For each of the fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $10 million in management fees and related expenses reported as Distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Entities affiliated with KKR received transaction fees of $2 million and $3 million, respectively, for services related to the 2013 and the 2012 debt refinancing transactions. During the fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company purchased $12 million, $19 million and $2 million of food products, respectively, from an affiliate of one of its Sponsors. At December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, $0.2 million and $1 million, respectively, were due to this affiliate.

As discussed in Note 11—Debt, entities affiliated with the Sponsors hold various positions in some of our debt facilities and participated in our 2013 and 2012 refinancing transactions. At December 28, 2013, and December 29, 2012, entities affiliated with KKR held $289 million and $381 million, respectively in aggregate principal of the Company’s debt facilities. At December 29, 2012, entities affiliated with CD&R held $355 million in aggregate principal of the Company’s Senior Subordinated Notes, which were redeemed in January 2013. At December 28, 2013, entities affiliated with CD&R had no holdings of the Company’s debt facilities.

Also as discussed in Note 11—Debt, upon consent of the noteholders, the Senior Note Indenture was amended so that the proposed Acquisition by Sysco will not constitute a “Change of Control,” that would have granted the holders of the Senior Notes the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of their notes at a premium equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Sysco paid $3.4 million in consent fees to the holders of the Senior Notes in December 2013 on behalf of the Company and agreed to pay related transaction costs and fees incurred by the Company. At December 28, 2013, the Company had accrued a $0.3 million liability for transaction costs and fees and a related receivable of $0.3 million from Sysco.

 

15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND USF HOLDING CORP. COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES

The Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (“Stock Incentive Plan”) provides for the sale of USF Holding Corp. common stock to US Foods’ named executive officers and other key employees and directors. It also grants 1) stock options to purchase shares of common stock, 2) stock appreciation rights, and 3) restricted stock and restricted stock units of USF Holding Corp. to certain individuals. The Board of Directors of USF Holding Corp., or the Compensation Committee of the Board of USF Holding Corp., is authorized to select the officers, employees and directors eligible to participate in the Stock Incentive Plan. Either the USF Holding Corp. board of directors or the Compensation Committee may determine the specific number of shares to be offered, or options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock to be granted to an employee or director.

In May 2013, the Stock Incentive Plan was amended to, among other things, increase the number of shares of common stock of USF Holding Corp. available for grant—from approximately 31.5 million shares to approximately 53.2 million shares.

The Company measures compensation expense for share-based equity awards at fair value at the date of grant, and it recognizes compensation expense over the service period for share-based awards expected to vest. Total compensation expense related to share-based payment arrangements was $8 million, $4 million and $15 million for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. No share-based compensation cost was capitalized as part of the cost of an asset during those years. The total income tax benefit recorded in the

 

68


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) was $3 million, $1 million, and $6 million during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

USF Holding Corp. contributes shares to the Company for employee purchases, and upon exercise of options or grants of restricted shares and restricted stock units. Each participant in the Stock Incentive Plan has the right to require the Company to repurchase all of his or her restricted shares or shares issued or issuable pursuant to their awards in the event of a termination of employment due to death or disability. The Company also has the right—but not the obligation—to require employees to sell purchased shares back to the Company when they leave employment.

Generally, instruments with put rights upon death or disability are classified as equity awards until such puttable conditions become probable (i.e. upon termination due to death or disability). Once an award meets the puttable conditions, it is accounted for as an award modification and is required to be liability-classified. The Company records an incremental expense measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the modified award over the amount previously recognized when the award retained equity classification. These liability awards are remeasured at their fair market value as of each reporting period through the date of settlement, which is generally the first fiscal quarter following termination. Management concluded that the modifications during the current fiscal year did not have a material impact to compensation costs.

As discussed in Note 1—Proposed Acquisition by Sysco, the Acquisition will constitute a “Change of Control” under the Stock Incentive Plan, which will accelerate vesting of all stock options, equity appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units.

USF Holding Corp. Common Stock Issuances —Certain US Foods employees have purchased shares of USF Holding Corp. common stock, pursuant to a management stockholder’s agreement associated with the Stock Incentive Plan. These shares are subject to the terms and conditions (including certain restrictions) of each management stockholder’s agreement, other documents signed at the time of purchase, as well as transfer limitations under the applicable law. The Company measures fair value of USF Holding Corp. shares on a quarterly basis, using the combination of a market approach and an income approach. The share price determined for a particular quarter end is the price at which employee purchases and company repurchases are made for the following quarter. In 2013, employees bought stock at $6.00 per share. The shares were purchased by employees in 2012 at prices of $5.00 to $6.00 per share. In 2011, employees bought stock at $5.00 and $5.50 per share.

The related shares and net proceeds—including loan activity and share costs—of the employee share purchases, which were contributed to the Company by USF Holding Corp. in fiscal year 2013, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Stock Incentive Plan—Employee Shares    Number of
Shares
    Net Proceeds
Contributed
 

Issued and outstanding at December 29, 2012

     6,785      $ 31,922   

Issued

     296        1,850   

Repurchased

     (1,044     (5,399
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 28, 2013

     6,037      $ 28,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock Option Awards —The Company granted to certain employees Time Options and Performance Options (collectively the “Options”) to purchase common shares of USF Holding Corp. These Options are subject to the restrictions set forth in the Stock Option Agreements. Shares purchased pursuant to option exercises would be governed by the restrictions in the Stock Incentive Plan and management stockholder’s agreements.

The Time Options vest and become exercisable ratably over periods of four to five years. This happens either on the anniversary date of the grant or the last day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year issued.

 

69


Table of Contents

The Performance Options also vest and become exercisable ratably over four to five years, on the last day of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year issued), provided that the Company achieves an annual operating performance target as defined in the applicable stock option agreements (“Stock Option Agreements”). The Stock Option Agreements also provide for “catch-up vesting” of the Performance Options, if an annual operating performance target is not achieved, but a cumulative operating performance target is achieved. During 2012, the Company changed its policy for granting Performance Options. The award agreements no longer included performance targets for all years covered by the agreement. Instead, the Company established annual and cumulative targets for each year at the beginning of each respective fiscal year. In this case, the grant date under GAAP is not determined until the performance target for the related options is known. The Company did not achieve either the annual or the cumulative operating performance target for 2013, and accordingly, did not record a compensation charge for the 2013 Performance Options. The 2012 performance target was modified in 2013, and the Company recorded a compensation charge of $2 million in 2013 for 2012. The Company achieved the annual operating performance target in 2011 and recorded a compensation charge for the 2011 Performance Options.

The Options are nonqualified options, with exercise prices equal to the estimated value of a share of USF Holdings Corp. stock at the date of the grant. The Options have exercise prices of $4.50 to $6.00 per share and generally have a 10-year life. The fair value of each option award is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The weighted-average assumptions for options granted for the last three fiscal years are included in the following table:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Expected volatility

     35.0     35.0     30.0

Expected dividends

     0.0     0.0     0.0

Risk-free rate

     1.0     0.9     1.2

Expected term (in years) 10-year options

     6.3        6.7        6.5   

Expected volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of public companies similar to USF Holding Corp. The risk-free interest rate is the implied zero-coupon yield for U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity approximately equal to the expected term, as of the grant dates. The assumed dividend yield is zero, because we have not historically paid dividends and do not have any current plans to pay dividends. Due to a lack of relevant historical data, the simplified approach was used to determine the expected term of the options. The summary of options outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2013 presented below is based on the Company’s determination of legally outstanding option awards.

 

     Time
Options
    Performance
Options
    Total
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted -
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Years
 
              
              
              
              

Outstanding at December 29, 2012

     10,600,578        10,600,578        21,201,156      $ 2.03       $ 4.93      

Granted

     3,488,216        3,488,216        6,976,432      $ 2.22       $ 6.00      

Exercised

     (1,233,972     (1,233,972     (2,467,944   $ 2.14       $ 4.98      

Forfeited

     (455,267     (455,267     (910,534   $ 1.98       $ 5.60      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 28, 2013

     12,399,555        12,399,555        24,799,110      $ 2.04       $ 5.20         7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable at December 28, 2013

     8,099,665        6,645,413        14,745,078      $ 2.04       $ 4.93         7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

As described earlier, under GAAP, the performance target for Performance Options must be set for a grant date to have occurred and for the Performance Options to be considered for accounting recognition. In the above table, only 1.9 million of Performance Options issued, only 0.1 million Performance Options forfeited

 

70


Table of Contents

in 2013, and 8.4 million of Performance Options outstanding at December 28, 2013 have had performance targets set. Only 7.7 million of outstanding Performance Options had performance targets set as of December 29, 2012. Exercised Performance Options during 2013 would have been unchanged. If a change in control were to occur and specified returns achieved by our Sponsors, or at the discretion of the Sponsors, all options shown in the table above, including options for which performance targets were not yet set, would immediately vest.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.22, $2.05 and $1.75, respectively. In fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $4 million, $2 million and $14 million, respectively, in compensation expense related to the Options. The stock compensation expense—representing the fair value of stock options vested during the year—is reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in Distribution, selling and administrative costs. During 2013, 1,233,972 Time Options and 1,233,972 Performance Options were exercised by terminating employees for a cash outflow of $2 million, representing the excess of fair value over exercise price. During 2012, 425,550 Time Options and 425,550 Performance Options were exercised by terminating employees for a cash outflow of $0.9 million, representing the excess of fair value over exercise price. During 2011, 131,000 Time Options and 131,000 Performance Options were exercised by terminating employees for a cash outflow of $0.1 million, representing the excess of fair value over exercise price.

Based on the table above, as of December 28, 2013, there was $21 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to 10 million nonvested options expected to vest under the Stock Option Agreements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years. As of December 28, 2013, there was $12 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to 6.5 million nonvested options expected to vest under the Stock Option Agreements for which performance targets were set. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years.

Restricted Shares —Certain employees of the Company received 375,001, 481,702 and 251,111 Restricted Shares of USF Holding Corp in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. (“Restricted Shares”). These shares were granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. Restricted Shares vest and become exercisable ratably over periods of primarily two to five years.

The summary of nonvested Restricted Shares outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2013 is presented below:

 

     Restricted
Shares
    Weighted-
Average

Fair
Value
 
    
    
    

Nonvested at December 29, 2012

     592,843      $ 6.00   

Granted

     375,001        6.00   

Vested

     (459,010     6.00   

Forfeited

     (136,070     6.00   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 28, 2013

     372,764      $ 6.00   
  

 

 

   

The weighted-average grant date fair values for Restricted Shares granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $6.00, $6.00 and $5.50, respectively. Expense of $3 million, $2 million and $1 million related to the Restricted Shares was recorded in Distribution, selling and administrative costs during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. At December 28, 2013, there was $2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the Restricted Shares that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of three years.

Restricted Stock Units —In 2013, certain employees of the Company received Time Restricted Stock Units and Performance Restricted Stock Units of USF Holding Corp. (collectively the “RSUs”) granted pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan. Time RSUs vest and become exercisable ratably over four years, starting on the anniversary date of grant. Performance RSUs vest and become exercisable over four years on the last day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year issued, provided that the Company achieves an annual

 

71


Table of Contents

operating performance target as defined in the applicable restricted stock unit agreements (“Restricted Stock Unit Agreements”). The Restricted Stock Unit Agreements also provide for “catch-up vesting” of the Performance RSU’s if an annual operating performance target is not achieved, but a cumulative operating performance target is achieved. Similar to options, the RSU award agreements do not include performance targets for all years covered by the agreement. Instead, the Company established annual targets for each year at the beginning of each fiscal year. In this case, the grant date under GAAP is not determined until the performance target for the related Performance RSU is known. The Company did not achieve the annual operating performance target for 2013 and, accordingly, did not record a compensation charge for the Performance RSU’s in 2013. Prior to 2013, there were no RSUs issued or outstanding under the Stock Incentive Plan.

The summary of nonvested Restricted Stock Units as of December 28, 2013, and changes during the fiscal year then ended presented below is based on the Company’s determination of legally outstanding RSUs.

 

     Time
Restricted
Stock Units
    Performance
Restricted
Stock Units
    Total
Restricted
Stock Units
    Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value
 

Nonvested at December 29, 2012

     —          —          —        $ —     

Granted

     1,330,311        1,163,644        2,493,955        6.00   

Vested

     —          —          —       

Forfeited

     (65,728     (65,728     (131,456     6.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 28, 2013

     1,264,583        1,097,916        2,362,499      $ 6.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

As described above, for accounting purposes, the performance targets for Performance RSUs must be set for a grant to have occurred and for Performance Options to be considered for accounting recognition. In the above table, only 0.3 million of performance RSUs issued during 2013 and only 0.2 million of nonvested Performance RSUs outstanding at December 28, 2013 have had a performance target set. All of the Performance RSUs forfeited in 2013 had performance targets set. These differences have no impact on the stock compensation expense recorded. If a change in control were to occur, and specified returns were achieved by our Sponsors or at the discretion of our Sponsors, all options shown in the table above, including Performance RSUs for which targets have not yet been set, would immediately vest.

The weighted-average grant date fair values for Restricted Stock Units granted in 2013 was $6.00. Expense of $1 million related to the Time Restricted Stock Units was recorded in Distribution, selling and administrative costs during 2013. Based on the table above, at December 28, 2013, there was $14 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to 2.4 million Restricted Stock Units that we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of three years. As of December 28, 2013, there was $5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 0.9 million nonvested RSUs for which performance targets were set. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years.

Equity Appreciation Rights —The Company has an Equity Appreciation Rights (“EAR”) Plan for certain employees. Each EAR represents one phantom share of USF Holding Corp. common stock. The EARs become vested and payable, primarily, at the time of a qualified public offering of equity shares or a change in control. EARs are forfeited upon termination of the participant’s employment with the Company. The EARs will be settled in cash upon vesting and, accordingly, are considered liability instruments. No EARs were granted during 2013. As of December 28, 2013, there were a total of 1,723,600 EARs outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $4.99 per share.

As the EARs are liability instruments, the fair value of the awards is re-measured each reporting period until the award is settled. Since vesting is contingent upon performance conditions currently not considered probable, no compensation costs have been recorded to date for the EARs.

 

72


Table of Contents
16. LEASES

The Company leases various warehouse and office facilities and certain equipment under operating and capital lease agreements that expire at various dates and in some instances contain renewal provisions. The Company expenses operating lease costs, including any scheduled rent increases, rent holidays or landlord concessions—on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company also has an unfunded lease obligation on its Perth Amboy, New Jersey distribution facility through 2023.

Future minimum lease payments under the above mentioned noncancelable lease agreements, together with contractual sublease income, as of December 28, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Unfunded Lease
Obligation
    Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
     Sublease
Income
    Net  
             

2014

   $ 4,172      $ 23,561      $ 34,690       $ (2,136   $ 60,287   

2015

     4,172        24,339        30,155         (2,044     56,622   

2016

     4,269        25,186        26,310         (1,351     54,414   

2017

     4,269        26,075        21,769         (720     51,393   

2018

     4,269        27,008        19,245         (5     50,517   

Thereafter

     23,900        58,620        68,901         —          151,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments (receipts)

     45,051        184,789      $ 201,070       $ (6,256   $ 424,654   
      

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (14,234     (68,127       
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

Present value of minimum lease payments

   $ 30,817      $ 116,662          
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

Total lease expense, included in Distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), for operating leases for the fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $44 million, $50 million and $54 million, respectively.

 

17. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans for its employees. We also contribute to various multiemployer plans under collective bargaining agreements, and provide certain health care benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents.

Company Sponsored Defined Benefit Plans —The Company maintains several qualified retirement plans and a nonqualified retirement plan (“Retirement Plans”) that pay benefits to certain employees at retirement, using formulas based on a participant’s years of service and compensation. In addition, the Company maintains a postemployment health and welfare plan for certain employees, of which components are included in the tables below under Other postretirement plans. Amounts related to defined benefit plans recognized in the consolidated financial statements are determined on an actuarial basis.

The components of net pension and other postretirement benefit costs for the last three fiscal years were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2013     2012     2011  

Components of net periodic pension cost:

      

Service cost

   $ 32,773      $ 25,819      $ 22,405   

Interest cost

     33,707        38,404        36,013   

Expected return on plan assets

     (42,036     (41,621     (38,295

Amortization of prior service cost

     198        102        102   

Amortization of net loss

     13,288        14,572        11,541   

Settlements

     1,778        17,840        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic pension costs

   $ 39,708      $ 55,116      $ 31,766   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents
     Other Postretirement Plans  
         2013              2012              2011      

Components of net periodic postretirement benefit costs:

        

Service cost

   $ 153       $ 140       $ 138   

Interest cost

     431         512         546   

Amortization of net loss

     112         34         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic other post-retirement benefit costs

   $ 696       $ 686       $ 728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net period pension expense for fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011 includes $2 million, $18 million, and zero, respectively, of settlement charges resulting from lump-sum payments to former employees participating in several Company sponsored pension plans. There were no settlements in fiscal 2011.

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss) for pension and Other postretirement benefits for the last three fiscal years were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2013      2012     2011  

Changes recognized in other comprehensive loss:

       

Actuarial gain (loss)

   $ 112,816       $ (54,059   $ (41,101

Prior service cost

     —           (620     —     

Amortization of prior service cost

     198         102        102   

Amortization of net loss

     13,288         14,572        11,541   

Settlements

     1,778         17,840        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 128,080       $ (22,165   $ (29,458
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Other Postretirement Plans  
     2013      2012     2011  

Changes recognized in other comprehensive loss:

       

Actuarial gain (loss)

   $ 2,198       $ (661   $ 449   

Amortization of net loss

     112         34        44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ 2,310       $ (627   $ 493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The funded status of the defined benefit plans for the last three fiscal years was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2013     2012     2011  

Change in benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 795,989      $ 762,771      $ 676,048   

Service cost

     32,773        25,819        22,405   

Interest cost

     33,707        38,404        36,013   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (98,962     82,840        52,900   

Plan amendments

     —          620        —     

Settlements

     (13,186     (68,627     (225

Benefit disbursements

     (16,569     (45,838     (24,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of period

     733,752        795,989        762,771   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

     566,768        564,651        502,947   

Return on plan assets

     55,890        70,403        50,094   

Employer contribution

     48,846        46,179        36,205   

Settlements

     (13,186     (68,627     (225

Benefit disbursements

     (16,569     (45,838     (24,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

     641,749        566,768        564,651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (92,003   $ (229,221   $ (198,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents
    Other Postretirement Plans  
    2013     2012     2011  

Change in benefit obligation:

     

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

  $ 11,357      $ 10,653      $ 11,065   

Service cost

    153        140        138   

Interest cost

    431        512        546   

Employee contributions

    219        297        411   

Actuarial (gain) loss

    (2,198     661        (449

Benefit disbursements

    (587     (906     (1,058
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of period

    9,375        11,357        10,653   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

     

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

    —          —          —     

Employer contribution

    369        609        647   

Employee contributions

    219        297        411   

Benefit disbursements

    (587     (906     (1,058
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

    —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $ (9,375   $ (11,357   $ (10,653
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Pension Benefits  
    2013     2012     2011  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of the following:

     

Accrued benefit obligation—current

  $ (401   $ (401   $ (332

Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent

    (91,602     (228,820     (197,788
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

  $ (92,003   $ (229,221   $ (198,120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following:

     

Prior service cost

  $ (832   $ (1,030   $ (513

Net loss

    (75,765     (203,647     (181,999
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ (76,597   $ (204,677   $ (182,512
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional information:

     

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $ 679,225      $ 733,626      $ 721,874   

Unfunded accrued pension cost

    (15,406     (24,544     (15,608
    Other Postretirement Plans  
    2013     2012     2011  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of the following:

     

Accrued benefit obligation—current

  $ (583   $ (628   $ (630

Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent

    (8,792     (10,729     (10,023
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets

  $ (9,375   $ (11,357   $ (10,653
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following:

     

Net gain (loss)

  $ 1,247      $ (1,063   $ (436
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 1,247      $ (1,063   $ (436
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional information—unfunded accrued benefit cost

  $ (10,622   $ (10,294   $ (10,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents
     Pension
Benefits
     Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
     
     

Amounts expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss in the next fiscal year:

     

Net loss

   $ 2,148       $ 71   

Prior service cost

     198         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net expected to be amortized

   $ 2,346       $ 71   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at period-end and net pension costs for the last three fiscal years were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
         2013             2012             2011      

Benefit obligation:

      

Discount rate

     5.19     4.29     5.08

Annual compensation increase

     3.60     3.60     4.00

Net cost:

      

Discount rate

     4.29     5.08     5.38

Expected return on plan assets

     7.25     7.25     7.50

Annual compensation increase

     3.60     4.00     4.00
     Other Postretirement Plans  
         2013             2012             2011      

Benefit obligation—discount rate

     4.80     3.90     4.95

Net cost—discount rate

     3.90     4.95     5.10

The measurement dates for the pension and other postretirement benefit plans were December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

A health care cost trend rate is used in the calculations of postretirement medical benefit plan obligations. The assumed healthcare trend rates for the last three fiscal years were as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Immediate rate

     7.30     7.50     7.80

Ultimate trend rate

     4.50     4.50     4.50

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2028        2028        2028   

A 1% change in the rate would result in a change to the postretirement medical plan obligation of less than $1 million. Retirees covered under these plans are responsible for the cost of coverage in excess of the subsidy, including all future cost increases.

For guidance in determining the discount rate, the Company determines the implied rate of return on a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality fixed-income investments, for which the timing and amount of cash outflows approximates the estimated pension plan payouts. The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and revised as appropriate.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is derived from a mathematical asset model. This model incorporates assumptions on the various asset class returns, reflecting a combination of historical performance analysis and the forward-looking views of the financial markets regarding the yield on long-term bonds and the historical returns of the major stock markets. The rate of return assumption is reviewed annually and revised as deemed appropriate.

 

76


Table of Contents

The investment objective for our Company sponsored plans is to provide a common investment platform. Investment managers—overseen by our Retirement Administration Committee—are expected to adopt and maintain an asset allocation strategy for the plans’ assets designed to address the Retirement Plans’ liability structure. The Company has developed an asset allocation policy and rebalancing policy. We review the major asset classes, through consultation with investment consultants, at least quarterly to determine if the plan assets are performing as expected. The Company’s 2013 strategy targeted a mix of 50% equity securities and 50% long-term debt securities and cash equivalents. The actual mix of investments at December 28, 2013, was 52% equity securities and 48% long-term debt securities and cash equivalents. The Company plans to manage the actual mix of investments to achieve its target mix.

The following table (in thousands) sets forth the fair value of our defined benefit plans’ assets by asset fair value hierarchy level. See Note 4—Fair Value Measurements for a detailed description of the three-tier fair value hierarchy.

 

     Asset Fair Value as of December 28, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,624       $ —         $ —         $ 14,624   

Common collective trust funds:

           

Cash equivalents

     —           3,407         —           3,407   

Domestic equities

     —           228,638         —           228,638   

International equities

     —           48,112         —           48,112   

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic equities

     31,368         —           —           31,368   

International equities

     23,926         —           —           23,926   

Long-term debt securities:

           

Corporate debt securities:

           

Domestic

     —           163,831         —           163,831   

International

     —           20,916         —           20,916   

U.S. government securities

     —           94,891         —           94,891   

Government agencies securities

     —           8,306         —           8,306   

Other

     —           3,730         —           3,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 69,918       $ 571,831       $ —         $ 641,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Asset Fair Value as of December 29, 2012  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,079       $ —         $ —         $ 2,079   

Common collective trust funds:

           

Cash equivalents

     —           8,178         —           8,178   

Domestic equities

     —           189,872         —           189,872   

International equities

     —           28,529         —           28,529   

Mutual funds:

           

Domestic equities

     24,060         —           —           24,060   

International equities

     31,346         —           —           31,346   

Long-term debt securities:

           

Corporate debt securities:

           

Domestic

     —           137,457         —           137,457   

International

     —           20,341         —           20,341   

U.S. government securities

     —           112,681         —           112,681   

Government agencies securities

     —           9,343         —           9,343   

Other

     —           2,882         —           2,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 57,485       $ 509,283       $ —         $ 566,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value is as follows:

 

    Cash and cash equivalents are valued at original cost plus accrued interest.

 

    Common collective trust funds are valued at the net asset value of the shares held at the end of the reporting period. This class represents investments in actively managed, common collective trust funds that invest primarily in equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures. Investments are valued at the net asset value per share, multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date.

 

    Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual funds are traded.

 

    Long-term debt securities are valued at the estimated price a dealer will pay for the individual securities.

Estimated future benefit payments, under Company sponsored plans as of December 28, 2013, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Postretirement
Plans
 

2014

   $ 31,416       $ 583   

2015

     33,644         663   

2016

     35,007         737   

2017

     37,454         773   

2018

     37,881         802   

Subsequent five years

     215,453         4,037   

Estimated required and discretionary contributions expected to be contributed by the Company to the Retirement Plans in 2014 total $49 million.

Other Company Sponsored Benefit Plans —Employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution 401(k) plan which provides that under certain circumstances the Company may make matching contributions of up to 50% of the first 6% of a participant’s compensation. The Company’s contributions to this plan were $25 million, $25 million and $23 million in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company, at its discretion, may make additional contributions to the 401(k) Plan. In 2011, we made a $2 million discretionary contribution, primarily for the benefit of eligible non-exempt employees. The Company made no discretionary contributions under the 401(k) plan in fiscal years 2013 and 2012.

Multiemployer Pension Plans —The Company contributes to numerous multiemployer pension plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover certain of its union-represented employees. The Company does not administer these multiemployer pension plans.

The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans differ from traditional single-employer defined benefit plans as follows:

 

    Assets contributed to a multiemployer pension plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to the employees of other participating employers

 

    If a participating employer stops contributing to a multiemployer pension plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers

 

    If the Company elects to stop participation in a multiemployer pension plan, it may be required to pay a withdrawal liability based upon the underfunded status of the plan

The Company’s participation in multiemployer pension plans for the year ended December 28, 2013, is outlined in the tables below. The Company considers significant plans to be those plans to which the Company contributed more than 5% of total contributions to the plan in a given plan year, or for which the Company believes its estimated withdrawal liability—should it decide to voluntarily withdraw from the plan—may be material to the Company. For each plan that is considered individually significant to the Company, the following information is provided:

 

78


Table of Contents
    The EIN/Plan Number column provides the Employee Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number (“PN”) assigned to a plan by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

    The most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available for 2013 and 2012 is for the plan years beginning in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The zone status is based on information provided to participating employers by each plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. A plan in the red zone has been determined to be in critical status, based on criteria established under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), and is generally less than 65% funded. A plan in the yellow zone has been determined to be in endangered status, based on criteria established under the Code, and is generally less than 80% but more than 65% funded. A plan in the green zone has been determined to be neither in critical status nor in endangered status, and is generally at least 80% funded.

 

    The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. In addition to regular plan contributions, participating employers may be subject to a surcharge if the plan is in the red zone.

 

    The Surcharge Imposed column indicates whether a surcharge has been imposed on participating employers contributing to the plan.

 

    The Expiration Dates column indicates the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreements to which the plans are subject.

 

         PPA   FIP/RP Status        

Pension

Fund

   EIN/   Zone Status  

Pending/

Implemented

 

Surcharge

Imposed

 

Expiration Dates

   Plan Number   2013   2012      
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund    36-6044243/001   Red   Red   Implemented   No   5/10/14 to 4/30/16
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Trust Fund (1)    91-6145047/001   Green   Green   N/A   No   3/31/2012 (2)  to 11/16/17
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan (1)    41-6047047/001   Green   Yellow   Implemented   No   3/31/14
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and Vicinity (1)    23-1511735/001   Yellow   Yellow   Implemented   No   2/10/18
Truck Drivers & Helpers Local 355 Pension Fund (1)    52-0951433/001   Yellow   Yellow   Pending   No   3/15/15
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ Pension Plan    36-6491473/001   Green   Green   N/A   No   6/30/2013 (2)
United Teamsters Trust Fund A    13-5660513/001   Red   Red   Implemented   No   5/30/15
Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers Joint Pension Fund (1)    23-6230368/001   Red   Red   Implemented   No   2/10/18
Warehouse Employees Local No. 570 Pension Fund (1)    52-6048848/001   Green   Green   N/A   No   3/15/15
Local 705 I.B. of T. Pension Trust Fund (1)    36-6492502/001   Red   Red   Implemented   Yes   12/31/2012 (2)

 

79


Table of Contents
  (1) The plan has elected to utilize special amortization provisions provided under the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010.
  (2) The collective bargaining agreement for this pension fund is operating under an extension.

The following table provides information about the Company’s contributions to its multiemployer pension plans. For plans that are not individually significant to the Company, the total amount of USF contributions is aggregated.

 

Pension

Fund

  

USF Contribution (1)(2)

(in thousands)

    

USF Contributions Exceed 5% of

Total Plan Contributions (3)

     
   2013      2012      2011      2012    2011
Central States, Southeast and Southwest Areas Pension Fund    $ 3,908       $ 3,389       $ 3,059       No    No
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Trust Fund      9,249         8,309         7,965       No    No
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan      4,565         4,235         3,985       Yes    Yes
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and Vicinity      2,939         2,808         2,685       No    No
Truck Drivers and Helpers Local 355 Pension Fund      1,428         1,491         1,338       Yes    Yes
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ Pension Plan      1,036         1,017         885       Yes    Yes
United Teamsters Trust Fund A      1,816         1,144         930       Yes    Yes
Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers Joint Pension Fund      981         961         948       Yes    Yes
Warehouse Employees Local No. 570 Pension Fund      929         969         878       Yes    Yes
Local 705 I.B. of T. Pension Trust Fund      2,189         2,077         1,878       No    No
Other Funds      1,818         1,858         1,890       —      —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       
   $ 30,858       $ 28,258       $ 26,441         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

  (1) Contributions made to these plans during the Company’s fiscal year, which may not coincide with the plans’ fiscal years.
  (2) Contributions do not include payments related to multiemployer pension withdrawals as described in Note 13—Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges.
  (3) Indicates whether the Company was listed in the respective multiemployer plan Form 5500 for the applicable plan year as having made more than 5% of total contributions to the plan.

If the Company elected to voluntarily withdraw from a multiemployer pension plan, it would be responsible for its proportionate share of the plan’s unfunded vested liability. Based on the latest information available from plan administrators, the Company estimates its aggregate withdrawal liability from the multiemployer pension plans in which it participates to be approximately $280 million as of December 28, 2013. This estimate excludes $60 million of multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liabilities recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet related to closed facilities as of December 28, 2013, and as further described in Note 13—Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges. Actual withdrawal liabilities incurred by the Company—if it were to withdraw from one or more plans—could be materially different from the estimates noted here, based on better or more timely information from plan administrators or other changes affecting the respective plan’s funded status.

 

80


Table of Contents
18. RECLASSIFICATIONS OUT OF ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The following table presents amounts reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by component for the last three fiscal years, (in thousands):

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Components

   2013     2012     2011  

Defined benefit retirement plans:

      

Balance at beginning of period (1)

   $ (125,642   $ (111,482   $ (93,853
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     115,014        (55,340     (40,652

Amortization of prior service cost (2)

     198        102        102   

Amortization of net loss (2)

     13,400        14,606        11,585   

Settlements (2)

     1,778        17,840        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total before income tax (3)

     130,390        (22,792     (28,965

Income tax provision (benefit)

     7,427        (8,632     (11,336
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current period comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     122,963        (14,160     (17,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ (2,679   $ (125,642   $ (111,482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate swap derivative cash flow hedge (4) :

      

Balance at beginning of period (1)

   $ (542   $ (18,112   $ (35,618
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     (653     (2,387     (9,715

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income (5)

     2,042        30,683        38,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total before income tax

     1,389        28,296        28,762   

Income tax provision

     847        10,726        11,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current period comprehensive income, net of tax

     542        17,570        17,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ —        $ (542   $ (18,112
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss end of period (1)

   $ (2,679   $ (126,184   $ (129,594
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) Amounts are presented net of tax.
  (2) Included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. See Note—17 Retirement Plans for additional information.
  (3) Included in Distribution, selling and administration expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).
  (4) The interest rate swap derivative expired in January 2013.
  (5) Included in Interest Expense-Net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

 

81


Table of Contents

19. INCOME TAXES

The Income tax (provision) benefit for the last three fiscal years consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 64      $ (7   $ 42   

State

     (283     (299     432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current Income tax (provision) benefit

     (219     (306     474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (28,824     (37,635     43,551   

State

     (779     (4,507     (1,951
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Income tax (provision) benefit

     (29,603     (42,142     41,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income tax (provision) benefit

   $ (29,822   $ (42,448   $ 42,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s effective income tax rates for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were 109%, 487% and 29%, respectively. The determination of the Company’s overall effective tax rate requires the use of estimates. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. Tax law changes, increases and decreases in permanent differences between book and tax items, changes in valuation allowances, tax credits and the Company’s change in income from each jurisdiction all affect the overall effective tax rate.

The reconciliation of the provisions for income taxes from continuing operations at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% to the Company’s income taxes for the last three fiscal is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Federal income tax benefit computed at statutory rate

   $ 9,585      $ 3,054      $ 50,486   

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

     2,415        24        4,983   

Statutory rate and apportionment change

     (406     1,000        74   

Stock-based compensation

     (5,342     —          —     

Non-deductible expenses

     (2,153     (2,215     (1,964

Return to accrual reconciliation

     335        (29     (494

Change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     (32,445     (43,748     (10,769

Net operating loss expirations

     (1,653     (634     (772

Other

     (158     100        530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Income tax (provision) benefit

   $ (29,822   $ (42,448   $ 42,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Temporary differences and carryforwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 10,838      $ 10,204   

Accrued employee benefits

     28,931        32,211   

Restructuring reserves

     36,649        39,131   

Workers’ compensation, general liability and auto liabilities

     59,845        62,353   

Deferred income

     1,287        1,506   

Deferred financing costs

     9,362        11,234   

Pension liability

     22,616        75,233   

Interest rate derivative liability

     —          795   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     215,177        215,443   

Other accrued expenses

     16,447        15,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     401,152        463,351   

Less valuation allowance

     (117,227     (128,844
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     283,925        334,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (148,976     (139,365

Inventories

     (13,657     (20,263

Intangibles

     (515,888     (532,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (678,521     (691,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (394,596   $ (357,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The net deferred tax liability presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 13,557      $ 8,034   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (408,153     (365,496
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (394,596   $ (357,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 28, 2013, the Company had tax affected federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $127 million and $88 million, respectively, which will expire at various dates from 2014 to 2033.

The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows (in millions):

 

     Federal      State      Total  

2014-2018

   $ —         $ 12       $ 12   

2019-2023

     8         41         49   

2024-2028

     93         27         120   

2029-2033

     26         8         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 127       $ 88       $ 215   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company also has a federal minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $1 million.

The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits taken in prior years. The net operating losses for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes in accordance with ASC 740 are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits.

 

83


Table of Contents

Because of the change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of a portion of the Company’s domestic net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited in future periods. Further, a portion of the carryforwards may expire before being applied to reduce future income tax liabilities.

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of this risk, as of December 28, 2013, the Company has provided a valuation allowance of $36 million and $81 million for federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, based upon expected future utilization relating to these federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. If the Company’s assumptions change and the Company determines it will be able to realize these net operating losses, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 28, 2013, will be accounted for as follows: approximately $88 million will be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense and $29 million will be recorded as an increase in equity.

A summary of the activity in the valuation allowance for the last three fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 128,844      $ 85,685      $ 74,916   

Charged to expense

     32,445        43,748        10,769   

Other comprehensive income

     (43,079     —          —     

Other

     (983     (589     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 117,227      $ 128,844      $ 85,685   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in tax laws and rates may affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities and the Company’s effective tax rate in the future.

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in federal and state jurisdictions. ASC 740 states that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits.

The Company 1) records unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, and 2) adjusts these liabilities when the Company’s judgment changes because of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current estimate of unrecognized tax benefit liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available.

The Company recognizes an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination—including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes—based on the technical merits.

 

84


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of fiscal years 2013, 2012, and 2011, was as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 61,607   

Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years

     70   

Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years

     (802

Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations

     (92

Decreases due to changes in tax rates

     (385
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     60,398   

Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years

     (333

Gross increases due to positions taken in current year

     71   

Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations

     (73

Decreases due to changes in tax rates

     (436
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 29, 2012

     59,627   

Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years

     46   

Gross increases due to positions taken in current year

     76   

Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations

     (207

Decreases due to changes in tax rates

     (251
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 28, 2013

   $ 59,291   
  

 

 

 

We do not believe it is reasonably possible that a significant increase in unrecognized tax benefits related to state exposures may be necessary in the coming year. In addition, the Company believes that it is reasonably possible that an insignificant amount of its currently remaining unrecognized tax benefits may be recognized by the end of 2014 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations. As of December 29, 2012, the Company did not believe that it was reasonably possible that a significant decrease in unrecognized tax benefits related to state tax exposures would have occurred during fiscal 2013. During the year ended December 28, 2013, unrecognized tax benefits related to those state exposures actually decreased by $0.2 million, as illustrated in the table above.

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at the ends of fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $53 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of those periods was $51 million, $51 million, and $52 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in adjustments to other tax accounts—primarily deferred taxes.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in Interest expense—net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). As of December 28, 2013, the Company had approximately $2 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. Our 2007 through 2012 U.S. federal tax years, and various state tax years from 2000 through 2012, remain subject to income tax examinations by the relevant taxing authorities. Ahold has indemnified the Company for 2007 Transaction pre-closing consolidated federal and certain combined state income taxes, and the Company is responsible for all other taxes, and interest and penalties.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS issued final regulations that address costs incurred in acquiring, producing, or improving tangible property (the “tangible property regulations”). The tangible property regulations are generally effective for tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and may be adopted in earlier years. The Company does not expect the adoption in fiscal 2014 of the tangible property regulations to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

85


Table of Contents
20. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

During 2013, the Company purchased a foodservice distributor for cash of $14 million, plus contingent consideration of $2 million. During 2012, the Company purchased five foodservice distributors for cash of $106 million, plus contingent consideration of $6 million that was paid in 2013. The Company also received a $2 million purchase price adjustment in 2013 related to two 2012 acquisitions. The acquisitions, made in order to expand the Company’s presence in certain geographic areas, were purchases which have been or are being integrated into our foodservice distribution network. The following table summarizes the initial purchase price allocations for the 2013 and 2012 business acquisitions as follows (in thousands):

 

     2013     2012  

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,894      $ 24,261   

Inventories

     3,638        26,076   

Property and equipment

     125        21,107   

Goodwill

     —          17,389   

Other intangible assets

     8,348        44,755   

Accounts payable

     (2,120     (17,584

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (130     (8,930

Other long-term liabilities

     —          (3,419
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used in acquisitions

   $ 13,755      $ 103,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The 2013 and 2012 acquisitions, individually and in the aggregate, did not materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position. Actual net sales and operating earnings of the businesses acquired in both periods were less than 2% of the Company’s consolidated results and, therefore, pro forma information has not been provided.

Certain acquisitions involve contingent consideration in the event certain operating results are achieved over a one year period subsequent to the acquisition. As of December 28, 2013, the Company accrued $ 2 million of contingent consideration related to acquisitions.

 

21. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments —The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary course of business. Additionally, the Company has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require the Company to buy a predetermined volume of products, which are not recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 28, 2013, the Company’s purchase orders and purchase contracts with vendors, all to be delivered in 2014, were $590 million.

To minimize the Company’s fuel cost risk, we enter into forward purchase commitments for a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. As of December 28, 2013, the Company had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $37 million through December 2014. The Company also enters into forward purchase agreements for procuring electricity. As of December 28, 2013, the Company had electricity forward purchase commitments totaling $4 million through December 2016.

Indemnification by Ahold for Certain Matters —In connection with the sale of US Foods to USF Holding Corp., a corporation formed and controlled by investment funds associated with or managed by CD&R and KKR, by Ahold in 2007 (the “2007 Transaction”), Ahold committed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against damages (which includes losses, liabilities, obligations, and claims of any kind) and litigation costs (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) suffered, incurred or paid after the 2007 Transaction closing date related to certain matters. The Company was responsible for the first $40 million of damages and litigation expenses incurred after the closing of the 2007 Transaction. Ahold’s indemnification obligations apply to any such damages and litigation expenses as may be incurred after the 2007 Transaction closing date in excess of $40 million. As of the end of its 2009 fiscal year, the Company had incurred $40 million in costs related to these matters; therefore, any future litigation expenses related to the aforementioned matters are subject to the rights of indemnification from Ahold. As of December 28, 2013, no material amounts are due to the Company from Ahold under the indemnification agreement.

 

86


Table of Contents

California 2010 Labor Code Claim —In April 2010, a putative class action complaint was filed against the Company in California. The suit alleged the Company failed to meet its obligations under the California Labor Code related to providing meals and breaks for certain drivers. The case has been removed to federal court. In December 2011, the parties reached a tentative settlement of all claims, subject to court approval. The Company recorded a liability of $3 million to reflect the settlement. In September 2012, the court entered final approval of the settlement, which the Company paid into the court’s escrow account in October 2012. Distribution of the settlement funds to all of the identified class members in accordance with the court-approved settlement was completed during 2013.

Eagan Multiemployer Pension Withdrawal Liability —In 2008, the Company completed the closure of its Eagan, Minnesota and Fairfield, Ohio divisions and recorded a liability of approximately $40 million for the related multiemployer pension withdrawal liability. In 2010, the Company received formal notice and demand for payment of a $40 million withdrawal liability, which is payable in monthly installments through November 2023. During the 2011 fiscal third quarter, the Company was assessed an additional $17 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability for the Eagan facility. The parties agreed to arbitrate this matter, and discovery began during the fiscal third quarter of 2012. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses against the assessment for the additional pension withdrawal liability and intends to vigorously defend itself against the claim. The Company does not believe, at this time, that a loss from such obligation is probable and, accordingly, no liability has been recorded. However, it is reasonably possible the Company may ultimately be required to pay an amount up to $17 million.

Pricing Litigation —In October 2006, two customers filed a putative class action against the Company and Ahold. In December 2006, an amended complaint was filed naming a third plaintiff. The complaint focuses on certain pricing practices of the Company in contracts with some of its customers. In February 2007, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In August 2007, two additional customers filed putative class action complaints. These two additional lawsuits are based upon the pricing practices at issue in the October 2006 case. In November 2007, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation ordered the transfer of the two additional lawsuits to the jurisdiction in which the first lawsuit was filed—the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut—for consolidated or coordinated proceedings. In June 2008, the Plaintiffs filed their consolidated and amended class action complaint. The Company moved to dismiss this complaint. In August 2009, the Plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification. In December 2009, the court issued a ruling on the Company’s motion to dismiss. It dismissed Ahold from the case and also dismissed certain of the plaintiffs’ claims. On November 30, 2011, the court issued its ruling granting the plaintiffs’ motion to certify the class. On April 4, 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit granted the Company’s request to appeal the district court’s decision which granted class certification. Oral argument was held and the court upheld the grant of class certification. The Company has filed a writ of certiorari to the U.S. Supreme Court. In the meantime, the case continues through the discovery stage. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the remaining claims and continues to vigorously defend against the lawsuit. The Company does not believe at this time that an unfavorable outcome from this matter is probable and, accordingly, no liability has been recorded. Due to the inherent uncertainty of legal proceedings, it is reasonably possible the Company could suffer a loss as a result of this matter. An estimate of a possible loss or range of loss from this matter cannot be made. However, any potential liability is subject to the Company’s rights of indemnification from Ahold to the extent and as described above.

Other Legal Proceedings —In addition to the matters described above, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to a number of other legal proceedings arising out of their business operations. The legal proceedings—whether pending, threatened or unasserted—if decided adversely to or settled by the Company, may result in liabilities material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company has recognized provisions with respect to its proceedings, where appropriate. These are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is possible that the Company could be required to make expenditures, in excess of established provisions, in amounts that cannot reasonably be estimated. However, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The

 

87


Table of Contents

Company’s policy is to expense attorney fees as incurred, except for those fees that are reimbursable under the above noted Indemnification by Ahold.

 

22. GUARANTOR AND NON-GUARANTOR CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following consolidating schedules present condensed financial information of 1) the Company, and 2) certain of its subsidiaries (Guarantors) that guarantee certain Company obligations (the Senior Note, the ABL Facility, and the Amended 2011 Term Loan), and 3) its other subsidiaries (Non-Guarantors). The Guarantors under the Senior Notes are identical to the Guarantors under the ABL Facility and the Amended 2011 Term Loan. Separate financial statements and other disclosures with respect to the Guarantor subsidiaries have not been provided. This is because the Company believes the following information is sufficient, as the Guarantor subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company, and all guarantees under the Senior Notes are full and unconditional and joint and several, subject to certain release provisions that the Company has concluded are customary and, therefore, consistent with the Company’s ability to present condensed financial information of the Guarantors. Under the Senior Notes, a Guarantor subsidiary’s guarantee may be released when any of the following occur: 1) the sale of the Guarantor subsidiary or all of its assets, 2) a merger or consolidation of the Guarantor subsidiary with and into the Company or another Guarantor subsidiary, 3) upon the liquidation of the Guarantor subsidiary following the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor subsidiary, 4) the rating on the securities is changed to investment grade, 5) the requirements for legal defeasance or covenant defeasance or discharge of the obligation have been satisfied, 6) the Guarantor subsidiary is declared unrestricted for covenant purposes, or 7) the Guarantor subsidiary’s guarantee of other indebtedness is terminated or released.

Notwithstanding these customary release provisions under the Senior Notes, 1) each subsidiary guarantee is in place throughout the life of the Senior Notes, and no Guarantor may elect to opt out or cancel its guarantee solely at its option; 2) there are no restrictions, limitations or caps on the guarantees; and 3) there are no provisions that would delay the payments that would be required of the Guarantors under the guarantees.

 

    Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 28, 2013
(in thousands)
 
    US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Accounts receivable—net

  $ 281,242      $ 30,023      $ 914,454      $ —        $ 1,225,719   

Inventories—net

    1,103,180        58,378        —          —          1,161,558   

Other current assets

    299,053        6,989        81,422        —          387,464   

Property and equipment

    881,110        88,150        779,235        —          1,748,495   

Goodwill

    3,835,477        —          —          —          3,835,477   

Other intangibles

    753,840        —          —          —          753,840   

Investments in subsidiaries

    1,341,633        —          —          (1,341,633     —     

Intercompany receivables

    —          614,377        —          (614,377     —     

Other assets

    63,461        10        32,753        (23,200     73,024   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 8,558,996      $ 797,927      $ 1,807,864      $ (1,979,210   $ 9,185,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts payable

  $ 1,145,381      $ 36,071      $ —        $ —        $ 1,181,452   

Other current liabilities

    624,189        16,212        3,828        —          644,229   

Long-term debt

    3,554,812        22,045        1,158,391        —          4,735,248   

Intercompany payables

    592,482        —          21,895        (614,377     —     

Other liabilities

    760,445        —          5,716        (23,200     742,961   

Shareholder’s equity

    1,881,687        723,599        618,034        (1,341,633     1,881,687   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

  $ 8,558,996      $ 797,927      $ 1,807,864      $ (1,979,210   $ 9,185,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents
    Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 29, 2012
(in thousands)
 
    US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Accounts receivable—net

  $ 283,325      $ 31,303      $ 901,984      $ —        $ 1,216,612   

Inventories—net

    1,041,628        50,864        —          —          1,092,492   

Other current assets

    357,830        5,937        87,635        —          451,402   

Property and equipment

    834,116        85,486        786,786        —          1,706,388   

Goodwill

    3,833,301        —          —          —          3,833,301   

Other intangibles

    889,453        —          —          —          889,453   

Investments in subsidiaries

    1,319,079        —          —          (1,319,079     —     

Intercompany receivables

    —          573,654        —          (573,654     —     

Other assets

    61,977        17        34,964        (23,200     73,758   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 8,620,709      $ 747,261      $ 1,811,369      $ (1,915,933   $ 9,263,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts payable

  $ 1,204,529      $ 35,113      $ 148      $ —        $ 1,239,790   

Other current liabilities

    561,032        12,334        25,657        —          599,023   

Long-term debt

    3,628,391        —          1,136,508        —          4,764,899   

Intercompany payables

    549,633        —          24,021        (573,654     —     

Other liabilities

    862,568        —          5,770        (23,200     845,138   

Shareholder’s equity

    1,814,556        699,814        619,265        (1,319,079     1,814,556   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

  $ 8,620,709      $ 747,261      $ 1,811,369      $ (1,915,933   $ 9,263,406   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
(in thousands)
 
    US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ 21,733,839      $ 563,339      $ 94,337      $ (94,337   $ 22,297,178   

Cost of goods sold

    18,028,018        446,021        —          —          18,474,039   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    3,705,821        117,318        94,337        (94,337     3,823,139   

Operating expenses:

         

Distribution, selling and administrative

    3,454,223        92,710        59,572        (112,251     3,494,254   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

    6,996        —          1,390        —          8,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    3,461,219        92,710        60,962        (112,251     3,502,640   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    244,602        24,608        33,375        17,914        320,499   

Interest expense—net

    260,939        768        44,380        —          306,087   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    41,796        —          —          —          41,796   

Other expense (income)—net

    107,433        (17,914     (107,433     17,914        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (165,566     41,754        96,428        —          (27,384

Income tax provision

    (1,719     —          (28,103     —          (29,822

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    110,079        —          —          (110,079     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (57,206     41,754        68,325        (110,079     (57,206

Other comprehensive income

    123,505        —          —          —          123,505   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 66,299      $ 41,754      $ 68,325      $ (110,079   $ 66,299   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents
    Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
(in thousands)
 
    US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ 21,087,568      $ 577,353      $ 94,387      $ (94,387   $ 21,664,921   

Cost of goods sold

    17,503,932        468,017        —          —          17,971,949   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    3,583,636        109,336        94,387        (94,387     3,692,972   

Operating expenses:

         

Distribution, selling and administrative

    3,306,527        95,300        58,883        (111,171     3,349,539   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

    6,158        —          2,765        —          8,923   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    3,312,685        95,300        61,648        (111,171     3,358,462   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    270,951        14,036        32,739        16,784        334,510   

Interest expense–net

    265,719        19        46,074        —          311,812   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    30,627        —          796        —          31,423   

Other expense (income)—net

    100,078        (16,784     (100,078     16,784        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (125,473     30,801        85,947        —          (8,725

Income tax provision

    (13,767     —          (28,681     —          (42,448

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    88,067        —          —          (88,067     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (51,173     30,801        57,266        (88,067     (51,173

Other comprehensive income

    3,410        —          —          —          3,410   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (47,763   $ 30,801      $ 57,266      $ (88,067   $ (47,763
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
 
    US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ 19,759,156      $ 585,713      $ 95,584      $ (95,584   $ 20,344,869   

Cost of goods sold

    16,363,613        476,237        —          —          16,839,850   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    3,395,543        109,476        95,584        (95,584     3,505,019   

Operating expenses:

         

Distribution, selling and administrative

    3,135,044        94,532        72,575        (108,404     3,193,747   

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

    68,700        —          3,192        —          71,892   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    3,203,744        94,532        75,767        (108,404     3,265,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    191,799        14,944        19,817        12,820        239,380   

Interest expense (income)—net

    277,212        (15,822     46,224        —          307,614   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    76,011        —          —          —          76,011   

Other expense (income)—net

    103,469        (25,782     (90,507     12,820        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (264,893     56,548        64,100        —          (144,245

Income tax benefit (provision)

    68,355        —          (26,281     —          42,074   

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

    94,367        —          —          (94,367     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (102,171     56,548        37,819        (94,367     (102,171

Other comprehensive loss

    (123     —          —          —          (123
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (102,294   $ 56,548      $ 37,819      $ (94,367   $ (102,294
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents
     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2013
(in thousands)
 
     US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 289,245      $ 6,902      $ 26,105      $ 322,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Acquisition of businesses

     (11,369     —          —          (11,369

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     7,018        —          7,590        14,608   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (185,673     (5,448     (10     (191,131
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (190,024     (5,448     7,580        (187,892
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from debt refinancing

     854,485        —          —          854,485   

Proceeds from debt borrowings

     1,644,000        —          —          1,644,000   

Payment for debt financing costs and fees

     (29,376     —          —          (29,376

Principal payments on debt and capital leases

     (2,276,174     (2,137     —          (2,278,311

Repurchase of senior subordinated notes

     (375,144     —          —          (375,144

Contingent consideration paid for acquisitions of businesses

     (6,159     —          —          (6,159

Capital (distributions) contributions

     33,685        —          (33,685     —     

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

     1,850        —          —          1,850   

Parent company common stock repurchased

     (8,418     —          —          (8,418
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (161,251     (2,137     (33,685     (197,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (62,030     (683     —          (62,713

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

     240,902        1,555        —          242,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

   $ 178,872      $ 872      $ —        $ 179,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012
(in thousands)
 
     US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 250,365      $ 34,832      $ 30,722      $ 315,919   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Acquisition of businesses

     (106,041     —          —          (106,041

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     12,264        —          7,421        19,685   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (258,566     (34,876     (14     (293,456
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (352,343     (34,876     7,407        (379,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from debt refinancing

     583,625        —          686,000        1,269,625   

Proceeds from other borrowings

     2,031,000        —          —          2,031,000   

Payment for debt financing costs

     (31,648     —          (3,440     (35,088

Principal payments on debt and capital leases

     (2,129,041     —          (854,526     (2,983,567

Repurchase of senior subordinated notes

     (175,338     —          —          (175,338

Capital (distributions) contributions

     (133,837     —          133,837        —     

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

     761        —          —          761   

Parent company common stock repurchased

     (3,734     —          —          (3,734
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     141,788        —          (38,129     103,659   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     39,810        (44     —          39,766   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

     201,092        1,599        —          202,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

   $ 240,902      $ 1,555      $ —        $ 242,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents
     Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
(in thousands)
 
     US Foods, Inc.     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Consolidated  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 369,532      $ 12,012      $ 37,623      $ 419,167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Acquisition of businesses

     (41,385     —          —          (41,385

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     2,454        —          5,033        7,487   

Purchases of property and equipment

     (289,380     (15,023     (11     (304,414
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (328,311     (15,023     5,022        (338,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from debt refinancing

     900,000        —          —          900,000   

Proceeds from other borrowings

     225,000        —          —          225,000   

Redemption of senior notes

     (1,064,159     —          —          (1,064,159

Payment for debt financing costs

     (29,569     —          —          (29,569

Principal payments on debt and capital leases

     (331,015     —          (8,272     (339,287

Capital contributions (distributions)

     34,373        —          (34,373     —     

Proceeds from parent company common stock sales

     9,960        —          —          9,960   

Parent company common stock repurchased

     (3,222     —          —          (3,222
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (258,632     —          (42,645     (301,277
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (217,411     (3,011     —          (220,422

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

     418,503        4,610        —          423,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

   $ 201,092      $ 1,599      $ —        $ 202,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

23. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

Financial information for each quarter in the fiscal years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, is set forth below (in thousands):

 

     First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
     Third
Quarter
     Fourth
Quarter
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Fiscal year ended December 28, 2013

            

Net sales

   $ 5,404,922      $ 5,658,748       $ 5,686,712       $ 5,546,796      $ 22,297,178   

Cost of goods sold (1)

     4,495,783        4,686,933         4,716,253         4,575,070        18,474,039   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     909,139        971,815         970,459         971,726        3,823,139   

Operating expenses (2)

     885,762        871,623         881,600         863,655        3,502,640   

Interest expense—net

     81,826        78,522         72,778         72,961        306,087   

Loss on extinguishment of debt (3)

     23,967        17,829         —           —          41,796   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (82,416     3,841         16,081         35,110        (27,384

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (12,292     12,167         6,358         (36,055     (29,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (94,708   $ 16,008       $ 22,439       $ (945   $ (57,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
     First
Quarter
    Second
Quarter
    Third
Quarter
    Fourth
Quarter
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Fiscal year ended December 29, 2012

          

Net sales

   $ 5,259,726      $ 5,462,991      $ 5,507,531      $ 5,434,673      $ 21,664,921   

Cost of goods sold (1)

     4,383,285        4,519,594        4,582,084        4,486,986        17,971,949   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     876,441        943,397        925,447        947,687        3,692,972   

Operating expenses (2)

     810,148        850,260        847,631        850,423        3,358,462   

Interest expense—net

     71,594        74,843        80,859        84,516        311,812   

Loss on extinguishment of debt (3)

     —          9,600        796        21,027        31,423   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (5,301     8,694        (3,839     (8,279     (8,725

Income tax benefit (provision)

     1,812        (2,992     1,284        (42,552     (42,448
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (3,489   $ 5,702      $ (2,555   $ (50,831   $ (51,173
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) Cost of goods sold is net of related vendor considerations, and excludes depreciation and amortization expense.
  (2) Operating expenses include depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges.
  (3) Loss on extinguishment of debt includes fees paid to debt holders, third party costs, early redemption premiums and the write off of old debt facility unamortized debt issuance costs. See Note 11—Debt for a further description of the Company’s debt refinancing transactions.

 

24. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in one business segment based on how the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer, views the business for purposes of evaluating performance and making operating decisions. The Company markets and distributes fresh, frozen and dry food and non-food products to foodservice customers throughout the United States.

We use a centralized management structure, and Company strategies and initiatives are implemented and executed consistently across the organization to maximize value to the organization as a whole. We use shared resources for sales, procurement, and general and administrative costs across each of our distribution centers. Our distribution centers form a single network to reach our customers; it is common for a single customer to make purchases from several different distribution centers. Capital projects, whether for cost savings or generating incremental revenue, are evaluated based on estimated economic returns to the organization as a whole (e.g., net present value, return on investment).

The measure used by the CODM to assess operating performance is Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Net income (loss), plus Interest expense, net, Income tax (provision)benefit, and depreciation and amortization adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees; 2) Restructuring and tangible and Intangible asset impairment charges; 3) share-based compensation expense; 4) other gains, losses or charges as permitted under the Company’s debt agreements; and 5) the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustments. Costs to optimize and transform our business are noted as business transformation costs in the table below and are added to EBITDA in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA as permitted under the Company’s debt agreements. Business transformation costs include costs related to functionalization and significant process and systems redesign in the Company’s replenishment, finance, category management and human resources functions; company rebranding; cash & carry retail store strategy; and implementation and process and system redesign related to the Company’s sales model.

The aforementioned items are specified as items to add to EBITDA in arriving at Adjusted EBITDA per the Company’s debt agreements and, accordingly, our management includes such adjustments when assessing the operating performance of the business.

 

93


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation for the last three fiscal years of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial performance measure, which is Net loss:

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 845,393      $ 840,750      $ 812,118   

Adjustments:

      

Sponsor fees (1)

     (10,302     (10,242     (10,206

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment (2)

     (8,386     (8,923     (71,892

Share-based compensation expense (3)

     (8,406     (4,312     (14,677

LIFO reserve change (4)

     (11,925     (13,213     (59,300

Legal (5)

     —          —          (3,000

Loss on extinguishment of debt (6)

     (41,796     (31,423     (76,011

Pension settlement (7)

     (1,778     (17,840     —     

Business transformation costs (8)

     (60,800     (74,900     (44,700

Other (9)

     (35,109     (20,918     (26,231
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     666,891        658,979        506,101   

Interest expense, net

     (306,087     (311,812     (307,614

Income tax (provision) benefit

     (29,822     (42,448     42,074   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (388,188     (355,892     (342,732
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (57,206   $ (51,173   $ (102,171
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) Consists of management fees paid to the Sponsors.
  (2) Consist of facility closing, severance and related costs, and tangible asset impairment charges.
  (3) Represents costs recorded for USF Holding Corp. stock option awards and restricted stock and restricted stock units vested.
  (4) Consists of changes in the LIFO reserve.
  (5) Includes settlement costs accrued in 2011 for a class action matter.
  (6) Includes fees paid to debt holders, third party costs, early redemption premiums and the write off of old debt facility unamortized debt issuance costs. See Note 11—Debt for a further description of Company’s debt refinancing transactions.
  (7) Consists of charges resulting from lump-sum payment settlements to retirees and former employees participating in several Company sponsored pension plans.
  (8) Consists primarily of costs related to functionalization and significant process and systems redesign.
  (9) Other includes gains, losses or charges, including $3.5 million of 2013 direct and incremental costs related to the Merger Agreement, as specified under the Company’s debt agreements.

The following table presents the sales mix for the Company’s principal product categories for the last three fiscal years:

 

     2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Meats and seafood

   $ 7,684,396       $ 7,445,636       $ 6,851,675   

Dry grocery products

     4,275,669         4,214,890         3,939,459   

Refrigerated and frozen grocery products

     3,446,308         3,373,764         3,170,696   

Dairy

     2,332,346         2,221,986         2,135,695   

Equipment, disposables and supplies

     2,133,899         2,075,323         1,952,317   

Beverage products

     1,309,303         1,322,961         1,267,969   

Produce

     1,115,257         1,010,361         1,027,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 22,297,178       $ 21,664,921       $ 20,344,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No single customer accounted for more than 4% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for 2013, 2012 or 2011. However, customers purchasing through one group purchasing organization accounted for approximately 12%, 11% and 11% of consolidated Net sales in 2013, 2012 or 2011, respectively.

 

94


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

US Foods maintains disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is processed, recorded, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

As a result of the identification of the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to income tax accounting as previously disclosed in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 28, 2013, management implemented remediation steps to address the material weakness and to improve the internal controls over financial reporting. Specifically, we re-evaluated our procedures related to interim and annual tax provision preparation, performed additional analysis on our deferred income tax balances, and expanded and improved our review and validation of work performed and supporting documentation in the preparation of the income tax provision, tax accounts and related disclosures. As of the filing of this Form 10-K, the identified material weakness has been remediated.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 28, 2013.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes In Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than as described above, there were no other changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

95


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the executive officers of US Foods, and the members of the board of directors of each of US Foods and USF Holding Corp. (“USF Holding”), our parent company. Investment funds associated with or managed by the Sponsors currently beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 98.46% of the outstanding shares of USF Holding common stock. These funds are party to a stockholders agreement under which each of the funds has agreed to vote in favor of the other funds’ nominees to the USF Holding board of directors. This means the Sponsors control USF Holding and, through their control of USF Holding’s board of directors, indirectly control our board of directors and, as a result, control our management and policies.

 

Name

   Age      Number of
years
employed
by us (1)
    

Position

John A. Lederer

     58         3       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of USF Holding and US Foods

Fareed Khan

     48         0.5       Chief Financial Officer and Director of US Foods

Stuart Schuette

     49         25       Chief Operating Officer

Juliette W. Pryor

     49         8       Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer and Director of US Foods

Dave Esler

     47         15       Chief Human Resources Officer

David Schreibman

     46         8       Executive Vice President, Strategy

Pietro Satriano

     51         3       Chief Merchandising Officer

Keith Rohland

     46         2       Chief Information Officer

Mark Scharbo

     50         1       Chief Supply Chain Officer

Edward M. Liddy

     68         —         Chairman of the Board of Directors of USF Holding

Michael M. Calbert

     51         —         Director of USF Holding

Richard J. Schnall

     44         —         Director of USF Holding

Nathan K. Sleeper

     40         —         Director of USF Holding

Nathaniel H. Taylor

     37         —         Director of USF Holding

 

(1) Includes years of service at companies we have acquired.

Mr. Lederer has served as President, Chief Executive Officer, one of our directors and a director of USF Holding since September 2010. Previously, Mr. Lederer was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Duane Reade, a New York-based pharmacy retailer acquired by Walgreens in 2010. Mr. Lederer joined Duane Reade in 2008 and led a company-wide revitalization effort. Prior to Duane Reade, he spent 30 years at Loblaw Companies Limited, Canada’s largest grocery retailer and wholesale food distributor. Mr. Lederer held a number of leadership roles at Loblaw, including President from 2000 to 2006. Mr. Lederer currently serves as a director of Tim Hortons, Inc. He was chosen as a director because of his extensive experience in the food industry. Mr. Lederer is a Sponsor Nominee to the USF Holding board of directors, designated jointly by the Sponsors, under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders Agreement.”

Mr. Khan has served as Chief Financial Officer and one of our directors since September 2013. Previously, Mr. Khan had been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of United Stationers Inc. since July 2011. Prior to United Stationers, he spent 12 years with USG Corporation, where he most recently served as Executive Vice President, Finance and Strategy. Before joining USG in 1999, Mr. Khan was a consultant with McKinsey & Company, where he served global clients on a variety of projects including acquisition analysis, supply chain optimization, and organization redesign.

 

96


Table of Contents

Mr. Schuette has served as Chief Operating Officer since January 2009. Previously, he was Region President, Broadline North Region. From November 2003 to November 2005, he worked for Martin-Brower, where his last position was Executive Vice President for the Reinhart FoodService Division. Mr. Schuette joined Kraft Foods in June 1989 and, until 1997, worked in finance positions for both the retail and foodservice businesses of Kraft. In 1997, he moved into a general management position at Kraft Foodservice.

Ms. Pryor has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of US Foods and one of our directors since March 2009. Since joining US Foods in May 2005, Ms. Pryor has held several executive positions, including Senior Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Chief Diversity Officer. Prior to joining US Foods, she was in private practice in the Washington, D.C. office of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom.

Mr. Esler has served as Chief Human Resources Officer since October 2007. During his 15-year career at US Foods, he has held a number of executive positions, including Senior Vice President for Field Human Resources. Before joining US Foods, he served in a senior human resources role at Grainger Industrial Supply.

Mr. Schreibman has served as Executive Vice President, Strategy since early 2007. He joined US Foods in November 2005 as Senior Vice President, Strategy and was a consultant to the company since early 2004. Previously, he served as Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel of Specialty Foods Corporation. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Schreibman was Chief Counsel, Mergers and Acquisitions for Sara Lee Corporation. He began his career at Sidley Austin LLP, practicing corporate and securities law. He serves on the board of directors of the International Foodservice Distributor Association.

Mr. Satriano has served as Chief Merchandising Officer since February 2011. Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Satriano was president of LoyaltyOne from 2009 to 2011. From 2002 to 2008, he served in a number of leadership positions at Loblaw Companies, including Executive Vice President, Loblaw Brands, and Executive Vice President, Food Segment. Mr. Satriano began his career in strategy consulting, first with The Boston Consulting Group in Toronto and then with the Monitor Company in Milan, Italy.

Mr. Rohland joined US Foods as Chief Information Officer in April 2011. Before this, Mr. Rohland had several leadership positions at Citigroup, including Managing Director of Risk and Program Management from March 2007 until April 2011. Prior to joining Citigroup, Mr. Rohland was Chief Information Officer for Volvo Car Corporation of Sweden from November 2005 to March 2007. He also held a number of leadership positions at Ford Motor Company.

Mr. Scharbo joined US Foods as Chief Supply Officer in March 2013. Before this, he was Group Vice President—Inventory Strategy at Walgreens. Previously, he was Senior Vice President, Supply Chain at Duane Reade, from 2008 until its acquisition by Walgreens in 2010. From 2005 until 2008, Mr. Scharbo was Chief Operating Officer of Case-Mate.

Mr. Liddy has been the Chairman the board of directors of USF Holding since April 2010. Mr. Liddy has served as a Partner at CD&R since returning to CD&R in 2010. Mr. Liddy joined CD&R initially in 2008 and served from April 2008 to September 2008 as Partner. At the request of the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Mr. Liddy served as interim Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of American International Group, Inc. from September 2008 to August 2009. Mr. Liddy worked with The Allstate Corporation for many years as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and in other senior executive positions beginning in August 1994 until his retirement in April 2008. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President—

Operating of Sears, Roebuck and Co., and as Chief Financial Officer of G. D. Searle & Co. Mr. Liddy currently is a director of 3M Company, Abbott Laboratories, the Boeing Company, AbbVie, and the Allstate Corporation. He previously was a director of ServiceMaster Global Holdings, Inc., American International Group, Inc. from 2008 to 2009, and Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Liddy was chosen as a director because of his extensive management, financial and operational expertise. He a Sponsor Nominee designated by CD&R, under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders Agreement.”

 

97


Table of Contents

Mr. Calbert has been a USF Holding director since 2007. He is a former member of KKR, which he joined in 2000. Previously, Mr. Calbert served as the Chief Financial Officer of Randall’s Food Markets. He started his professional career as a consultant with Arthur Anderson Worldwide. Mr. Calbert is currently on the board of directors of Dollar General and Toys ‘R’ Us. He was chosen based on his expertise in the food industry, his extensive experience in private equity, and his financial expertise. Mr. Calbert is a Sponsor Nominee designated by KKR, under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders Agreement.”

Mr. Schnall has been a director of USF Holding since 2007. He is a financial partner of CD&R. Prior to joining CD&R in 1996, he worked in the Investment Banking Division of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc. and Smith Barney & Co. Mr. Schnall serves as a director of Envision Healthcare Corporation, and David’s Bridal. He was a director of Sally Beauty Holdings, Inc. from 2006 to 2012 and AssuraMed, Inc. from 2010 to 2013. Mr. Schnall was chosen as a director based on his financial and business expertise. He is a Sponsor Nominee designated by CD&R, under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders Agreement.”

Mr. Sleeper has been a USF Holding director since 2007. He is a financial principal of CD&R, which he joined in 2000. Before this, he worked in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and at the investment firm Tiger Management Corp. Mr. Sleeper serves as a director of Hussmann International, Inc., Wilsonart International, Roofing Supply Group, Inc., Brand Energy Services, Inc., Atkore International, Inc., NCI Building Systems, Inc., and HD Supply, Inc. He was chosen as a director because of his in-depth experience with investments and financial expertise. Mr. Sleeper is a Sponsor Nominee designated by CD&R, under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders Agreement.”

Mr. Taylor has been a director of USF Holding since March 2011. He joined KKR in 2005. Mr. Taylor currently sits on the board of directors of Aricent, Academy Sports and Outdoors, and Toys ‘R’ Us. Before coming to KKR, Mr. Taylor was with Bain Capital where he was involved in the execution of investments in the retail, health care and technology sectors. He was chosen as a director based on his significant expertise in private equity and extensive business knowledge. Mr. Taylor is a Sponsor Nominee designated by KKR under the terms of the Management Stockholders Agreement described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Stockholders Agreement.”

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our board is composed of three directors who were elected by our direct parent company, USF Holding. Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the board of directors of USF Holding. The USF Holding board of directors is composed of seven directors, one of whom is our Chief Executive Officer. As of the date of this report, there are only six directors on the USF Holding board of directors, with one seat vacant.

The stockholders agreement with our Sponsors entitle investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors to elect (or cause to be elected) all of USF Holding’s directors. The directors include three designees of investment funds affiliated with CD&R (one of whom shall serve as the Chairman of the USF Holding board of directors), and three designees of investment funds affiliated with KKR (one of whom shall serve as Chairman of the Executive Committee of the USF Holding board of directors and one of whom shall serve as Chairman of the Compensation Committee of the USF Holding board of directors), subject to adjustment if the percentage of USF Holding shares owned by investment funds affiliated with or managed by the applicable Sponsor decrease by more than a specified amount. The stockholders agreement also grants to investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors special governance rights. These include rights of approval over certain corporate and other transactions such as a merger, consolidation, acquisition, incurrence of indebtedness or payment of dividends, and the rights to approve the selection, hiring and termination of our Chief Executive Officer. These rights are in place for so long as they and other funds affiliated with or managed by the applicable Sponsor maintain at least 10 percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of common stock of USF Holding.

 

98


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Neither US Foods nor our parent company, USF Holding, is listed on a national securities exchange. As a result, they are not subject to the director independence requirements of any exchange. Neither our organizational documents nor those of USF Holding require that a majority of the directors of either entity be independent.

Investment funds associated with or managed by the Sponsors currently beneficially own, in the aggregate, most of the outstanding shares of USF Holding’s common stock. These funds are party to a stockholders agreement, under which each of the funds has agreed to vote in favor of the other funds’ nominees to USF Holding’s board of directors. This means the Sponsors control USF Holding’s and—through their control of USF Holding’s board of directors—indirectly control our board of directors as well as our management and policies. All of the directors of USF Holding were appointed according to the terms of the stockholders agreement and are employed by or agents of US Foods or the Sponsors. As such, the directors of USF Holding would not be considered “independent” as defined in the federal securities laws or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

All members of the board of directors of US Foods and USF Holding are entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending all board and other committee meetings. Directors who are our employees or are employees of CD&R do not receive remuneration for serving on the Boards of Directors of US Foods or USF Holding. Non-employee directors receive a quarterly retainer of $10,000. The fees earned or paid in cash by us to non-employee directors for service as directors for the fiscal year 2013 were as follows:

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Other
Compensation
     Total  

Mr. Calbert

   $ 40,000       $ 0       $ 40,000   

Mr. Taylor

     40,000         0         40,000   

Mr. Liddy

     0         0         0   

Mr. Schnall

     0         0         0   

Mr. Sleeper

     0         0         0   

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

As our equity securities are not registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), none of our directors, officers or 10% holders were subject to Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act for the past fiscal year or the filing requirements thereof.

Code of Conduct

US Foods has a Code of Conduct that applies to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer and Controller, and persons performing similar functions, as well as to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees. The Code of Conduct addresses matters such as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing and compliance with laws and regulations. A Copy of the Code of Conduct has been filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is also available in print, without charge, to any person who requests it in writing to the General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer at the following address: US Foods, Inc., 9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 600, Rosemont, IL 60018, (847) 720-8000.

Audit Committee

The USF Holding board of directors has established an Audit Committee. Two directors currently comprise the Audit Committee: Messrs. Sleeper and Taylor. The Audit Committee recommends the annual appointment of auditors with whom the Audit Committee reviews the scope of audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, accounting principles we use in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures and the adequacy of our internal

 

99


Table of Contents

control procedures. Though not formally considered by our board of directors or the USF Holding board of directors, given that our securities are not traded on any national securities exchange, we do not believe that the members of the Audit Committee would be considered independent as defined by SEC rules or the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

Because our equity and the equity of our parent, USF Holding, is privately held and in the absence of a public listing or trading market for our common stock or the commons stock of USF Holding, neither our board of directors nor the USF Holding board of directors has designated any member of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert.”

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

In this section, we provide an overview of our philosophy and the objectives of our executive compensation program, and describe the material components of our executive compensation program for our Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) whose compensation is set forth in the 2013 Summary Compensation Table and other compensation tables in this report:

 

    John A. Lederer, our President and Chief Executive Officer

 

    Fareed Khan, our Chief Financial Officer

 

    Allan D. Swanson, our former Chief Financial Officer

 

    Mark W. Scharbo, our Chief Supply Chain Officer

 

    Pietro Satriano, our Chief Merchandising Officer

 

    Stuart S. Schuette, our Chief Operating Officer

In addition, we explain how and why the Compensation Committee of the USF Holding board of directors (the “Compensation Committee”) arrives at compensation policies and decisions involving the NEOs.

Executive Summary

Our long-term success depends on an ability to attract, retain and motivate highly talented individuals who are committed to our vision and strategy. A key objective of our executive compensation program is to link their pay to their performance and their advancement of our overall annual and long-term performance and business strategies. Other objectives include encouraging high-performing executives to remain with US Foods over the course of their careers.

We believe that the amount of compensation for each NEO reflects extensive management experience, continued high performance and exceptional service to US Foods. We also believe that our compensation strategies have been effective in attracting executive talent and promoting performance and retention.

Changes in Fiscal Year 2013

Changes to our Executive Leadership Team

On March 11, 2013, Mr. Mark W. Scharbo joined US Foods as Chief Supply Chain Officer. Previously, he served as the Group Vice President of Inventory Strategy at Walgreens and before that, was Senior Vice President for Supply Chain at Duane Reade. Prior to joining Duane Reade, Mr. Scharbo spent 15 years with Accenture and Deloitte, consulting exclusively in supply chain engagements. He began his career at Frito Lay after receiving a bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology.

 

100


Table of Contents

Effective August 30, 2013, Mr. Allan D. Swanson resigned from his position as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of US Foods.

On September 9, 2013, Mr. Fareed Khan joined US Foods, Inc. as Chief Financial Officer and a director of US Foods. Mr. Khan came from United Stationers, a $5 billion publicly traded business products wholesaler, where he served as Chief Financial Officer since 2011. Previously, Mr. Khan spent more than a decade with Chicago-based USG Corporation, where he served in multiple financial and operational roles, including Executive Vice President for Finance and Strategy, and President and CEO of USG Building Systems. Mr. Khan’s early career experience was with McKinsey & Company, where he spent seven years as a management consultant. Mr. Khan received his master’s in business administration from the University of Chicago.

Compensation Arrangements with Mr. Swanson

Mr. Swanson’s decision to resign did not result from any disagreement with the Company, our board of directors, or the USF Holding board of directors, and was not associated with any accounting-related policy or matter. In accordance with his previously-disclosed agreement, Mr. Swanson will receive severance of 18 months of his annual base salary, and an 18-month bonus amount and a payment in lieu of 18 months of medical benefits. All of Mr. Swanson’s non-vested equity awards were forfeited. The Compensation Committee, through its authority under the terms of the existing equity compensation agreements with Mr. Swanson, determined that Mr. Swanson shall retain one-third (  1 3 ) of his vested equity holdings in USF Holding and will receive cash compensation for the remaining two-thirds (  2 3 ) of his vested equity holdings.

Compensation Arrangements with Mr. Khan

In connection with his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Khan and the Company entered into a letter agreement on August 15, 2013. The material terms are described below.

Mr. Khan’s annual base salary as Chief Financial Officer is $600,000. He participates in the benefit plans currently available to executive officers. As additional compensation, Mr. Khan received the following:

 

    A sign-on cash bonus of $650,000, (to be repaid by Mr. Khan in decreasing amounts prior to the third anniversary of the start date, if his employment ends other than by death, disability, by the Company without cause, or by Mr. Khan for good reason)

 

    A 2013 Annual Incentive Plan award guarantee of a minimum of $150,000 (paid in 2014)

 

    A sign-on restricted stock award valued at $1,000,000, with vesting occurring ratably over a three-year period on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, subject to his continued employment

 

    Options on a number of shares of USF Holding common stock equal to four times the number of shares that Mr. Khan purchased through his mandatory equity investment of $375,000 in USF Holding common stock. Fifty percent (50%) of the granted stock options vest ratably over four years, based on reaching corporate Adjusted EBITDA targets, and the remaining fifty percent (50%) vest ratably over four years, based upon Mr. Khan’s time in service as an employee

As with other executive officers, Mr. Khan and the Company entered into an executive severance agreement. This provides, among other things, for severance payments of 18 months of his annual base salary, and an 18-month annual bonus amount and a payment in lieu of 18 months of medical benefits. Mr. Khan also entered into a management stockholder’s agreement and a sale participation agreement for similarly situated executives of the Company. These agreements govern the terms of his acquisition and holding of USF Holding common stock and stock options.

Mr. Khan will not receive any additional remuneration for serving as a director of the Company, as is the case with other employee directors.

 

101


Table of Contents

Compensation Arrangements with Mr. Scharbo

In connection with his appointment as Chief Supply Chain Officer, Mr. Scharbo entered into a letter agreement with the Company on February 28, 2013. The material terms are described below.

Mr. Scharbo’s annual base salary as Chief Supply Chain Officer is $450,000. He participates in the benefit plans currently available to executive officers. As additional compensation, Mr. Scharbo received the following:

 

    A sign-on cash bonus of $175,000

 

    A sign-on restricted stock award valued at $500,000, with vesting occurring ratably over a three-year period on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, subject to his continued employment

 

    Options on a number of shares of USF Holding common stock, equal to 3.5 times the number of shares that Mr. Scharbo purchased through his mandatory equity investment of $400,000 in USF Holding common stock. Fifty perfect (50%) of the granted stock options vest ratably over five years, based on reaching corporate Adjusted EBITDA targets, and the remaining fifty perfect (50%) vest ratably over five years, based upon Mr. Scharbo’s time in service as an employee

As with other executive officers, Mr. Scharbo and the Company entered into an executive severance agreement. This provides, among other things, for severance payments of 18 months of his annual base salary, and an 18-month annual bonus amount and a payment in lieu of 18 months of medical benefits. Mr. Scharbo also entered into a management stockholder’s agreement and a sale participation agreement for similarly situated executives of the Company. These agreements govern the terms of his acquisition and holding of USF Holding common stock and stock options.

Compensation Arrangements with Mr. Lederer

On August 1, 2013, the Compensation Committee reached an understanding with Mr. Lederer on the terms of his employment arrangement through 2015. The Compensation Committee’s prior compensation arrangement with Mr. Lederer did not extend past 2013.

The following is a summary of the material terms of the compensation arrangement:

 

    Annual base salary of $1,175,000

 

    Annual Incentive Plan target of 110% of base salary ($1,292,500)

 

    Annual total cash compensation of $2,467,500

 

    Annual Equity Grant award value of $3,000,000 with a mix of 75% stock options of USF Holding and 25% restricted stock units of USF Holding (RSUs). Fifty percent (50%) of the Annual Equity Grant award will be time-vested (25% per year over four years), and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the Annual Equity Grant award will be performance-vested (25% per year over four years)

 

    Annual total direct compensation of $5,467,500

In addition, the Compensation Committee approved the following special compensation for Mr. Lederer:

 

    $1,000,000 cash bonus if the Company achieves its 2014 Adjusted EBITDA target, which will be paid in March 2015

 

    $1,000,000 cash bonus if the Company achieves its 2015 Adjusted EBITDA target, which will be paid in March 2016

 

    $1,000,000 grant of time-vested RSUs in 2013, which vest on December 31, 2014

 

    $1,000,000 grant of time-vested RSUs in 2014, which vest on December 31, 2015

 

102


Table of Contents
    With respect to the RSU grants, the Committee also granted Mr. Lederer a “put” right that gives him the ability to sell his RSUs back to the Company on July 1, 2015, if no liquidity has occurred prior to such time.

Changes to our Executive Compensation Program

US Foods is committed to providing and maintaining a competitive executive compensation program. Changes to the executive compensation programs approved by the Compensation Committee in 2013 involved the rebalancing of US Foods’ incentive compensation mix to 1) help us achieve our mission to be a great American food company focused solely on foodservice; 2) to attract, retain and motivate the best talent from all industries; and 3) to focus our business leaders and top talent on long-term growth.

Specific changes included the following:

 

Component    Change    Rationale

Annual Incentive Plan (AIP)

  

•   Adjusted Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) Target Percentages downward to more appropriately align with bonus plans of companies with which we compete for talent.

 

•   Expanded the application of the Individual Performance Factor multiplier to all participating employees.

  

•   Ensures Annual Incentive Plan awards are aligned with our business plan and that each employee’s Annual Incentive Plan Target Percentage is market competitive.

 

•   Provides a pay-for-performance link between Annual Incentive Plan awards and individual employee performance.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

  

•   Introduced a new annual equity grant program designed to 1) improve the market competitiveness of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, and 2) provide an opportunity for wealth creation tied to US Foods’ long-term performance.

  

•   Improves the alignment of the long-term incentive opportunities with similar opportunities provided by the companies with whom we compete for talent.

 

•   Strengthens the focus on long-term value creation by providing financial rewards for operational success.

Philosophy of Executive Compensation Program

US Foods provides reward strategies and programs that attract, retain and motivate the right talent, in the right places, at the right time. We strive to provide a total compensation package that is competitive with comparable employers who compete with us for talent, and that is equitable among our internal workforce.

Historically, our executive compensation plans have directly linked a substantial portion of annual executive compensation to US Foods’ performance. These plans are designed to deliver superior compensation for superior company performance. Likewise, when our performance falls short of expectations, these programs deliver lower levels of compensation.

 

103


Table of Contents

However, the Compensation Committee tries to balance pay-for-performance objectives with retention considerations. This means even during temporary downturns in the economy and the foodservice distribution industry, the programs continue to ensure that successful, high-performing employees stay committed to increasing US Foods’ long-term value.

Guiding Principles

We use the following guiding principles as the basis of our executive compensation philosophy to attract, develop and retain talent, who will drive financial and strategic growth and build long-term value:

 

    Establish and support a link between pay and performance— both at the broad US Foods’ level and at individual levels

 

    Differentiate pay for superior performers that recognizes and rewards contributions to US Foods’ success

 

    Appropriately balance short-term and long-term compensation opportunities with US Foods’ short- and long-term goals and priorities

 

    Focus our leadership on long-term value creation by providing equity ownership incentives to executives

 

    Offer cost-efficient programs that ensure accountability in meeting US Foods’ performance goals and are easily understood by participants

Components and Objectives of Executive Compensation Program

The Compensation Committee built the executive compensation program upon a framework that includes the components and objectives found in the following table. Each of these is described in greater detail later in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. The Compensation Committee reviews each component of the executive compensation program to see how it affects target total pay levels. It generally targets total cash compensation at the median of the target total pay ranges for similar executive positions among our peer group.

 

   

Component

  

Description

  

Objective of Component

Annual

Compensation

  Base Salary    Fixed amount based on level of responsibility, experience, tenure and qualifications. For a further discussion see “How We Make Compensation Decisions” below.   

•   Support talent attraction and retention.

 

•   Consistent with competitive pay practice. Based on our external market comparison, generally targeted at the median of total cash compensation for similar executives.

 

Annual

Incentive Plan Award

   The Annual Incentive Plan is designed to encourage and reward executive officers for achieving annual financial performance goals. Under the Annual Incentive Plan, we pay annual incentive awards in cash with payments made in the first quarter of the fiscal year for bonuses earned with respect to performance in the prior fiscal year.   

•   Links pay and performance.

 

•   Drives the achievement of short-term business objectives.

 

•   Based on our external market comparison, generally targeted at the median of the annual incentive ranges for similar executive positions.

 

104


Table of Contents
   

Component

  

Description

  

Objective of Component

     Payment of the Annual Incentive Plan award is based on satisfaction of key financial performance criteria: 1) Adjusted EBITDA and 2) Cash Flow — Net Debt. The Adjusted EBITDA metric is required by the Annual Incentive Plan to be increased to the extent that amounts that were accrued for the Incentive Plan Awards — but are no longer expected to be paid — are reduced. For more, see “Overview of the 2013 Executive Compensation Program — Overview of Annual Incentive Plan Award.”   

•   EBITDA is defined as Net income or loss, plus Interest expense — net, Income tax (provision) benefit, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees; 2) Restructuring and tangible, and Intangible asset impairment charges; 3) share-based compensation expense; 4) other gains, losses, or charges as specified under our debt agreements; and 5) the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustments.

Long-Term Incentives

  Equity Investment Program    Key management employees, including our NEOs, have an opportunity to invest in our parent, USF Holding. For their investment, participants receive 1) an investment stock option grant equal to the fair market value of their investment level, plus 2) an investment stock option grant based on a multiple of their investment level (1.00x to 5.00x).   

•   Designed to focus our key management employees on long-term value creation by providing a significant financial reward for operational success.

 

•   Promotes an “owner” mentality by providing incentives to management.

  Investment Stock Options   

Investment stock options granted to our NEOs are directly related to the level of their participation in the equity investment program. For a further discussion of the program see “Equity Investments” below.

 

50% of the investment stock options vest based on time: vesting in equal portions over four or five years. The remaining 50% of the investment stock options vest equally over four or five years, subject to achieving annual or cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets.

  

•   Supports long-term value creation by providing a significant financial reward for operational success.

 

105


Table of Contents
   

Component

  

Description

  

Objective of Component

  Restricted Stock   

Grants of restricted stock are provided on a rare and selective basis.

 

All restricted stock grants vest over time, although the time periods vary.

  

•   Restricted stock grants are generally designed to enhance retention of key management employees through time-vesting requirements.

  Annual Equity Grant   

The Annual Equity Grant program works much like plans at large, publicly traded companies. The grant date for the 2013 Annual Equity Grant was June 3, 2013. However, the Annual Equity Grant program has been suspended for 2014 pending the completion of the merger with Sysco Corporation.

 

Eligible participants, including the NEOs, receive grants of both RSUs and stock options. The total value of the Annual Equity Grant award is based on the competitive practices of long-term incentive awards for similar positions. The “mix” of equity awards varies depending on the participant’s role within US Foods. For our NEOs, 75% of the Annual Equity Grant award is delivered in stock options and 25% in RSUs.

 

50% of the Annual Equity Grant award vests based on time, vesting in equal portions over four years (25% per year). The remaining 50% vests equally over four years (25% per year) subject to reaching annual or cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets.

 

For more, see “Annual Equity Grant” below.

  

•   Designed to support US Foods’ multiyear transformation initiative by providing participants with an ownership stake in the Company as well as an opportunity to build future wealth.

 

•   Based on our external market comparison, generally targeted at the median of the long-term incentive value ranges for similar executive positions.

 

Retirement,

Other Benefit Programs and Perquisites

  Retirement Benefits    Retirement benefits are provided through the 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan. This plan is a long- term investment savings plan in which participants and the   

•   Designed as a long-term investment savings vehicle.                                                                                                                                                     

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Component

  

Description

  

Objective of Component

    

Company contribute money on a pre-tax basis.

 

Additionally, a traditional defined benefit pension plan—which provides a regular monthly income after retirement — remains in place for certain NEOs. With respect to the participating NEOs, the defined benefit plan is frozen so that there can be no further accruals.

  
  Other Benefits and Perquisites   

Our NEOs participate in the same benefit programs that are offered to other salaried and hourly employees.

 

The NEOs are eligible for enhanced Long Term Disability (LTD) and life insurance coverage. The LTD benefit amount is increased from 60% of monthly earnings to 66  2 3 % of monthly earnings. The basic life insurance is subject to a greater maximum coverage amount of $1.5 million, and the supplemental life/AD&D insurance is subject to a greater maximum coverage amount of $3.5 million.

  

•   Designed to provide market competitive benefits to protect employees’ and their covered dependents’ health and welfare.

     Additionally, our NEOs participate in the Executive Perquisite Allowance Plan. This provides an annual allowance to defray the cost of services normally provided as executive perquisites, such as financial or legal planning, club memberships, or executive physicals. Each of our eligible executives, including our NEOs, is provided an annual payment of $12,000 ($25,000 in the case of Mr. Lederer), on an after-tax basis, which is paid during the first quarter of each calendar year.   

•   The Executive Perquisite Allowance is not viewed as a significant element of our compensation structure, but it is useful in attracting, motivating and retaining high caliber executive talent.

 

107


Table of Contents
   

Component

  

Description

  

Objective of Component

  Severance Agreements    Each of our NEOs has entered into a Severance Agreement with the Company. Structured as “severance” rather than “employment” agreements, these agreements outline compensation considerations in the event that 1) the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause, and 2) employment is ended by the executive with good reason.   

•   Designed to provide standard protection to both the executive and to US Foods to ensure continuity, and aid in retention.

How We Make Compensation Decisions

The Compensation Committee, in consultation with management and its independent compensation consultant—Meridian Compensation Partners (“Meridian”)—focuses on ensuring that our executive compensation programs reinforce our pay for performance philosophy and enhance longer-term value creation.

After reviewing the competitive studies, and in view of the approved 2013 incentive compensation mix changes (see “Changes to our Executive Compensation Program”), the Compensation Committee determined that each NEO’s target total direct compensation (base salary, target Annual Incentive Plan award and 2013 Annual Equity Grant award) provided the executive with an appropriate compensation opportunity, and that each NEO’s total direct compensation was generally appropriate in light of US Foods’ overall performance and the executive’s personal performance.

Committee Oversight

The Compensation Committee—comprised of non-employee directors of USF Holding, designated by our Sponsors—is responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee determines and approves all compensation for our NEOs.

Although the entire board of directors of USF Holding meets to discuss our CEO’s goals and performance in achieving those goals each fiscal year, the Compensation Committee solely approves all compensation awards and payout levels.

The Compensation Committee develops and oversees programs designed to compensate our NEOs and other executive officers, as well as the presidents of our operating divisions. The Compensation Committee is also authorized to approve all equity investments, grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock options, stock appreciation rights and other awards under our equity-based incentive plans for US Foods employees.

 

108


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee has several resources and analytical tools it uses in making decisions related to executive compensation. The table below discusses the key tools.

 

    

Compensation Committee Resources

Independent Committee Consultant   — Meridian   

Meridian provides independent advice to the Compensation Committee in connection with matters pertaining to executive compensation. The scope of Meridian’s services generally includes 1) attending, as requested, select Compensation Committee meetings and associated preparation work;2) guiding the Compensation Committee’s decision-making with respect to executive compensation matters; 3) providing advice on our compensation peer group; 4) providing competitive market studies; and 5) updating the Compensation Committee on emerging best practices and changes in the regulatory and governance environment.

 

Meridian did not provide any services to US Foods in 2013 that were unrelated to executive compensation.

 

In 2012, in relation to a reexamination of the previously established compensation peer group, Meridian provided specific recommendations on the composition of a new compensation peer group. In July 2012, the composition of the peer group was changed. The details are discussed under “Peer Group Data” and “Market Survey Data.”

US Foods’ Human Resources Department    US Foods’ Chief Human Resources Officer and the Human Resources Department provide benchmarking data (comprised of peer group analysis and supplemental external compensation survey data analysis) and recommendations with respect to 2013 annual base salary, annual incentive plan, and long-term incentive compensation decisions. US Foods’ Human Resources Department works with Meridian to gather and analyze relevant competitive data and to identify and evaluate various alternatives for executive compensation.
CEO   

For other NEOs, the CEO makes individual recommendations to the Compensation Committee on base salary and annual incentive award and long-term incentive compensation opportunities. The CEO also provides initial recommendation for Annual Incentive Plan performance targets for the Compensation Committee to consider.

 

Although the Compensation Committee values and welcomes input from management, it retains and exercises sole authority to make decisions regarding NEO compensation. No member of management, including the CEO, has a role in determining his or her own compensation.

Role of CEO in Determining Executive Compensation

As described in the table above, our CEO, Mr. Lederer, assists the Compensation Committee by providing his evaluation of the performance of the other NEOs and recommends compensation levels for them. In forming his recommendations, he is advised by US Foods’ Human Resources Department, as described above. The Human Resources Department assesses the design of, and makes recommendations related to, our compensation and benefits programs.

Mr. Lederer also consults with other NEOs for recommendations related to the appropriate financial performance measures used in our Annual Incentive Plan. In developing recommendations for the Compensation Committee, Mr. Lederer and the Human Resources Department consult benchmarking and other market surveys from Meridian and other compensation consultants, as described elsewhere in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, and follow the philosophy and pursue the objectives described in “Philosophy of Executive Compensation Program.”

 

109


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee determines each element of compensation for Mr. Lederer. With input from Meridian, the Human Resources Department and Mr. Lederer, the Compensation Committee determines each element of compensation for the other NEOs. The Compensation Committee is under no obligation to take these recommendations.

Use of Competitive Data

We believe US Foods must pay compensation that is competitive with the external market for executive talent. This will allow us to attract, retain and motivate executives, including the NEOs, who will enhance our long-term business results. For the NEOs, we construct external market comparison points by examining 1) peer group proxy data and 2) compensation market survey data.

Peer Group Data

Since 2009, the Compensation Committee has used a peer group of companies for benchmarking purposes. The methodology used to construct the peer group involved identifying peer companies based on the following:

 

    Industry Attributes: similarly-sized food distributors, plus distribution companies with similar operations and size but not focused on food distribution

 

    Financial Performance: similar financial performance, regardless of industry classification; focused on key ratios and financial metrics

 

    Capital Structure: private companies with publicly traded debt that exhibit similar leverage to US Foods.

The final peer group was determined based on how well each company matched US Foods’ size, performance and capital structure, using these parameters:

 

    Market capitalization

 

    Enterprise value and revenue

 

    Profitability (gross profit margin and EBITDA margin)

 

    Growth (one year revenue and EBITDA growth)

 

    Leverage (as measured by debt/EBITDA)

For each parameter, an acceptable range of values was defined and weights were assigned to reflect their relative importance. Those companies that scored above the average for each parameter were included in our peer group.

In 2012, the Compensation Committee asked Meridian to work with our Human Resources Department to review the construction of the peer group. The Compensation Committee wanted to ensure the peer group continues to reflect companies whose business size and complexity are similar to US Foods and with which the Company competes for top executive talent. The methodology used in constructing the proposed peer group included:

 

    For data availability purposes, the group of available companies included publicly traded US companies plus other companies who file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

 

    The group of available companies was narrowed to

 

  (1) Food distributors (in the Global Industrial Classification Standard “GICS” Consumer Staples sector)

 

  (2) Non-food distributors in high-volume/low-margin businesses (in four explicit GICS categories: trading companies and distributors (Materials sector), retail distributors (Consumer Discretionary sector), health care distributors (Health Care sector), and technology distributors (Information Technology sector))

 

110


Table of Contents
  (3) Other food/staples retailers (also in the Consumer Staples sector)

 

  (4) Food products companies (added for food focus).

 

    The potential peers were screened based on 1) revenues—for food distribution included all companies with revenues greater than $3 billion and for others included all companies with revenues that ranged from $6 billion to $60 billion—and 2) EBITDA margin in the range of 2% to 8%.

In July 2012, the Compensation Committee approved the inclusion of the following companies in the peer group executive pay and program benchmarking:

 

Food Distributors    Food Retail    Food Products    Technology Distributors

•   Sysco Corp

 

•   Andersons Inc

 

•   Nash Finch

 

•   United Natural Foods Inc.

  

•   Safeway Inc

 

•   Whole Foods Market Inc

  

•   Campbell Soup Co

 

•   Dean Foods Co

 

•   Dole Foods Company Inc

 

•   Heinz (HJ) Co

 

•   Smithfield Foods Inc

 

•   Tyson Foods Inc

  

•   Arrow Electronics Inc

 

•   Avnet

 

•   Synnex Corp

 

•   Tech Data Corp

Trading & Distribution    Healthcare Distributors    Other Distributors     

•   Grainger (W W) Inc

 

•   Wesco International Inc

  

•   Owens & Minor Inc

 

•   Schein (Henry) Inc

  

•   Genuine Parts Co

  

With the recent arrangements for Dole Foods Company Inc (effective October 31, 2013) and H J Heinz Co. (effective February 14, 2013) to go private, and the Smithfield Foods Inc. purchase by Shuanghui International Holdings Ltd (effective September 26, 2013), the Compensation Committee will consider reviewing the components of the peer group in 2014.

Capturing the compensation data for our peer group involved reviewing the most recently available proxies. All compensation data captured was adjusted to US Foods’ revenue levels to make compensation comparisons relevant.

Compensation Market Survey Data

To supplement our peer group data and to get a more complete picture of the overall compensation environment for our NEOs, we look to multiple survey sources.

During 2013, we utilized supplemental data for the NEOs from these survey sources:

 

Survey    Publisher

 

•     Aon Hewitt TCM Online Executive: United States

 

•     Mercer Executive Benchmark Database: United States

 

•     U.S. Compensation Data Bank (CDB) TriComp Executive Database

  

Aon Hewitt

 

Mercer LLC

 

Towers Watson & Co.

 

111


Table of Contents

These surveys contain competitive compensation market data on a number of companies in different industries. Our market analysis involves narrowing the available information to selected data that more accurately reflect our size (revenues in the $10-$20 billion range) and industry (retail/wholesale). The data analyzed was “aged” to January 1, 2014, using a 3.0% annualized aging factor. Median reported values from these three market data sources were averaged, to reduce reliance on any one data source and to smooth out anomalies that might exist in the actual individual position data reported by the market data source.

Constructing the Market Compensation Comparisons

To construct final market compensation comparison data points, we equally weight the peer group proxy data (50% weight) and the compensation market survey data (50% weight).

In December 2012, the Compensation Committee approved the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan award targets for the NEOs, by relying upon external market comparison points using the peer group proxy data and compensation market data.

Because our equity is not publicly traded, it has been difficult to compare equity awards that we previously granted our NEOs under our former long-term incentive program structure (which was more common to private companies) with equity granted to NEOs of public companies. However, by introducing the new Annual Equity Grant program in 2013, these comparisons are more meaningful. As a result, the Compensation Committee can evaluate total direct compensation (defined as the combination of base salary, Annual Incentive Plan award target and Annual Equity Grant award grant value) that is targeted at the median of total direct compensation in comparing our program with companies in the peer group.

Use of Performance Evaluations

The Compensation Committee does an annual assessment of Mr. Lederer’s performance. Mr. Lederer assesses the performance of each other NEO to determine each executive’s success in meeting our operating priorities or exhibiting the core attributes on which all employees are evaluated. These evaluations are subjective; no objective criteria or relative weighting is assigned to any individual factor.

The Compensation Committee uses the performance evaluations as an eligibility threshold for 1) annual base salary increases, 2) Annual Incentive Plan award payments and 3) Annual Equity Grant awards for the NEOs. Details on how individual performance affects Annual Incentive Plan awards are described under “Overview of Annual Incentive Plan Award.”

The performance evaluation results may affect the amount of a NEO’s annual base salary increase. Any NEO who receives a “Meets Expectations” or “Exceeds Expectations” performance rating is given a percentage base salary increase. This reflects the following factors:

 

    The NEO’s performance relative to the other Named Executive Officers, and/or

 

    The median base salary of the market comparator group, and/or

 

    Any additional or exceptional event that occurs, such as an internal equity adjustment, a promotion or a change in responsibilities

 

    The overall budgeted increase for our salaried employee population

Actual annual base salary determinations are discussed under “Base Salary.”

In order to be eligible for an Annual Equity Grant award, a Named Executive Officer must be actively employed in good standing on the date of the grant. For a further discussion of the program see “Annual Equity Grant” below.

 

112


Table of Contents

Internal Analysis

With respect to annual salary, Annual Incentive Plan awards and Annual Equity Grant awards available to NEOs, the Compensation Committee does not perform a formal internal equity analysis. However, it does consider the internal equity of the compensation awarded by using comparisons within US Foods.

For the annual salary review, this analysis involves comparing merit increase-based awards for the NEOs (in aggregate and on an individual basis) to the aggregate merit increase awards for the exempt US Foods employees.

The Annual Incentive Plan awards review analysis involves comparing the formula-determined bonus plan award for the NEOs to the individual performance factor formula-determined bonus plan awards for the Company’s divisions.

The analysis involved in the Annual Equity Grant awards involves annual equity grant award values for the NEOs (in aggregate and individually) to the aggregate annual equity grant award values for the other eligible participants.

Every year, the Compensation Committee compares the CEO’s total compensation with the other NEO.s This includes reviewing the total direct compensation (base salary, Annual Incentive Plan targets, Annual Equity Grant award grant values) for the CEO and each of the other NEOs., from highest paid to lowest paid. This ensures that the CEO compensation—as well as the relationship to the compensation of the other NEOs—is reasonable when compared with similar positions based on our external market comparisons. These comparisons only provide a point of reference, as the Compensation Committee has not typically used specific formulas to determine compensation levels. Employees at different levels of the organization receive a different Annual Incentive Plan target award as a percent of their eligible base salary earnings, and a different Annual Equity Grant award based on their position/level within US Foods. However, the quantitative financial performance criteria used for all employees—including the NEOS—is used to determine earned Annual Incentive Plan awards and to determine if the performance conditions have been met to vest the performance-vested portions of the Annual Equity Grant are consistent.

Business Performance and Impact on Pay

US Foods’ executive compensation program directly links a substantial portion of executive compensation to the Company’s performance, through annual and long-term incentives. In developing our pay for performance policies, the Compensation Committee generally reviews elements of pay for each executive position against the market comparison data points for similar executive positions at other companies. The external market comparison data points include 1) peer group compensation proxy-reported data (50% weight) and 2) external comparison market survey data (50% weight).

However, the Compensation Committee has not historically used an exact formula for allocating between fixed and variable, cash and non-cash, or short- and longer-term compensation. This approach allows the committee to incorporate flexibility into our annual and longer-term compensation programs and adjust for the evolving business environment.

The Target Compensation Mix charts below includes 1) current base salary, 2) Annual Incentive Plan award targets, and 3) grant date value of stock options and RSUs granted in 2013.

 

113


Table of Contents

Target Compensation Mix—FY 2013

(Consists of base salary, Annual Incentive Plan award target and 2013 equity grant value)

 

LOGO

The Actual Compensation Paid chart below includes 1) base salary paid in fiscal 2013, 2) the Annual Incentive Plan award amounts paid to the NEOs related to fiscal 2013, 3) the grant date value of stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) award granted, and 4) the unrealized Annual Incentive Plan target amount.

Actual Compensation Paid—FY 2013

(Consists of base salary, Annual Incentive Plan award and 2013 equity grant value)

 

LOGO

 

114


Table of Contents

The details on how our Compensation Committee determined US Foods’ 2013 Annual Equity Grant are discussed under “Overview of the 2013 Executive Compensation Program.” The targets for performance-linked components for 2013 compensation were 68% and 79% for the NEOs and CEO, respectively. The actual performance-based compensation for that year was approximately 64% and 74% for the NEO and CEO, respectively. This includes the Annual Incentive Plan award payment—which is wholly dependent on US Foods’ financial performance—and the value of stock options and restricted stock units—depend upon USF Holding’s stock price performance.

Overview of the 2013 Executive Compensation Program

Base Salary

We pay base salaries to attract and retain talented executives and to provide a fixed base of cash compensation. The table below shows the base salaries of each NEO that were approved by the Compensation Committee. Except as noted, the effective date of the base salaries was July 1, 2013.

 

Named Executive Officer

   2013 Base Salary  

John A. Lederer

   $ 1,175,000   

Fareed Khan

     600,000 (1)  

Allan D. Swanson, former Chief Financial Officer

     520,000 (2)  

Mark W. Scharbo

     450,000 (3)  

Pietro Satriano

     500,000   

Stuart S. Schuette

     600,000   

 

(1) Mr. Khan’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee on August 15, 2013, and became effective on his start date, September 9, 2013.
(2) Effective August 30, 2013, Mr. Allan D. Swanson resigned from his position as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of US Foods, Inc.
(3) Mr. Scharbo’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee on February 28, 2013, and became effective on his start date, March 11, 2013.

2013 Adjustments to Base Salary

In determining the base salaries for the NEOs, the Compensation Committee reviewed each executive’s job responsibilities, management experience, individual contributions, number of years in his or her position, and then-current salary. The committee determined that the base salaries—including the increases from fiscal 2012—reflected in the chart above were appropriate.

Following a comprehensive review of Mr. Lederer’s performance by the board of directors of USF Holding, the Compensation Committee approved a raise in Mr. Lederer’s salary of $25,000, or 2.2%, reflecting the average merit increase for all US Foods exempt employees.

 

115


Table of Contents

After considering input from Mr. Lederer on the individual contributions of each other NEO, and after reviewing the position of each NEO relative to his or her calculated median market value, and in consideration of our merit increase budget, the Compensation Committee approved the following salary increases effective July 1, 2013:

2013 Base Salary Increase

 

Named Executive Officer    ($)      (%)     2013 Base Salary  

John Lederer

   $ 25,000         2.2   $ 1,175,000   

Fareed Khan

     0         0.0     600,000 (1)  

Allan D. Swanson

     10,000         2.0     520,000 (2)  

Mark W. Scharbo

     0         0.0     450,000 (3)  

Pietro Satriano

     20,000         4.2     500,000   

Stuart S. Schuette

     15,000         2.6     600,000   

 

(1) Mr. Khan’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee on August 15, 2013, and became effective on his start date, September 9, 2013
(2) Effective August 30, 2013, Mr. Allan D. Swanson resigned from his position as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of US Foods, Inc.
(3) Mr. Scharbo’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee on February 28, 2013, and became effective on his start date, March 11, 2013.

These changes placed the base salary of Mr. Lederer near the calculated median market value (5.5% above the calculated median market value). The positioning of the other NEOs was as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Position above (below) Relative to Calculated
Median Market Value
 

John Lederer

     5.5

Fareed Khan

     (1.9 %) (1)  

Allan D. Swanson, former Chief Financial Officer

     (16.6 %) (2)  

Mark W. Scharbo

     (0.8 %) (3)  

Pietro Satriano

     (0.9 %) 

Stuart S. Schuette

     1.2

 

(1) Mr. Khan’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee on August 15, 2013, and became effective on his start date, September 9, 2013.
(2) Effective August 30, 2013, Mr. Allan D. Swanson resigned from his position as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of US Foods, Inc.
(3) Mr. Scharbo’s base salary was approved by the Compensation Committee on February 28, 2013, and became effective on his start date, March 11, 2013.

Overview of Annual Incentive Plan Award

The Annual Incentive Plan (or AIP) is designed to offer opportunities for cash compensation tied directly to Company performance. Under the AIP, we pay the Annual Incentive Plan award in cash, with payments made in the first quarter of the fiscal year for bonuses earned based on performance in the prior fiscal year. Each year, the Compensation Committee approves the incentive plan framework for each NEO. In December 2012, the Compensation Committee approved the Annual Incentive Plan framework for fiscal year 2013.

The framework for the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan for the Named Executive Officers was based on the following:

 

LOGO

 

116


Table of Contents

The possible payout range of 2013 Annual Incentive Plan awards is 0.0% to 205.8%.

The performance measures relate to performance completed for fiscal 2013. The Compensation Committee determines and pays AIP awards within 90 days following the end of the fiscal year for which the award was earned.

Eligible Earnings is equal to the participant’s base salary earnings during the incentive plan year.

AIP Target Percentage is the individual Annual Incentive Plan target percentage. The individual target percentages are based on market-competitive data and are established as a percentage of base pay.

At the beginning of each plan year, the Compensation Committee designates individual AIP target percentages for each of our NEOs. For the 2013 plan year, the committee adjusted the AIP target percentages downward to more appropriately align with bonus plans of companies with which we compete for talent. For 2013, the individual AIP target percentages for our NEOs were generally positioned at the calculated median market short-term incentive target value.

The 2013 Annual Incentive Plan individual targets for our NEOs were as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   2013 Annual Incentive Plan Target  

John A. Lederer

     110

Fareed Khan

     75 % (1)  

Allan D. Swanson, former Chief Financial Officer

     75 % (2)  

Mark W. Scharbo

     75 % (3)  

Pietro Satriano

     75

Stuart S. Schuette

     75

 

(1) Mr. Khan’s start date with US Foods was September 9, 2013.
(2) Effective August 30, 2013, Mr. Allan D. Swanson resigned from his position as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of US Foods, Inc.
(3) Mr. Scharbo’s start date with US Foods was March 11, 2013.

The Business Performance Factor is calculated based on the following financial objectives.

The various levels of performance targets to reach threshold, target and maximum payouts for the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan are described in the table below:

Business Performance Factor Targets—FY 2013

 

     Adjusted
EBITDA
     Adjusted
EBITDA
   

Cash Flow —

Net Debt

    

Cash Flow —

Net Debt

 
    

 

     (payout scale)    

 

     (payout scale)  

Threshold

   $ 817,000,000         37.50   $ 4,949,368,421         37.50

Target

   $ 860,000,000         100.00   $ 4,701,900,000         100.00

Maximum

   $ 1,003,018,000         150.00   $ 4,632,413,793         120.00

It is important to note that the financial performance measures are independent of each other. Performance against the Adjusted EBITDA measure is determined independently from performance against the Cash Flow—Net Debt measure. The final Business Performance Factor is calculated by adding the resulting payout percentage for Adjusted EBITDA with the resulting payout percentage for Cash Flow—Net Debt. As a result, it is possible that the payout for either measure—or both measures—could be zero.

 

117


Table of Contents

The Business Performance Factor is calculated in the table below:

Calculating the Business Performance Factor

 

Performance Metric    Potential Payment    Weighting     x   

2013

Performance (1)

   =    Payout

 

  

 

  

 

        

(%)

       

(%)

Adjusted EBITDA

   0% - 150%      90      37.50% - 150.00%       33.75% - 135.00%

Cash Flow—Net Debt

   0% - 120%      10      37.50% - 120.00%       3.75%- 12.00%

TOTAL

   0% - 147%      100 %             

 

(1) Assumes the threshold is met. See “FY2013 Annual Incentive Awards” below for 2013 actual payout amounts.

The 2013 Annual Incentive Plan (AIP) placed a strong emphasis on incenting financial performance—with 90% of the total weighting based on Adjusted EBITDA. The remaining 10% was based on the 13-point net debt, which is the average of the end of month Net Debt throughout the year. The 2013 AIP target was purposefully set to reward Adjusted EBITDA performance equal to our annual operation plan, with a 100% of target AIP award. Our 2013 annual operating plan target range was set with the maximum goals that provided the opportunity to pay AIP awards above the 100% of target bonus level.

In order to provide any AIP award under the Adjusted EBITDA performance metric, we historically set an achievement threshold amount of Adjusted EBITDA equal to 95% of the established AIP Adjusted EBITDA target. For the 2013 AIP, however, the Adjusted EBITDA achievement threshold was set at $840,750,000—the same Adjusted EBITDA threshold in place for the 2012 AIP.

During each fiscal year, we accrue a bonus expense for the projected amount of the aggregate AIP awards to be paid to employees that are part of the NEO bonus plan (the “Bonus Pool”). If at any time during the year, management determines it is no longer probable that we will meet our established AIP Adjusted EBITDA target, it will reduce the amount to be accrued or reduce the Bonus Pool to more accurately reflect the expected payout. If we have not met the AIP Adjusted EBITDA threshold for the year, and amounts remain in the Bonus Pool (accrued for expected payouts), management is required by the AIP and by applicable accounting practices, to reduce the Bonus Pool by the amount no longer expected to be paid. This, in turn, will increase Adjusted EBITDA (i.e., each dollar that has been accrued to fund the Bonus Pool reduced the Adjusted EBITDA amount by $1, so each dollar removed from the Bonus Pool will increase Adjusted EBITDA by $1).

If the amount by which the threshold exceeds the actual Adjusted EBITDA is greater than the accruals remaining in the Bonus Pool, no AIP award will be paid. The percentage difference between the amount of award payments to be paid to employees if the Company had met the Adjusted EBITDA threshold and the amount remaining in the Bonus Pool that will not reduce the Adjusted EBITDA amount below the threshold, is the “Haircut Reduction.” Under the AIP, the Company will not pay any incentive plan award if the Haircut Reduction equals 100% (i.e., the Company does not meet the threshold set at the beginning of the year). For example, if $5 million were accrued in the Bonus Plan at the end of 2013 (the amount that was accrued and expected to be paid as bonuses) and the Adjusted EBITDA threshold was $5 million more than the actual Adjusted EBITDA, no bonus would be paid (i.e., the Haircut Reduction would equal 100%).

An Individual Performance Factor— based on the performance evaluation of participating employees—is used in calculating the final AIP award. For 2013, use of the Individual Performance Factor multiplier was expanded to cover all participating employees, in addition to our NEOs. Individual performance is measured by both individual performance evaluations and demonstrated leadership. Individual Performance Factors can range from zero (in other words, no award paid) for poor performance to 1.4 (in other words, 140% of the formula-driven award) for exceptional performance.

 

118


Table of Contents

Annual Incentive Plan Awards—2013 Payouts

The Compensation Committee believes that the threshold and target levels of performance represent challenging but obtainable US Foods performance. The maximum target level represents exemplary and extremely challenging performance.

The individual AIP target percentages for our NEOs were generally positioned at the median market short-term incentive target value. The 2013 AIP was purposefully set to reward performance at the annual operating plan level, with a 100% of target AIP award. We set the fiscal year 2013 annual operating plan with maximum goals that provided the opportunity to pay AIP awards beyond the 100% bonus level.

Basing AIP target percentages on the median market short-term incentive target values, and setting the reward level for performance at the annual operating plan level with a 100% of target, the AIP award ensures that total cash compensation does not significantly exceed the median—unless we reach outstanding levels of performance.

The following table reflects the actual performance levels for each of the 2013 Business Performance Factor metrics that pertain to the NEOs.

FY 2013 Annual Incentive Award

Calculating the Business Performance Factor

 

Performance Metric    Potential Payment   Weighting     x   

2013

Performance

    =    Payout  

 

  

 

 

 

         (%)          (%)  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   0% - 150%     90        76.50        68.85

Cash Flow—Net Debt (2)

   0% - 120%     10        106.81        10.68

TOTAL

   0% - 147%     100             79.53

Haircut Reduction %

                 0.00

TOTAL

                 79.53

 

(1) For purposes of the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan, the Adjusted EBITDA target was $860 million and actual Adjusted EBITDA was $845 million. Adjusted EBIDTA is defined as EBITDA ($667 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013) adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees ($10 million); 2) restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges ($8 million); 3) share-based compensation expense ($8 million); 4) pension($2 million); 5) loss on extinguishment of debt ($42 million); 6) business transformation costs ($61 million); and 7) the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustment ($12 million) and 8) gains, losses, or charges as specified by the Company’s debt agreements ($35 million).
(2) For the purposes of the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan, Cash Flow – Net Debt is determined by calculating the average of the end of month Net Debt throughout the year. Net Debt is defined as long-term debt plus the current portion of long-term debt ($4,814 million as of December 29, 2012 and $4,770 million as of December 28, 2013) net of 1) restricted cash held on deposit in accordance with our credit agreements ($7 million as of December 29, 2012, and $7 million as of December 28, 2013) and 2) total cash and cash equivalents remaining on the balance sheet at year-end ($242 million as of December 29, 2012, and $180 million as of December 28, 2013). We did not have a reduction of the 2012 Net Debt amount in 2013 (Net Debt $4,565 million as of December 29, 2012, Net Debt $4,583 million as of December 28, 2013). The 2013 Annual Incentive Plan Business Performance Factor is 79.53%.

In view of the results achieved, reflected in the Business Performance Factor and the performance evaluations for each NEO, the Compensation Committee set the Individual Performance Factor for NEO at 1.0 (in other words, 100% of the formula-driven award).

 

119


Table of Contents

Based on the approved 2013 Business Performance Factor and Individual Performance Factor , the actual 2013 Annual Incentive Plan award for each NEO was as follows:

Summary of Awards

 

Name    Eligible
Earnings
     x    Target
%
    x    Business
Performance
Factor
    x    Individual
Performance
Factor
    =    Award for
FY2013
Performance
 

John A. Lederer

   $ 1,162,603            110        79.53        100      $ 1,017,086   

Fareed Khan (1)

   $ 187,397            75        79.53        100      $ 150,000   

Allan D. Swanson (2)

   $ 339,808            75        79.53        100      $ 202,688   

Mark W. Scharbo

   $ 364,932            75        79.53        100      $ 217,674   

Pietro Satriano

   $ 490,082            75        79.53        100      $ 292,324   

Stuart S. Schuette

   $ 592,562            75        79.53        100      $ 353,451   

 

(1) Per the terms of the letter agreement entered into between Mr. Khan and the Company, his 2013 Annual Incentive Plan award on August 15, 2013, was guaranteed to be a minimum of $150,000.
(2) In connection with his departure, Mr. Swanson will receive severance in accordance with his previously disclosed severance agreement. Under this agreement, Mr. Swanson received his 2013 Annual Incentive Plan award pro-rated to August 30, 2013, the date of Mr. Swanson’s active employment ended, and based on the actual performance of 2013 Annual Incentive Plan.

The Compensation Committee intends that the fiscal year 2013 Annual Incentive Plan awards be subject to a “claw back,” under the applicable law. This would happen if there were a restatement of our financial results—other than one due to a change in accounting policy—within 36 months of the award being paid. The restatement would result in the payment of a reduced award, if the award was recalculated using the restated financial results. The Compensation Committee has the sole discretion to determine the form and timing of any such repayment.

Overview of Long-term Equity Incentives

Long-term equity incentives help provide a balanced focus on both short-term and long-term goals for participating employees, including out NEOs. These incentives are important to recruiting, retention and motivation. They are designed to compensate our NEOs for their long-term commitment to US Foods, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance and shareholder value.

Equity awards are made under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. They are always granted in USF Holding equity securities, with a per share exercise price equal to the “fair market value” of one share of USF Holding common stock on the date of grant.

The fair market value of one share of USF Holding common stock is determined at the close of each quarter. Fair market value is determined reasonably and in good faith by the USF Holding board of directors, taking into account the determination of an independent, third party appraisal of the fair market value of one share of USF Holding common stock.

Our long-term equity incentives include 1) the ability to make an equity investment and 2) grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights (Equity Appreciation Rights), restricted stock and restricted stock units, and other stock-based awards.

In 2013, we introduced a new Annual Equity Grant program designed to 1) improve the market competitiveness of the Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2) provide an opportunity for wealth creation tied to US Foods’ long-term performance. The new Annual Equity Grant program improves the alignment of the long-term incentive opportunities with similar opportunities provided by the companies with whom we compete for talent. It also strengthens the focus on creating long-term value by providing financial rewards for operational success.

 

120


Table of Contents

To support the new Annual Equity Grant program, our Sponsors increased the number of common shares available to issue to participants, and increased the maximum limit on the number of shares that can be issued under grant awards—equal to 10.3% of USF Holding’s total equity.

Equity Investments

Key management employees, including our NEOs, have an opportunity to invest side-by-side with our Sponsors. There are 128 management employees participating as equity investors. The ability to invest in our parent, USF Holding, focuses our key management on long-term value creation by providing a significant financial reward for operational success. The goal of this incentive is to promote an ownership mentality in management.

The NEOs have specific minimum investment level requirements to meet. For their investment, participants receive 1) investment shares equal to the value of their investment plus 2) an investment stock option grant based on a multiple of their investment level (1.00x to 5.00x). Each of the NEOs satisfied the minimum investment levels and, in many cases, invested beyond the specified investment requirement. The downside risk to investors is limited to their initial investment. The upside potential is linked directly to the USF Holding share price appreciation.

All of our NEOs are investors in USF Holding. The following table depicts their level of investment of each of our Named Executive Officers. With the exception of Mr. Khan and Mr. Scharbo, all of the investments shown here were completed before December 31, 2011.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Investment
Level
     Investment
Shares
     Stock
Option
Multiple
     Investment
Stock
Options
 

John A. Lederer

   $ 3,500,000         777,778         5.00x         3,888,892   

Fareed Khan (1)

     375,000         62,500         4.00x         250,000   

Mark W. Scharbo (2)

     400,000         66,667         3.50x         233,336   

Pietro Satriano

     850,000         170,000         4.00x         680,000   

Stuart S. Schuette

     600,000         124,445         3.92x         487,780   

 

(1) Mr. Khan completed his investment on September 23, 2013.
(2) Mr. Scharbo completed his investment on March 31, 2013.

The investment level of each of the Named Executive Officers as a multiple of base salary is depicted below.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Investment
Level
     Multiple of
Base Salary
 

John A. Lederer

   $ 3,500,000         2.98x   

Fareed Khan

     375,000         0.63x   

Mark W. Scharbo

     400,000         0.89x   

Pietro Satriano

     850,000         1.70x   

Stuart S. Schuette

     600,000         1.00x   

Investment Stock Options

As stated in “Equity Investments” above, key management employees who participate as equity investors in USF Holding, including our NEOs, receive an investment stock option grant based on a multiple of their investment level. Two of our NEOs, Mr. Khan and Mr. Scharbo, were granted investment stock options in 2013. The specific grants made in 2013 are shown under “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards.” All outstanding investment stock option grants are shown under “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.”

 

121


Table of Contents

According to the terms of the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the exercise price of investment stock options may not be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. For each award of investment stock options, half of the investment stock options granted are time-based, vesting in equal increments in either four years (25% per year) or five years (20% per year). The other half is performance-based, vesting in equal increments over either four years (25% per year) or five years (20% per year). This is based on a comparison of actual Adjusted EBITDA against pre-set goals for Adjusted EBITDA. The combination of time-based and performance-based vesting criteria is designed to compensate participating management employees—including our NEOs—for their long-term commitment to US Foods, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance.

Performance-based investment stock options are vested using two criteria. First, they are subject to the person remaining employed with US Foods during the entire performance period. Second, the USF Holding board of directors must determine that we have achieved the annual performance target, based on Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the relevant fiscal years. If a performance target for a given fiscal year is not met, the performance-based investment stock options may still vest and become exercisable on a catch-up basis if, at the end of a subsequent fiscal year, a specified cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target is achieved. The annual and cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets are based on our long-term financial plans in existence at the time of the grant. These targets are reviewed and approved on a yearly basis. Accordingly, in each case at the time of grant, we believed those levels—while attainable—would require strong performance and execution. The Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013 was $860,000,000 and actual Adjusted EBITDA was $845,000,000.

For purposes of calculating the achievement of the EBITDA-based performance target, “EBITDA” means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to our Sponsors and/or affiliates. In addition, the USF Holding board of directors adjusts the calculation of EBITDA. This is done to reflect certain events that were not contemplated in our financial plan. Generally, the board of directors of USF Holding has made identical adjustments to EBITDA for purposes of calculating our long-term equity incentive program as for other purposes, including the covenants contained in our principal financial agreements.

Annual Equity Grant

In 2013, we introduced a new Annual Equity Grant (AEG) program designed to 1) improve the market competitiveness of the Long-Term Incentive Plan and 2) provide an opportunity for wealth creation tied to US Foods’ long-term performance. The new AEG program both improves the alignment of the long-term incentive opportunities with similar opportunities provided by the companies with whom we compete for talent and strengthens the focus on long-term value creation by providing financial rewards for operational success.

The new AEG program works much like plans at large, publicly traded companies. The grant date for the 2013 AEG was June 3, 2013. Additional grants under this program were suspended in 2014, due to the proposed merger with Sysco Corporation.

Eligible management participants—including our Named Executive Officers—receive grants of both Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and Stock Options. The total value of the AEG award is based on the competitive practices of long-term incentive awards for similar positions in our peer group. The “mix” of equity awards varies depending on the participant’s role within US Foods. For our NEOs, 75% of the AEG award is delivered in the form of stock options and 25% in the form of RSUs.

 

122


Table of Contents

The value and mix of the 2013 AEG awards for our NEOs is as follows (Mr. Khan was not employed by the Company at the time of the 2013 Annual Equity Grant, so he did not receive an AEG award in 2013):

 

Named Executive Officer

   2013 Grant
Value (1)
       2013 Grant
Mix
     Stock Options Grant
Value
     RSUs
Grant
Value
 

John A. Lederer

   $ 3,000,014          
 
75% options/25%
RSUs
  
  
   $ 2,250,014       $ 750,000   

Allan D. Swanson (2)

     750,048          
 
75% options/25%
RSUs
  
  
     562,512         187,536   

Mark W. Scharbo

     750,048          
 
75% options/25%
RSUs
  
  
     562,512         187,536   

Pietro Satriano

     750,048          
 
75% options/25%
RSUs
  
  
     562,512         187,536   

Stuart S. Schuette

     750,048          
 
75% options/25%
RSUs
  
  
     562,512         187,536   

 

(1) The grant values are calculated using 1) for restricted stock units, the fair market value of USF Holding common stock on the grant date and 2) for stock options, the calculated Black-Scholes value of USF Holding common stock on the grant date computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and assume that all performance targets are met.
(2) In connection with his departure on August 30, 2013, Mr. Swanson forfeited his 2013 Annual Equity Grant awards.

This table compares the values of the NEOs AEG grants compared to the median market:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Position Relative to Calculated
Median Market Value
 

John A. Lederer

     (40.7 )% 

Allan D. Swanson (1)

     (40.8 )% 

Mark W. Scharbo

     12.9

Pietro Satriano

     61.9

Stuart S. Schuette

     34.6

According to the terms of the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, the exercise price of stock options granted under the AEG may not be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant.

For each award of investment stock options, half of the grant is time-based, vesting in equal increments in either four years (25% per year) or five years (20% per year). The other half is performance-based, vesting in equal increments over either four years (25% per year) or five years (20% per year). This is based on a comparison of actual Adjusted EBITDA against pre-set goals for Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBIDTA is defined as EBITDA ($667 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013) adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees ($10 million); 2) restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges ($8 million); 3) share-based compensation expense ($8 million); 4) pension ($2 million); 5) loss on extinguishment of debt ($42 million); 6) business transformation costs ($61 million); and 7) the non-cash impact of LIFO adjustment ($12 million) and 8) gains, losses, or charges as specified by the Company’s debt agreements ($35 million). The Company did not achieve the annual Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013 of $860 million. The combination of time-based and performance-based vesting criteria is designed to compensate participating management employees—including our NEOs—for their long-term commitment to US Foods, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance.

The Company did not achieve the annual or the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013, and therefore, the 2013 increment of the performance based investment stock option did not vest in 2013.

 

123


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan allows for granting of restricted stock and RSU awards. We grant restricted stock on a rare and selective basis. Restricted stock and RSU grants are designed to enhance retention of key management through specific time vesting requirements.

For each award of RSUs, half of the grant is time-based, vesting in equal increments in four years (25% per year). The other half is performance-based, vesting in equal increments over four years (25% per year). This is based on a comparison of actual Adjusted EBITDA against pre-set goals for Adjusted EBITDA. The Company did not achieve the annual Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013 of $860 million. The combination of time-based and performance-based vesting criteria is designed to compensate participating management employees—including our NEOs—for their long-term commitment to US Foods, while motivating sustained increases in our financial performance.

The Company did not achieve the annual or the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013 and therefore the 2013 increment of the performance based investment RSUs did not vest in 2013.

On August 1, 2013, the Compensation Committee reached an agreement with Mr. Lederer on the terms of his employment arrangement through 2015. The committee’s prior compensation arrangement with Mr. Lederer did not extend past 2013. As part of the latest agreement, on August 1, 2013, Mr. Lederer was granted RSUs valued at $1,000,000. The RSU award will vest 100% on December 31, 2014, subject to his continued employment. With respect to the RSU grant, the Compensation Committee also granted Mr. Lederer a “put” right, which gives him the ability to sell his RSUs back to the Company on July 1, 2015, if no liquidity event has occurred before then. The RSU grant was granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

As part of his letter agreement with the Company, on September 23, 2013, Mr. Khan was granted a sign-on restricted stock award valued at $1,000,000. The restricted stock award will vest ratably over a three-year period on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, subject to his continued employment. The restricted stock grant was granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

As part of his letter agreement with the Company, on March 31, 2013, Mr. Scharbo was granted a sign-on restricted stock award valued at $500,000. The restricted stock award will vest ratably over a three-year period on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, subject to his continued employment. The restricted stock grant was granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

The specific grants made in 2013 are shown under “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

Other Equity-Based Awards

The Compensation Committee may grant other types of equity-based upon the common stock of USF Holding, including deferred stock, bonus stock, unrestricted stock and dividend equivalent rights. To date, the Compensation Committee has not granted any other type of equity-based awards to our NEOs.

Retirement Benefits

We historically provided retirement plan benefits to corporate employees and most of our non-union operating company employees under the broad-based tax qualified US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan. We refer to as the “pension plan.” However, effective September 15, 2004, pension plan benefits are no longer provided to salaried employees. The only remaining retirement benefits for salaried employees are those provided under the tax-qualified U.S. Foodservice 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.

Executive Perquisites and Other Benefits

NEOs participate in the same benefit programs that are offered to other salaried and hourly employees. Our comprehensive benefits program offers medical coverage, prescription drug plans, dental plans, vision plan, life

 

124


Table of Contents

insurance and disability plans and a 401(k) savings plan. These programs are designed to provide market competitive benefits to protect employees’ and their covered dependents’ health and welfare. Although our executives—including our NEOs—are eligible to participate in US Foods’ group medical and dental coverage, we adjust employees’ contributions toward the cost of this coverage according to salary level. As a result, executives pay a higher percentage of the cost of these benefits than do non-executives.

The NEOs are eligible for enhanced Long Term Disability (LTD) and life insurance coverage levels. The LTD benefit amount for NEOs is increased from 60% to 66  2 3 % of monthly earnings. The basic life insurance is subject to a maximum coverage amount of $3,500,000.

Additionally, our NEOs participate in the Executive Perquisite Allowance Plan. This provides an annual allowance to defray the cost of services normally provided as executive perquisites, such as financial or legal planning, club memberships or executive physicals. Each of our eligible executives—including our NEOs—is entitled to an annual payment of $12,000 ($25,000 in the case of Mr. Lederer), plus a tax gross-up, which is paid during the first quarter of each calendar year.

The Executive Perquisite Allowance is not viewed as a significant element of our compensation structure, but it is useful in attracting, motivating and retaining high caliber executive talent.

US Foods also utilizes a Relocation Assistance program that is designed to minimize the inconvenience, time loss, and personal or financial burden created by the relocation of our employees. The provisions outlined in our Relocation Assistance program are intended to establish a fair and equitable system for reimbursing most reasonable and normal expenses. In addition, the Relocation Assistance program outlines a relocation package designed to facilitate and encourage a timely move to the new location.

Effect of a Change In Control

In the event of a Change in Control of US Foods, the Compensation Committee will likely have the authority to vest outstanding awards, and/or provide for their cancellation in exchange for cash or substitution of outstanding awards under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. A more complete explanation of the effect of a Change in Control is found under “Payments after a Change in Control.”

Executive Compensation

The following discussion—as well as the Compensation Discussion and Analysis contained here—contain references to target performance levels for our long-term incentive compensation. These targets and goals are discussed in the limited context of US Foods’ compensation programs and should not be interpreted as management’s expectations or estimates of results or other guidance. We specifically caution against applying these statements to other contexts.

Report of the Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management. Based on these reviews and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the boards of directors of USF Holding and US Foods that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 28, 2013 be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Michael Calbert (Chairman)

Edward M. Liddy

Nathaniel H. Taylor

Richard Schnall

 

125


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information on each of the NEOs—our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our former Chief Financial Officer, and the three most highly compensated of the other executives of US Foods—at the end of fiscal year 2013. In determining the most highly compensated executives, we excluded the amounts shown under “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation.”

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Non-
Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
    Change
in Pension
Value

and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

John A. Lederer

    2013        1,162,603        0        750,000 (1)       2,250,014 (1)       1,1,017,086 (2)       0 (3)       263,428 (4)       5,443,131   

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2012        1,137,568        0        500,000 (5)       0        0 (6)       0 (7)       38,850 (8)       1,676,418   
                 

Fareed Khan

    2013        187,397        650,000 (9)       1,000,002 (9)       547,500 (9)       150,000 (2)       0 (3)       1,385 (4)       2,536,284   

Chief Financial Officer

                 

Allan D. Swanson

    2013        339,808        0        187,536 (1)       562,512 (1)       202,688 (2)       (709 ) (3)       1,057,422 (4)       1,318,732   

former Chief Financial Officer

    2012        505,027        0        100,000 (5)       0        36,220 (6)       940 (7)       26,148 (8)       668,335   
                 

Mark W. Scharbo

    2013        364,932        175,000 (10)       687,540 (10)       1,071,185 (10)       217,674 (2)       0 (3)       22,130 (4)       2,538,460   

Chief Supply Chain Officer

                 
                 

Pietro Satriano

    2013        490,082        0        937,536 (1)       562,512 (1)       292,324 (2)       0 (3)       26,896 (4)       2,309,351   

Chief Merchandising Officer

    2012        465,082        0        100,000 (5)       0        33,355 (6)       0 (7)       30,833 (8)       629,270   
                 

Stuart S. Schuette

    2013        592,562        0        187,536 (1)       562,512 (1)       35,,451 (2)       (1,521 ) (3)       26,896 (4)       1,721,436   

Chief Operating Officer

    2012        580,027        0        100,000 (5)       0        41,599 (6)       1,770 (7)       26,148 (8)       749,544   
                 

 

(1) These amounts relate to equity grants of RSU’s and stock options made in 2013. The grant values are calculated using 1) for RSU’s, the fair market value of USF Holding common stock on the grant date as determined by the USF Holding board of directors and 2) for stock options, the calculated Black-Scholes value of USF Holding common stock on the grant date computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 and assume that all performance targets are met.
(2) These amounts consist of the 2013 cash awards under the Annual Incentive Plan.
(3) The amounts reported in the Change in Pension Value column reflect the actuarial decrease in the present value of the Named Executive Officers’ benefits—under all pension plans maintained by US Foods—determined using interest rate and mortality assumptions consistent with those used in US Foods financial statements. The interest rate as of December 28, 2013, was estimated by the plans’ actuary in October 2013, as this rate is not determinable until year-end.

This table shows the change in the actuarial present value of benefits under all pension plans maintained by US Foods for each NEO,:

Change in Pension Value

 

Named Executive Officer    Change in Pension Value  

John A. Lederer

     —     

Fareed Khan

     —     

Allan D. Swanson, former Chief Financial Officer

     ($709

Mark W. Scharbo

     —     

Pietro Satriano

     —     

Stuart S. Schuette

   ($ 1,521

 

(4) These amounts include:
  (a) Perquisite allowance (See Executive Perquisites and Other Benefits discussion above).
  (b) Wireless allowance payments: Mr. Scharbo = $600.
  (c) Company matching contribution in the 401(k) plan: Mr. Lederer = $0; Mr. Khan = $1,385;

Mr. Swanson = $7,650; Mr. Scharbo = $3,894; Mr. Satriano = $7,650; Mr. Schuette = $7,650.

 

126


Table of Contents

With regards to Mr. Lederer, reimbursement for the cost of personal travel in 2013 was $223,332, which includes a tax gross up payment of $104,854.

With regards to Mr. Swanson, 2013 All Other Compensation also includes $1,030,526 to be paid to Mr. Swanson as part of his severance agreement, which consisted of $780,000 in severance, $224,311 in pro-rated annual incentive award compensation, and $26,215 in health and welfare benefits continuation.

(5) These amounts relate to grants of restricted stock units made in 2012 and are calculated using the fair market value of USF Holding common stock on the grant date as determined by the USF Holding board of directors.
(6) These amounts consist of the 2012 cash awards under the Annual Incentive Plan award.
(7) The amounts reported in the Change in Pension Value column reflect the actuarial increase in the present value of the NEOs’ benefits under all pension plans maintained by US Foods. This was determined using interest rate and mortality assumptions consistent with those used in US Foods financial statements. The interest rate as of December 29, 2012, was estimated by the plans’ actuary in October 2012, as this rate is not determinable until year-end.

The following table shows the change in the actuarial present value of benefits under all pension plans maintained by US Foods for each NEO:

Change in Pension Value

 

Named Executive Officer    Change in Pension Value  

John A. Lederer

     —     

Fareed Khan

     —     

Allan D. Swanson, former Chief Financial Officer

   $ 940   

Mark W. Scharbo

     —     

Pietro Satriano

     —     

Stuart S. Schuette

   $ 1,770   

 

(8) These amounts include:
  (a) Perquisite allowance.
  (b) With regard to Mr. Satriano, a taxable move third party payment of $3,386.51 and taxable moving expense gross up payment of $1,297.99.
  (c) Company matching contribution in the 401(k) plan: Mr. Lederer = $0; Mr. Swanson = $7,500; Mr. Schuette = $7,500; Mr. Satriano = $7,500.
(9) Mr. Khan joined US Foods on September 9, 2013, as Chief Financial Officer. His annual base salary is $600,000. He participates in the benefit plans currently available to executive officers, including the Company’s long-term incentive compensation program. As additional compensation, Mr. Khan received:
  (a) A sign-on cash bonus of $650,000, (to be repaid by Mr. Khan in decreasing amounts before the third anniversary of his start date, if his employment ends other than by death, disability, by the Company without cause, or by Mr. Khan for good reason).
  (b) A 2013 annual incentive plan guarantee of a minimum of $150,000.
  (c) A sign-on restricted stock award valued at $1,000,000, with vesting to occur ratably over a three-year period on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, subject to his continued employment.
  (d) Stock options on a number of shares of USF Holding common stock equal to four-times the number of shares that Mr. Khan purchases through his mandatory equity investment of $375,000 in USF Holding common stock. For this he received 62,500 investment shares. He also received 250,000 investment options. 50% of the granted stock options will vest ratably over four years, based upon reaching corporate Adjusted EBITDA targets, and 50% will vest ratably over four years, based upon Mr. Khan’s time in as an employee of the Company. Because the Company did not meet the Adjusted EBITDA 2013 annual or cumulative target, none of the performance-based stock options vested in 2013. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control.
(10) Mr. Scharbo joined US Foods on April 1, 2013, as Chief Supply Chain Officer. His annual base salary is $450,000. He participates in the benefit plans currently available to executive officers, including the Company’s long-term incentive compensation program (beginning in 2013, with a targeted annual equity grant value anticipated to be $750,000). As additional compensation, Mr. Scharbo received:
  (a) A sign-on cash bonus of $175,000, (to be repaid by Mr. Scharbo in decreasing amounts before the third anniversary of his start date, if his employment ends other than by death, disability, by the Company without cause, or by Mr. Scharbo for good reason).
  (b) A sign-on restricted stock award valued at $500,000, with vesting to occur ratably over a three-year period on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015, subject to his continued employment.
  (c) Mr. Scharbo invested $400,000 as part of his new hire equity investment opportunity. For his investment he received 66,667 investment shares. Additionally, he received 233,336 investment options. 50% of the granted stock options will vest ratably over five years, based upon reaching corporate Adjusted EBITDA targets, and 50% will vest ratably over five years, based on Mr. Scharbo’s time in as a Company employee. Because the Company did not meet the Adjusted EBITDA 2013 annual or cumulative target, none of the performance-based stock options vested in 2013. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control.

 

127


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

This table provides information on Annual Incentive Plan awards under the Annual Incentive Plan, 2013 Annual Equity Grant, stock options, and restricted stock granted during fiscal year 2013 to each of our NEOs.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 
          Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
    Estimated Future Payouts under
Equity Incentive Plan

Awards
                         

Name

  Grant
Date
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)(1)
    Maximum
(#)
  All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units

(#)
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards

($/Sh)
    Fair
Market
Value
Price
on the
Date of
Grant

($/Sh)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock and
Option
Awards

($)
 

John A. Lederer

    1/1/2013 (2)       479,531        1,278,750        1,879,763                   
    6/3/2013 (3)               125,000                6.00        750,000 (4)  
    6/3/2013 (3)               1,013,520              6.00        2.22        2,250,014 (4)  
    8/1/2013                166,667                6.00        1,000,002   

Fareed Khan

    9/9/2013 (2)       73,990        197,308        290,042                   
    9/23/2013 (5)               166,667                6.00        1,000,002 (6)  
    9/23/2013 (7)               250,000              6.00        2.19        547,500 (8)  

Allan D. Swanson

    1/1/2013 (2)       83,906        223,750        328,913                   
    6/3/2013 (3)               31,256                6.00        187,536 (4)  
    6/3/2013 (3)               253,384              6.00        2.22        562,512 (4)  

Mark W. Scharbo

    1/1/2013 (2)       100,195        267,188        392,766                   
    3/31/2013 (9)               83,334                6.00        500,004 (10)  
    3/31/2013 (11)               233,336              6.00        2.18        508,672 (12)  
    6/3/2013 (3)               31,256                6.00        187,536 (4)  
    6/3/2013 (3)               253,384              6.00        2.22        562,512 (4)  

Pietro Satriano

    1/1/2013 (2)       137,813        367,500        540,225                   
    6/3/2013 (3)               31,256                6.00        187,536 (3)  
    6/3/2013 (3)               253,384              6.00        2.22        562,512 (3)  
    9/1/2013 (13)               125,000                6.00        750,000 (14)  

Stuart S. Schuette

    3/13/2013 (2)       166,641        444,375        653,231                   
    6/3/2013 (3)               31,256                6.00        187,536 (3)  
    6/3/2013 (3)               253,384              6.00        2.22        562,512 (3)  

 

(1)

The number of performance-based shares or units reflected in the table assume that we have achieved all performance-based targets, which are based on Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the relevant fiscal years. If a performance target for a given fiscal year is not met, the performance-based stock options or RSUs may still vest and become exercisable on a catch-up basis if, at the end of a subsequent fiscal year, a specified cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target is achieved. These performance targets are reviewed and approved on a yearly basis. The Company did not achieve the annual or the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013, and therefore, the 2013 increment of the performance-based investment awards did not vest in year 2013. The annual Adjusted EBITDA performance target for stock options in 2013 was $860,000,000 and actual Adjusted EBITDA was $845,000,000. All performance stock options scheduled to vest prior to 2013 have vested either through the Company’s achievement of the annual Adjusted EBITDA target or at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. There were no RSUs issued prior to 2013 and therefore

 

128


Table of Contents
  there the annual Adjusted EBITDA performance target, $860,000,000, was equal to the cumulative performance Adjusted EBITDA target. In addition, all performance options and performance RSUs will vest upon the consummation of the Acquisition.
(2) These amounts relate to Annual Incentive Plan for fiscal 2013. The awards were based on the following percentages of base salary: 110% for Mr. Lederer and 75% for Messrs. Khan, Swanson, Scharbo, Satriano, and Schuette.
(3) With respect to Messrs. Lederer, Swanson, Scharbo, Satriano, Schuette, we granted RSUs and stock options under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as part of the 2013 Annual Equity Grant. The vesting of these grants is as follows and is contingent upon the executive’s continued service with the Company.
  (a) 50% of the RSUs vest by time over four years in equal installments, starting on the first anniversary of the grant date.
  (b) 50% of the RSUs vest over the same four-year period, but only if the Company meets its Adjusted EBITDA target.
  (c) 50% of the stock options vest by time over four years in equal installments, starting on the first anniversary of the grant date.
  (d) 50% of the stock options vest over the same four-year period, but only if the Company meets its Adjusted EBITDA target. Because the Company did not meet the Adjusted EBITDA 2013 annual or cumulative target, none of the performance-based stock options or RSU will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. These stock options and RSUs will vest if the Company attains cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets in future years, or upon a change of control for time-based options and upon a change of control with the Sponsors achieving specified returns for performance-based options.
(4) We valued the RSU grants on June 3, 2013, at $6.00 per share, which was the fair market value price of USF Holding common stock at the time of grant as determined by the USF Holding board of directors. We valued the stock option grants on June 3, 2013, at the calculated Black-Scholes price of $2.22 per share.
(5) With respect to Mr. Khan, we granted restricted stock under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as part of his new hire offer package. The restricted stock vests in increments of  1 3 of such shares on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015. All restricted stock will become vested if there is a change in control that occurs prior to December 31, 2015. The vesting of this grant is contingent upon Mr. Khan’s continued service with the Company.
(6) With respect to Mr. Khan, we valued the restricted stock grant on September 23, 2013, at $6.00 per share, which was the fair market value price of USF Holding common stock at the time of grant as determined by the USF Holding board of directors.
(7) With respect to Mr. Khan, he invested $375,000 as part of his new hire equity investment opportunity. For this, Mr. Khan received 62,500 investment shares. He also received 250,000 investment stock options. 50% of the stock options vest by time over four years in equal installments, starting on the last day of the 2013 fiscal year. The remaining 50% vest over the same four-year period, but only if the Company meets it Adjusted EBITDA target. Because the Company did not meet the Adjusted EBITDA 2013 annual or cumulative target, none of the performance-based stock options vested in 2013. These stock options will vest if the Company attains cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets in future years, or upon a change of control for time-based options and upon a change of control with the Sponsors achieving specified returns for performance-based options. The vesting of the stock options is contingent upon Mr. Khan’s continued service with the Company.
(8) With respect to Mr. Khan, we valued the investment stock options on September 23, 2013, at the calculated Black-Scholes price of $2.19 per share and assumed that all performance targets are met.
(9) With respect to Mr. Scharbo, we granted restricted stock under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as part of Mr. Scharbo’s new hire offer package. The restricted stock vests in increments of  1 3 of the shares on each of December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015. In addition, all restricted stock vests if there is a change in control that occurs prior to December 31, 2015. The vesting of this grant is contingent upon Mr. Scharbo’s continued service with the Company.
(10) With respect to Mr. Scharbo, we valued the restricted stock grant on March 31, 2013, at $6.00 per share, which was the fair market value price of USF Holding common stock at the time of grant as determined by the USF Holding board of directors.
(11) With respect to Mr. Scharbo, he invested $400,000 as part of his new hire equity investment opportunity. For his investment, Mr. Scharbo received 66,667 investment shares. Additionally, he received 233,336 investment stock options. 50% of the stock options vest by time over five years in equal installments, starting on the last day of the fiscal year 2013. The remaining 50% of the stock options vest over the same five-year period, but only if the Company meets its Adjusted EBITDA target. Because the Company did not meet the Adjusted EBITDA 2013 annual or cumulative target, none of the performance-based stock options vested in 2013. These stock options will vest if the Company attains cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets in future years, or upon a change of control for time-based options and upon a change of control with the Sponsors achieving specified returns for performance-based options. The vesting of the stock options is contingent upon Mr. Scharbo’s continued service with the Company.
(12) With respect to Mr. Scharbo, we valued the investment stock options on April 1, 2013, at the calculated Black-Scholes price of $2.18 per share and assumed that all performance targets are met.
(13) Per Mr. Satriano’s January 28, 2011 offer letter, he received an award of $750,000 of fully vested shares of common stock of USF Holding Corp. on September 1, 2013.
(14) With respect to Mr. Satriano, we valued the stock grant on September 1, 2013, at $6.00 per share, which was the fair market value price of USF Holding common stock at the time of grant.

 

129


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information on each NEOs’ stock option, restricted stock and RSUs grants outstanding as of December 28, 2013:

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

  Date
Granted
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

(#) (1)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested

($) (2)
 

John A. Lederer

    8/1/2013                166,667        1,000,002   
    6/3/2013 (3)       —          1,014,368        6.00        6/3/2023        125,000        750,000   
    12/20/2010        444,444        111,112 (4)       4.50        12/20/2020       
    9/28/2010        2,666,668        666,668 (4)       4.50        9/28/2020       

Fareed Khan

    9/23/2013        62,500        187,500 (5)       6.00        9/23/2023       
    9/23/2013                133,334 (6)       800,004   

Allan D. Swanson

    12/20/2010        88,888 (7)         4.50        12/20/2020       
    10/26/2007        346,666 (7)         5.00        10/26/2017       

Mark W. Scharbo

    6/3/2013 (3)       —          253,384        6.00        6/3/2023        31,256        187,536   
    3/31/2013        46,668        186,668 (8)       6.00        3/31/2023       
    3/31/2013                66,667 (9)       400,002   

Pietro Satriano

    6/3/2013 (3)       —          253,384        6.00        6/3/2023        31,256        187,536   
    4/1/2011        408,000        272,000 (10)       5.00        4/1/2021       
    4/1/2011                44,444 (11)       266,664   

Stuart S. Schuette

    6/3/2013 (3)         253,384        6.00        6/3/2023        31,256        187,536   
    12/20/2010        35,556        8,888 (12)       4.50        12/20/2020       
    10/21/2010        197,336        49,334 (12)       4.50        10/21/2020       
    10/21/2010                17,778 (13)       106,668   
    9/17/2008        40,000          5.00        9/17/2018       
    11/16/2007        280,000          5.00        11/16/2017       

 

(1) The number of performance-based shares reflected in the table assume that we have achieved all performance-based targets, which are based on Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the relevant fiscal years. If a performance target for a given fiscal year is not met, the performance-based stock options or RSUs may still vest and become exercisable on a catch-up basis if, at the end of a subsequent fiscal year, a specified cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target is achieved. These performance targets are reviewed and approved on a yearly basis. The annual Adjusted EBITDA performance target for stock options in 2013 was $860,000,000 and actual Adjusted EBITDA was $845,000,000. The Company did not achieve the annual or the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance target for 2013, and therefore, the 2013 increment of the performance-based investment awards did not vest in year 2013. All performance stock options scheduled to vest prior to 2013 have vested either through the Company’s achievement of the annual Adjusted EBITDA target or at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. There were no RSUs issued prior to 2013 and therefore there the annual Adjusted EBITDA performance target, $860,000,000, was equal to the cumulative performance Adjusted EBITDA target. In addition, all performance options and performance RUSs will vest upon the consummation of the Acquisition.
(2) The aggregate dollar value is calculated using $6.00 per share of USF Holding common stock, the most recent good faith determination of the fair market value of USF Holdings common stock made by the USF Holding board of directors as of December 3, 2013.

 

130


Table of Contents
(3) As part of the 2013 Annual Equity Grant, RSUs and stock options were granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The vesting of these grants is as follows and is contingent upon the NEO’s continued service with the Company.
  (a) 50% of the RSUs vest by time over four years in equal installments, starting on the first anniversary of the grant date.
  (b) 50% of the RSUs vest over the same four-year period, but only if the Company meets its Adjusted EBITDA target.
  (c) 50% of the stock options vest by time over four years in equal installments, starting on the first anniversary of the grant date.
  (d) 50% of the stock options vest over the same four-year period, but only if the Company meets its Adjusted EBITDA target. Because the Company did not meet the Adjusted EBITDA 2013 annual target, none of the performance-based stock options or RSU will vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. These stock options and RSUs will vest if the Company attains cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets in future years. In addition, performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control, and time-based options will vest upon a change of control.
(4) Vesting of options is contingent on continued employment of Mr. Lederer by the Company through the applicable vesting date. The original grant—comprised 50% of time options and 50% performance options—vests in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014, based on conditions explained in this note. The outstanding time options will vest on fiscal year end of 2014. The outstanding performance options will vest on fiscal year end of 2014, so long as the Company—on a consolidated basis—achieves its annual or cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets. If neither the annual nor the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets are met, the performance options will not vest in that fiscal year. However, they could vest in a future fiscal year if the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is met at the end of that time. Also, if the Sponsors achieve specified returns on their investment pursuant to a public offering of at least 35% of the Sponsors’ USF Holding common stock, then the performance options will vest—to the extent they are not already vested—up to the same percentage of the performance option that could have become vested in any previously completed fiscal years. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control. In the event Mr. Lederer’s employment ends due to death or permanent disability, a pro rata portion of the time options would have vested on fiscal year end of that year. In addition, a pro rata portion of the performance options will also vest on fiscal year end of that year only if and to the extent that the performance option would have vested under conditions according to the option agreement.
(5)

Vesting of options is contingent on continued employment of Mr. Khan by the Company through the applicable vesting date. The original grant—comprised 50% of time options and 50% performance options—is scheduled to vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, based on conditions explained in this note. The outstanding time options will vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2014, 2015 and 2016. The outstanding performance options will vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2014, 2015 and 2016, so long as the Company—on a consolidated basis—achieves its annual or cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets. If neither the annual nor the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets are met, the performance options will not vest in that fiscal year. However, they could vest in a future fiscal year if the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is met at the end of that time. Also, if the Sponsors achieve specified returns on their investment pursuant to a public offering of at least 35% of the Sponsors’ USF Holding common stock, then the performance options will vest—to the extent they are not already vested—up to the same percentage of the performance option that could have become vested in any previously completed fiscal years. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control. In the event Mr. Khan’s employment ends due to death or permanent disability, a pro rata portion of the time options would have vested on fiscal year end of that year. In addition, a pro rata

 

131


Table of Contents
  portion of the performance options will also vest on fiscal year end of that year only if and to the extent that the performance option would have vested under conditions according to the option agreement.
(6) So long as Mr. Khan continues to be employed by the Company through the applicable vesting date: 1) the restricted stock shall vest in increments of 33  1 3 % on each December 31 of 2013, 2014 and 2015; and 2) all restricted stock shall vest upon the occurrence of a change in control that occurs prior to December 31, 2015.
(7) On August 16, 2013, Mr. Swanson notified the Company of his intention to resign as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of the Company, effective August 30, 2013. All of his non-vested equity awards were forfeited. In connection with Mr. Swanson’s departure, the Compensation Committee of the USF Holding board, pursuant to its authority under the terms of the existing equity compensation agreements with Mr. Swanson, determined that Mr. Swanson shall retain one-third (  1 3 ) of his vested equity holdings in USF Holding and received cash compensation for the remaining two-thirds (  2 3 ) of his vested equity holdings.
(8) Vesting of options is contingent on continued employment of Mr. Scharbo by the Company through the applicable vesting date. The original grant, comprised 50% of time options and 50% performance options, vests in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, based on conditions explained in this note. The outstanding time options will vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. The outstanding performance options will vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, so long as the Company, on a consolidated basis, achieves its annual or cumulative EBITDA performance targets. If neither the annual nor the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets are met, the performance options will not vest in that fiscal year. However, they could vest in a future fiscal year if the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is met at the end of that time. Also, if the Sponsors achieve specified returns on their investment pursuant to a public offering of at least 35% of the Sponsors’ USF Holding common stock, then the performance options will vest—to the extent they are not already vested—up to the same percentage of the performance option that could have become vested in any previously completed fiscal years. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control. In the event Mr. Scharbo’s employment ends due to death or permanent disability, a pro rata portion of the time options would have vested on fiscal year end of that year. In addition, a pro rata portion of the performance options will also vest on fiscal year end of that year only if and to the extent that the performance option would have vested under conditions according to the option agreement.
(9) So long as Mr. Scharbo continues to be employed by the Company through the applicable vesting date: 1) the restricted stock shall vest in increments of 33  1 3 % on each December 31 of 2013, 2014 and 2015; and 2) all restricted stock shall vest upon the occurrence of a change in control that occurs prior to December 31, 2015.
(10)

Vesting of options is contingent on continued employment of Mr. Satriano by the Company through the applicable vesting date. The original grant, comprised 50% of time options and 50% performance options, vests in equal increments on December 31 of 2011 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015, based on conditions explained in this note. The outstanding time options will vest in equal portions on December 31, 2014 and 2015. The outstanding performance options will vest in equal portions on December 31, 2014 and 2015, so long as the Company, on a consolidated basis, achieves its annual or cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets. If neither the annual nor the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets are met, the performance options will not vest in that fiscal year. However, they could vest in a future fiscal year if the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is met at the end of that time. Also, if the Sponsors achieve specified returns on their investment pursuant to a public offering of at least 35% of the Sponsors’ USF Holding common stock then the performance options will vest—to the extent they are not already vested—up to the same percentage of the performance option that could have become vested in any previously completed fiscal years. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control. In the event Mr. Satriano’s employment ends due to death or permanent disability, a pro rata portion of the time options would have vested on fiscal year end of that year. In addition, a pro rata portion of the performance

 

132


Table of Contents
  options will also vest on fiscal year end of that year only if and to the extent that the performance option would have vested under conditions according to the option agreement.
(11) So long as Mr. Satriano continues to be employed by the Company through the applicable vesting date: 1) the restricted stock shall vest in increments of 20% on each December 31 of 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015; and 2) all restricted stock shall become vested as to 100% of such shares upon the occurrence of a change in control that occurs prior to December 31, 2015.
(12) Vesting of options is contingent on continued employment of Mr. Schuette by the Company through the applicable vesting date. The original grant—comprised 50% of time options and 50% performance options—is scheduled to vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, based on conditions explained in this note. The outstanding time options will vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2014, 2015 and 2016. The outstanding performance options will vest in equal increments on fiscal year end of 2014, 2015 and 2016, so long as the Company—on a consolidated basis—achieves its annual or cumulative Adjusted EBITDA performance targets. If neither the annual nor the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA targets are met, the performance options will not vest in that fiscal year. However, they could vest in a future fiscal year if the cumulative Adjusted EBITDA target is met at the end of that time. Also, if the Sponsors achieve specified returns on their investment pursuant to a public offering of at least 35% of the Sponsors’ USF Holding common stock, then the performance options will vest—to the extent they are not already vested—up to the same percentage of the performance option that could have become vested in any previously completed fiscal years. Performance-based options will vest if (i) the Acquisition by Sysco is consummated; (ii) a change of control were to occur and specified returns are achieved by our Sponsors; or (iii) at the discretion of the Sponsors upon a change of control. Time-based options will vest upon a change of control. In the event Mr. Schuette’s employment ends due to death or permanent disability, a pro rata portion of the time options would have vested on fiscal year end of that year. In addition, a pro rata portion of the performance options will also vest on fiscal year end of that year only if and to the extent that the performance option would have vested under conditions according to the option agreement.
(13) So long as Mr. Schuette continues to be employed by the Company through the applicable vesting date: 1) the restricted stock shall vest in increments of 20% on each December 31 of 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014; and 2) all restricted stock shall vest upon the occurrence of a change in control that occurs prior to December 31, 2014.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table provides information with respect to aggregate stock option exercises and the vesting of stock awards during the fiscal year of 2013 for each of the NEOs.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 
     Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise

(#)
    Value
Realized on
Vesting

($)
    Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Vesting

(#) (1)
    Value
Realized on
Vesting

($)
 

John A. Lederer

         111,111        666,666 (2)  

Fareed Khan

         33,333        199,998 (2)  

Allan D. Swanson

     871,110 (3)       959,998 (4)       53,334 (3)       320,004 (5)  

Mark W. Scharbo

         16,667        100,002 (2)  

Pietro Satriano

         164,615        987,690 (2)  

Stuart S. Schuette

         35,170        211,020 (2)  

 

(1) These numbers include restricted shares that vested on December 31, 2013. The number of restricted shares that vested for each individual: Mr. Lederer, 198,068; Mr. Khan, 33,333; Mr. Scharbo 16,667; Mr. Satriano 39,615; and Mr. Schuette 35,170.

 

133


Table of Contents
(2) The value realized upon vesting is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of stock that vested by $6.00, the most recent good faith determination of the fair market value of USF Holdings common stock made by the board of directors as of December 3, 2013
(3) On August 16, 2013, Mr. Swanson notified the Company of his intention to resign as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of the Company, effective August 30, 2013. All of his non-vested equity awards were forfeited. In connection with Mr. Swanson’s departure, the Compensation Committee, pursuant to its authority under the terms of the existing equity compensation agreements with Mr. Swanson, determined that he shall retain one-third (  1 3 ) of his vested equity holdings in USF Holding and received cash compensation for the remaining two-thirds (  2 3 ) of his vested equity holdings.
(4) The value realized upon vesting is calculated by multiplying the number of stock options that vested by $6.00, the fair market value of USF Holding common stock on September 30, 2013, less the exercise price of such options.
(5) The value realized upon vesting is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of stock that vested by $6.00, the fair market value of USF Holding common stock on September 30, 2013 as determined by the USF Holding board of directors.

Pension Benefits

With respect to our NEOs, the defined benefit plans (as described and defined below) were frozen so that there can be no further benefits accruals.

Under the US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefits Pension Plan (frozen to NEOs as of September 15, 2004), a participant’s annual benefit is based on final average compensation and years of benefit service. For this purpose, compensation generally includes salary and bonus. The annual benefit is 1% times the final average compensation times the years of benefit service. Upon normal retirement (first day or the month following the later of age 65 or five years of vesting service), the normal form of payment in the case of a married participant is 50% joint and survivor annuity. Participants become vested in their benefit after completing five years of vesting service.

Under the Alliant Foodservice, Inc. Pension Plan (the “Alliant Plan,” frozen to NEOs as of December 31, 2002), a participant’s pension benefit is based on accumulated pension credits, final average pay and a Social Security breakpoint. For this purpose, pay generally includes salary and certain bonuses. Accumulated pension credits are awarded according to age and are expressed as a percentage of a participant’s final average pay. The Social Security breakpoint is two-thirds of the applicable Social Security wage base. Upon normal retirement (first day of the month following the later of age 65 or five years of vesting service), a participant may select from among the following optional forms subject to the terms of the plan: single life annuity, join and survivor annuity, level income option, and lump sum. Participants become vested in their benefit after completing three years of vesting service.

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Number of
Years
Credited
Service

(#)
     Present Value
of
Accumulated
Benefit

($)
 

John A. Lederer

   —        —           —     

Fareed Khan

   —        —           —     

Allan D. Swanson

   US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan      0.389         5,082   

Mark W. Scharbo

   —           —     

Pietro Satriano

   —        —           —     

Stuart S. Schuette

   US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan      0.811         7,881   

 

134


Table of Contents

We calculated the present value of the accumulated pension plan benefits based upon an estimated discount rate of 5.50% for the US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan, and 4.90% for the Alliant Foodservice, Inc. Pension Plan, with a post-retirement mortality assumption based on the RP 2000 mortality table projected to 2018 using Scale AA.

Following are the estimated accrued benefits through fiscal year 2013 for the pension plan. These annual amounts would be payable at the earliest unreduced age shown.

 

Name

  

Plan Name

   Earliest
Unreduced
Retirement
Age

(#)
     Expected
Years

of Payment
(#)
     Estimated
Annual
Benefit

($)
 

John A. Lederer

   —        —           —           —     

Fareed Khan

   —        —           —           —     

Allan D. Swanson

   US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan      65         19         797   

Mark W. Scharbo

   —        —           —           —     

Pietro Satriano

   —        —           —           —     

Stuart S. Schuette

   US Foods, Inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan      65         19         1,622   

The pension plans—which are intended to be tax-qualified—are funded through an irrevocable tax-exempt master trust and covered approximately 19,000 eligible employees at the end of fiscal 2013. In general, a participant’s accrued benefit is equal to 1% times final average compensation times years of benefit service.

Benefits provided under any pension plan are based upon compensation up to a limit: $255,000 for calendar year 2013, under the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, annual benefits provided under the pension plans may not exceed a limit—$205,000 for calendar year 2013—under the Internal Revenue Code.

Potential Payments upon Termination, Change in Control or Public Offering

Severance Agreements

Each of our NEOs has entered into a severance agreement with the Company. Structured as “severance” agreements rather than “employment” agreements, these agreements outline additional compensation considerations in the event of 1) the executive’s termination by the Company other than for cause, and 2) termination by the executive with Good Reason. The severance agreements are designed to provide standard protections to both the executive and to US Foods and are viewed as a help to ensure continuity and an aid in retention.

These are the key terms of the severance agreements:

 

  General Employment Terms . The covered executive is employed “at will.” The executive has agreed to provide 45 days notice of termination. The severance agreements are silent regarding compensation and benefits during the term. The severance agreements allow for automatic renewal for successive one-year periods, absent notice of non-renewal of at least 90 days prior to end of term.

 

  Severance Triggers . The severance agreement is triggered in the event of 1) the covered executive’s termination by the Company other than for Cause, and 2) termination by the covered executive with Good Reason. Company notice of non-renewal of the severance agreement during the last 90 days of the term gives the covered executive the right to terminate with Good Reason.

 

  Severance Benefits . If the covered executive signs a release, he or she will be entitled to severance benefits described below in “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason.”

 

135


Table of Contents
  Restrictions . For the applicable severance period (24 months for Mr. Lederer, 18 months for the other NEOs), the covered executive cannot 1) compete in the foodservice distribution industry, 2) solicit any employees of the Company, and 3) disparage the Company in any way. Additionally, the covered executive cannot use Company confidential information at any time.

 

  Clawback of Severance Benefits . The covered executive’s severance benefits will be “clawed back” if he or she violates the non-compete/non-solicit or in the event of a material financial restatement attributable to the covered executive’s fraud.

We believe that reasonable severance benefits are appropriate to protect the NEOs against circumstances over which he or she does not have control, and as consideration for the promises of non-disclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-interference that we require in our Severance Agreements.

A Change in Control, by itself, does not trigger any severance provision applicable to our NEOs, except for the provisions related to long-term equity incentives under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

Impact of a Public Offering

A “Public Offering,” is defined in the management’s stockholders agreement as the sale of shares of USF Holding common stock to the public on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market or other nationally recognized stock exchange or listing system pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any other similar form). The Public Offering has no automatic acceleration impact on the vesting of stock options, but it will accelerate vesting of certain grants of restricted stock and Restricted Stock Units. If the Sponsors have sold at least 35% of their aggregate investment and have achieved certain other financial milestones, certain equity—to the extent not already vested—will vest.

A Public Offering does not trigger severance benefits under the Severance Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.

Payments Upon Termination Due to Death or Permanent Disability

Under our equity award agreement, in the event of death or permanent disability, with respect to each NEO:

 

  The portion of the time-based equity that would have become exercisable on the next scheduled vesting date if the NEO had remained employed with us through that date will become vested and exercisable.

 

  The portion of the performance-based equity that would have become exercisable during the fiscal year in which the NEO’s employment ends—if the NEO had remained employed with us through that date—will remain outstanding through the date we determine whether the applicable performance targets are met for that fiscal year. If such performance targets are met, such portion of the performance-based equity will become exercisable on such performance-vesting determination date. Otherwise, such portion will be forfeited.

 

  All otherwise unvested equity will be forfeited. Vested equity generally may be exercised (by the employee’s survivor in the case of death) for a period of one year from the service termination date, unless we purchase the vested equity in total at the fair market value of the shares underlying the vested equity and, in the case of stock options, less the aggregate exercise price of the vested stock options.

In the event of death, each NEO’s beneficiary will receive payments under our basic life insurance program in and amount, up to a maximum of $1,500,000. If a NEO chose to participate in the supplemental life/AD&D insurance program, that person’s beneficiary will receive payments up to a maximum of $3,500,000.

We have included amounts that the NEO would receive under our enhanced Long Term Disability (LTD) insurance program. The LTD benefit is increased from 60% of monthly earnings to 66  2 3 % of monthly earnings.

 

136


Table of Contents

For purposes of the NEOs’ severance agreements, “permanent disability” shall be deemed to exist if the executive becomes eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under any long-term disability plan or program maintained by US Foods for its employees.

Payments Upon Termination Due to Retirement

Retirement is not treated differently from any other voluntary termination without Good Reason (as defined under the relevant agreements, as discussed below under “Payments Upon Voluntary Termination”) under any of our plans or agreements for NEOs. None of the NEOs qualified for retirement at December 28, 2013.

Payments Upon Voluntary Termination

Under the Severance Agreements with our NEOs, the payments to be made upon voluntary termination vary depending upon whether he or she resigns with or without Good Reason, or after our failure to offer to renew, extend or replace his or her Severance Agreement under certain circumstances. Good Reason is deemed to exist in these cases:

 

  There is a material diminution in title and/or duties, responsibilities or authority, including a change in reporting responsibilities

 

  US Foods changes the geographic location of the NEO’s principal place of business to a location that is at least 50 miles away from the geographic location prior to the change;

 

  There is a willful failure or refusal by US Foods to perform any material obligation under the Severance Agreement

 

  There is a reduction in the NEO’s annual rate of base salary or annual bonus target percentage of bases salary—other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting at least 90% of the executives holding positions of comparable levels of responsibility—and which does not exceed 10% of the NEO’s annual base salary and target bonus percentage, in the aggregate, when combined with any such prior reductions

In any case of any event described above, the NEO will have 90 days from the date the triggering event arises to provide written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination, and US Foods will have 30 days to cure the claimed event. Resignation by the NEO following US Foods’ cure, or before the expiration of the 30-day cure period, constitutes a voluntary resignation and not a termination for Good Reason.

Voluntary Termination with Good Reason

If any NEO resigns with Good Reason, all then unvested stock option grants, restricted stock grants and Restricted Stock Units grants held by that person will be forfeited.

Unless we purchase any then vested equity in total at a price equal to the fair market value of the shares underlying the vested equity and, in the case of vested stock options, less the aggregate exercise price, the NEO generally may exercise vested equity for a period of 180 days from the termination date.

In the event any NEO resigns under the circumstances described below, that person’s equity will be treated as described under “Voluntary Termination with Good Reason” below.

Additionally, if the NEO 1) resigns with Good Reason or 2) resigns within 60 days of our failure to offer to renew, extend or replace his or her Severance Agreement before or at the end of the Severance Agreement’s term, then in each case the NEO will receive the following benefits after termination of employment, but contingent upon the execution and effectiveness of a release of certain claims against us and our affiliates in the form attached to the Severance Agreement:

 

  All accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of the NEO’s termination of active employment

 

137


Table of Contents
  Current year Annual Incentive Plan award pro-rated to the date of the NEO’s termination of active employment and based on actual performance of the current year Annual Incentive Plan

 

  Continuation of base salary—as in effect immediately before the termination—for 18 months (24 months in the case for Mr. Lederer) payable in accordance with our normal payroll cycle and procedures (lump sum payment in the case for Mr. Lederer)

 

  Fixed bonus paid in equal installments for 18 months (24 months in the case for Mr. Lederer) based on the two-year average attainment of Annual Incentive Plan performance applied to the NEO’s current Annual Incentive Plan target and base salary amounts, multiplied by 1  1 2 (multiplied by 2 in the case of Mr. Lederer)

 

  Continuation of medical and dental coverage through COBRA, paid for the NEO and his or her covered dependents (with tax gross-up) for 18 months (lump sum payment equal to 24 months in the case for Mr. Lederer)

 

  Lump sum payment for unused vacation accrued during the calendar year of the NEO’s Executive Officer’s termination

 

  12 months of career transition and outplacement services

 

  Tax gross-up if payments trigger excess parachute payment excise tax.

During the time-period in which the NEO is receiving benefits under the Severance Agreement, this person cannot do the following:

 

  Compete in the foodservice distribution industry—for purposes of the Severance Agreement, “competition” means becoming directly or indirectly involved with an entity located in the United States that competes directly or indirectly with US Foods

 

  Solicit to hire any US Foods employees

 

  Make any statements that disparage or defame US Foods in any way

Additionally, the NEO must maintain the confidentiality of , and refrain from disclosing or using, our 1) trade secrets for any period of time, as the information remains a trade secret under applicable law, and 2) any Company confidential information at all times.

The NEO’s severance benefits will be recovered, and any unpaid benefits will be forfeited if the person violates the non-compete/non-solicit, or in the event of a material financial restatement attributable to the NEO’s fraud.

Voluntary Termination Without Good Reason

If the NEO resigns without Good Reason, he or she will forfeit all unvested equity grants. The NEO will be paid all 1) accrued but unpaid base salary and 2) accrued but unused vacation through the date of the NEO’s termination of active employment.

Payment Upon Involuntary Termination

The payments to be made to a NEO upon involuntary termination vary depending upon whether the termination is with or without “cause.” Cause is deemed to exist in these cases:

 

  The Company determines in good faith and following a reasonable investigation that the NEO has committed fraud, theft or embezzlement from the Company

 

  The NEO pleads guilty or nolo contendre to or is convicted of any felony or other crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft or embezzlement

 

138


Table of Contents
  The NEO willfully fails or refuses to perform any material obligation under his or her Severance Agreement, or to carry out the reasonable directives of his or her supervisor (or the Board in the case for Mr. Lederer), and the NEO fails to cure the same within a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure is provided

 

  The NEO has engaged in on-the-job conduct that violates US Foods’ written Code of Ethics or Company policies, and which is materially detrimental to US Foods

The NEO’s resignation in advance of an anticipated termination for cause shall constitute a termination for cause.

Involuntary Termination for Cause

If the NEO is involuntarily terminated for cause, he or she will forfeit all unvested equity grants, as well as all vested but unexercised equity.

Involuntary Termination without Cause

If the NEO is involuntarily terminated without cause, the person’s equity grants will be treated, and severance payments and benefits will be paid, in the same manner as described under “Voluntary Termination with Good Reason” above.

Payments After a Change in Control

For purposes of equity treatment and treatment under our Severance Agreements, a “Change in Control” means, in one or a series of transactions:

 

  The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of USF Holding to any person, or group of persons acting in concert, other than to (x) the Sponsors or their affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan maintained by USF Holding or its affiliates

 

  A sale by USF Holding, the Sponsors or any of their respective affiliates to a person, or group of persons acting in concert, of USF Holding common stock, or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving USF Holdings that results in more than 50% of the USF Holding common stock being held by a person or group of persons acting in concert that does not include an affiliated person

 

  Which results in the Sponsors and their affiliates ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of USF Holding.

A Change in Control, by itself, does not trigger any severance provision applicable to our NEOs, except for the provisions related to long-term equity incentives under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The Severance Agreements covering our NEOs are a binding obligation of US Foods and any successor of US Foods.

In the event of a Change in Control of USF Holding, the Compensation Committee will likely have the authority to vest outstanding equity awards, and/or provide for the cancellation in exchange for cash or substitution of outstanding equity awards under the plan, regardless of whether the NEO’s employment ends and regardless of how vesting would otherwise be treated under the 2007 stock incentive plan.

Under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

  (1) All time-vested equity will vest and become immediately exercisable on 100% of the shares subject to such equity immediately prior to a Change in Control

 

  (2) All performance-vested equity will vest and become immediately exercisable on 100% of the shares subject to such equity immediately prior to a Change in Control if, as a result of the Change in Control, a) the Sponsors achieve an Investor internal rate of return of at least 20% of their aggregate investment and b) the Sponsors earn an investor return of at least 3.0 times the base price of their aggregate investment

 

139


Table of Contents

If the NEO is involuntarily terminated without cause or resigns for Good Reason, he or she will receive the same severance payments and benefits as described above under “Voluntary Termination with Good Reason.”

If any payments or benefits in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code) would be subject to the “golden parachute” excise tax under federal income tax rules, we will pay an additional amount to the NEO to cover the excise tax and any other excise and income taxes resulting from this payment.

The proposed Acquisition by Sysco will constitute a Change of Control, which will accelerate vesting of all stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. In addition, other than Mr. Lederer, each of the NEOs has entered into Retention Award Agreements whereby the NEOs (i) agree to retain ownership of any shares of Sysco common stock acquired upon consummation of the closing of the Acquisition until December 31, 2014 and (ii) receive cash bonuses if the Acquisition is consummated and (a) the NEO remains employed by US Foods or Sysco after the closing of the Acquisition through the later of December 31, 2014 and six months after the closing of the Acquisition (the “Retention Date”) or (b) NEO remains employed by US Foods or Sysco after the closing of the Acquisition, US Foods or Sysco, as applicable, determines that the NEO effectively transitioned his duties prior to the Retention Date. In addition, each of the NEOs will receive a cash transaction bonus provided that the NEO remains employed by the Company through the closing date of the Acquisition.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Tables

The tables below reflect potential payments to each of our NEOs in various terminations and change in control scenarios. This is based on compensation, benefit, and equity levels in effect on, and assuming the scenario will be effective as of, December 28, 2013.

For stock valuations in the following tables, we have used $6.00 per share as the fair market value price of USF Holding common stock as determined by the USF Holding board of directors. The tables report only amounts that are increased, accelerated or otherwise paid or owed as a result of the applicable scenario. The table assumes that all performance—based stock options will vest as a result of the applicable scenario. As a result, this excludes stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units that had vested on the employment termination date.

The tables also exclude any amounts that are available generally to all salaried employees and do not discriminate in favor of our NEOs. The amounts shown are merely estimates. We cannot determine actual amounts to be paid until a termination or change in control scenario occurs.

 

140


Table of Contents

John A. Lederer

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

   

 

Voluntary Termination

    Total and
Permanent
Disability
or Death

($)
   

 

Involuntary Termination

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon

Termination

  Good
Reason

($)
    Retirement (1)
($)
      For
Cause

($)
    Not For
Cause

($)
    Change in
Control

($)
 

Compensation

           

Severance (2)

    2,350,000        —          —          —          2,350,000        —     

Annual Incentive (3)

    1,232,883        —          —          —          1,232,883        —     

Long-term Incentives

           

Stock Options

    —          —          0        —          —          1,166,670   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (4)

           

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

    —          —          187,500        —          —          1,750,002   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (5)

           

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Life Insurance Payment (6)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

LTD Insurance Payment (7)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation (8)

    19,414        —          —          —          19,414        —     

Excise Tax Gross Up

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    3,602,298        —          187,500        —          3,602,298        2,916,672   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fareed Khan

Chief Financial Officer

 

   

 

Voluntary Termination

    Total and
Permanent
Disability
or Death

($)
    Involuntary Termination  

Executive Benefits

and Payments Upon

Termination

  Good
Reason

($)
    Retirement (1)
($)
      For
Cause

($)
    Not For
Cause

($)
    Change in
Control

($)
 

Compensation

           

Severance (9)

    900,000        —          —          —          900,000        —     

Annual Incentive (10)

    321,933        —          —          —          321,933        —     

Long-term Incentives

           

Stock Options

    —          —          0        —          —          0   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (4)

           

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

    —          —          0        —          —          800,004   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (5)

           

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Life Insurance Payment (6)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

LTD Insurance Payment (11)

    —          —          1,792,000        —          —          —     

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation (8)

    32,362        —            —          32,362        —     

Excise Tax Gross Up

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    1,254,295        —          1,792,000        —          1,254,295        800,004   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

Allan D. Swanson

former Chief Financial Officer

 

   

 

Voluntary Termination

    Total and
Permanent
Disability
or Death

($)
    Involuntary Termination  

Executive Benefits

and Payments Upon

Termination

  Good
Reason

($)
    Retirement (1)
($)
      For
Cause

($)
    Not For
Cause

($)
    Change in
Control

($)
 

Compensation

           

Severance (12)

    780,000        —          —          —          780,000        —     

Annual Incentive (12)

    224,311        —          —          —          224,311        —     

Long-term Incentives

           

Stock Options

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (12)

           

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (12)

           

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Life Insurance Payment (12)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

LTD Insurance Payment (12)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation (12)

    26,215        —            —          26,215        —     

Excise Tax Gross Up

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    1,030,526        —          —          —          1,030,526        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mark W. Scharbo

Chief Supply Chain Officer

 

    Voluntary Termination     Total and
Permanent
Disability
or Death

($)
    Involuntary Termination  

Executive Benefits

and Payments Upon

Termination

  Good
Reason

($)
    Retirement (1)
($)
      For
Cause

($)
    Not For
Cause

($)
    Change in
Control

($)
 

Compensation

           

Severance (9)

    675,000        —          —          —          675,000        —     

Annual Incentive (10)

    241,450        —          —          —          241,450        —     

Long-term Incentives

           

Stock Options

    —          —          0        —          —          0   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (4)

           

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

    —          —          46,884        —          —          587,538   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (5)

           

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Life Insurance Payment (6)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

LTD Insurance Payment (11)

    —          —          1,592,000        —          —          —     

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation (8)

    38,700        —          —          —          38,700        —     

Excise Tax Gross Up

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    955,149        —          1,638,884        —          955,149        587,538   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

Pietro Satriano

Chief Merchandising Officer

 

    Voluntary Termination     Total and
Permanent
Disability
or Death

($)
    Involuntary Termination  

Executive Benefits

and Payments Upon

Termination

  Good
Reason

($)
    Retirement (1)
($)
      For
Cause

($)
    Not For
Cause

($)
    Change in
Control

($)
 

Compensation

           

Severance (9)

    750,000        —          —          —          750,000        —     

Annual Incentive (10)

    268,277        —          —          —          268,277        —     

Long-term Incentives

           

Stock Options

    —          —          0        —          —          272,000   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (4)

           

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

    —          —          46,884        —          —          454,200   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (5)

           

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Life Insurance Payment (6)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

LTD Insurance Payment (11)

    —          —          1,536,000        —          —          —     

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation (8)

    33,011        —          —          —          33,011        —     

Excise Tax Gross Up

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    1,051,288        —          1,582,884        —          1,051,288        726,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stuart S. Schuette

Chief Operating Officer

 

    Voluntary Termination     Total and
Permanent
Disability
or Death

($)
    Involuntary Termination  

Executive Benefits

and Payments Upon

Termination

  Good
Reason

($)
    Retirement (1)
($)
      For
Cause

($)
    Not For
Cause

($)
    Change in
Control

($)
 

Compensation

           

Severance (9)

    900,000        —          —          —          900,000        —     

Annual Incentive (10)

    321,933        —          —          —          321,933        —     

Long-term Incentives

           

Stock Options

    —          —          0        —          —          50,334   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (4)

           

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

    —          —          46,884        —          —          294,204   

(Unvested and Accelerated or Continued Vesting) (5)

           

Benefits and Perquisites

           

Life Insurance Payment (6)

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

LTD Insurance Payment (11)

    —          —          1,696,000        —          —          —     

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation (8)

    32,281        —          —          —          32,281        —     

Excise Tax Gross Up

    —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

    1,254,214        —          1,742,884        —          1,254,214        344,538   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) None of the NEOs is eligible for retirement as of December 28, 2013.
(2)

Assuming that Mr. Lederer executes (and does not later revoke) a release agreement, his severance payment is equal to 24 months of his annual base salary and shall be paid in equal installments over 24 months. In the

 

143


Table of Contents
  event Mr. Lederer’s termination of employment falls within 24 months following a change in control, the severance amount shall be paid in a lump sum on the 60th day after the date of termination, assuming Mr. Lederer executes (and does not later revoke) a release agreement. This amount does not include the value of any outplacement benefit.
(3) This amount is in addition to the 2013 Annual Incentive Award. Subject to execution (without revocation) of a release agreement, this amount shall equal the product of (a) the NEO’s average target achievement, which is calculated as the sum of the NEO’s target bonus percentage actually earned the annual incentive program for each of the two most recently completed calendar years for which annual cash bonus earnings have been finally determined as of the date of termination, and divided by two; (b) the NEO’s current target bonus percentage, multiplied by (c) the NEO’s current Annual Base salary, multiplied by (d) two. This amount shall be paid in equal installments over 24 months. In the event Mr. Lederer’s termination of employment falls within 24 months following a change in control, this amount will be paid in a lump sum on the on the 60th day after the date of termination, assuming Mr. Lederer executes (and does not later revoke) a release agreement.
(4) The amounts shown include the difference between the exercise prices of the unvested options that would accelerate due to a change in control, and $6.00, the most recent good faith determination of the fair market value of USF Holdings common stock made by the board of directors as of December 3, 2013, multiplied by the number of these options outstanding. This value is calculated based on the assumption that the investors achieve liquidity on the entire aggregate investment, so the outstanding performance options vest.
(5) These amounts reflect the outstanding RSUs that would vest upon a change in control, multiplied by $6.00, the most recent good faith determination of the fair market value of USF Holdings common stock made by the board of directors as of December 3, 2013.
(6) No NEO has basic and supplemental life insurance coverage (Company provided or purchased) beyond the $1.5 million maximum benefit amount for employees (excluding executive officers or region presidents).
(7) Mr. Lederer has not elected Long Term Disability (LTD) insurance coverage provided by US Foods.
(8) Assuming the NEO elects to enroll in COBRA for medical and dental coverage, this amount includes the estimated grossed up lump sum payment to be paid to the NEO under the severance agreement, to cover the COBRA premiums for 24 months for Mr. Lederer and 18 months for the other NEOs, who currently have US Foods medical and/or dental insurance. These amounts assume that the NEOs do not have unused vacation.
(9) Assuming the NEO executes (and does not later revoke) a Release Agreement, the amount of severance is equal to 18 months of the respective annual base salary and shall be paid in equal installments over the period of 18 months. This amount does not include the value of outplacement benefits.
(10) This amount is in addition to the 2013 Annual Incentive Award. Subject to execution (without revocation) of the Release Agreement, this amount shall equal the product of a) the executive’s average target achievement, which is calculated as the sum of the executive’s target bonus percentage actually earned by the person under the Company’s annual incentive program for each of the two most recently completed calendar years for which annual cash bonus earnings have been finally determined, as of the date of termination, and divided by two; b) the executive’s current target bonus percentage, multiplied by c) the executive’s current Annual Base salary, multiplied by d) one and one- half. This amount shall be paid in equal installments over a period of 18 months.
(11) Each NEO who has elected Long Term Disability Insurance coverage would exceed the monthly maximum benefit amount of $20,000 under the Executive Long Term Disability plan. So this amount reflects the difference between the maximum benefit amounts between the Long Term Disability plan and the Executive Long Term Disability plan ($8,000), multiplied the number of months until retirement age under the Social Security Act, where retirement depends on the year of birth.
(12) On August 16, 2013, Mr. Swanson notified the Company of his intention to resign as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of the Company, effective August 30, 2013. In connection with his departure, Mr. Swanson will receive severance in accordance with his previously disclosed agreement. He forfeited all non-vested equity awards. The values disclosed under Voluntary Termination—Good Reason, and Involuntary Termination—Not For Cause are the actual amounts provided to Mr. Swanson per the previously disclosed severance agreement.

 

144


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Recoupment Policy

While no official policy exists, in the event of a restatement of our financial results—other than a restatement due to a change in accounting policy—the Compensation Committee intends to review all incentive payments made to Annual Incentive Plan participants, including our NEOs, within the 36-month period prior to the restatement. This will be done on the basis of having met or exceeded specific performance targets in Annual Incentive Plan awards or equity incentive grants.

If the incentive payments would have been lower had they been calculated based on the restated results, the Compensation Committee intends—to the extent permitted by applicable law—to seek to recoup any excess payments for the benefit of US Foods. The committee anticipates that future Annual Incentive Plan awards and equity incentive grants will contain a contractual provision binding the grantee to this recovery right.

The Compensation Committee has the sole discretion—subject to applicable law—to determine the form and timing of the recoupment. This may include repayment from the Annual Incentive Plan participant and/or equity incentive grant participant, or an adjustment to the payout of a future incentive award.

Tax Impact on Compensation

Income Deduction Limitations (Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code)

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which applies to any publicly held corporation, generally sets a limit of $1 million on the amount of non-performance-based compensation that companies may deduct for federal income tax purposes in any given year, with respect to the compensation of each of the NEOs other than the Chief Financial Officer. Because neither our parent nor we have publicly held equity, we are not subject to Section 162(m). Going forward, we will continue to consider the impact of Section 162(m).

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code deals specifically with the taxation of non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements. We designed all of our executive benefit plans—including our Severance Agreements and the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan—so they are exempt from, or otherwise comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

Compensation Risk Analysis

In consultation with the Compensation Committee, members of the Human Resources, Legal and Finance organizations assessed whether our compensation policies and practices encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking by our employees, including those other than our NEOs. As a result of the assessment, we concluded that our plans and policies do not encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking and determined these policies or practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of the Compensation Committee of USF Holding are Michael Calbert, Nathaniel H. Taylor, Edward M. Liddy, and Richard Schnall. The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our executive compensation. No compensation committee interlock relationship existed in 2013.

Director Compensation

See “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” for information about the compensation of the directors of USF Holding Corp. All of the directors of US Foods are our employees , and they do not receive additional compensation for their service on our board,

 

145


Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table includes information as of December 31, 2013, on the ownership of the common stock of USF Holding Corp. in these ways:

 

    Each person known to own beneficially more than 5% of the common stock of USF Holding Corp.

 

    Each of the directors of USF Holding Corp.

 

    Each of our Named Executive Officers

 

    All of our executive officers and directors of USF Holding Corp. as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. A person is also deemed a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be acquired this way are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing a person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities to which that person has no economic interest. As of December 28, 2013, 457,023,499 shares of common stock outstanding of USF Holding Corp. were outstanding.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power for the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each individual listed below is c/o US Foods, Inc., 9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 500, Rosemont, IL 60018.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Holder (1)

  Number      Percent  

Investment Funds Associated With or Managed By Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (2)(3)

    225,000,000         49.23

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P.

    120,000,000         26.26

Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P.

    35,000,000         7.66

CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P.

    854,416         *   

CDR USF Co-Investor, L.P.

    49,145,584         10.75

CDR USF Co-Investor No. 2, L.P.

    20,000,000         4.38

Investment Funds Associated With Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. (3)(4)

    225,000,000         49.23

KKR 2006 Fund L.P.

    199,530,000         43.66

KKR PEI Investments, L.P.

    20,000,000         4.38

KKR Partners III, L.P.

    3,670,000         *   

OPERF Co-Investment LLC

    1,800,000         *   

Directors and Named Executive Officers

    

Edward M. Liddy (5)

    —          —    

Richard J. Schnall (5)

    —          —    

Nathan K. Sleeper (5)

    —          —    

Michael Calbert (6)

    —          —    

Nathaniel H. Taylor (6)

    —          —    

John A. Lederer (7)(8)

    3,531,404         *   

Fareed Khan (8)

    131,333         *   

Allan D. Swanson (8)(9)

    1,695,165         *   

Stuart S. Schuette (8)

    651,397         *   

Pietro Satriano (8)

    570,507         *   

Mark Scharbo (8)

    150,001         *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (15 people)

    8,564,150         1.87

 

* less than 1%

 

146


Table of Contents
(1) This table represents shares of common stock of USF Holding Corp., our direct parent, which owns all of the outstanding shares of US Foods, Inc. As set forth in this table, investment funds associated with or managed by the Sponsors currently beneficially own, in the aggregate, a majority of the outstanding shares of USF Holding Corp. common stock.
(2) Represents shares held by the following investment funds associated with or managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”): a) 120,000,000 shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd.; b) 35,000,000 shares of common stock held by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd., whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates VII, L.P.; c) 854,416 shares of common stock held by CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., whose general partner is CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd.; d) 49,145,584 shares of common stock held by CDR USF Co-Investor, L.P. whose general partner is CDR USF Co-Investor GP Limited, whose sole stockholder is Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., and e) 20,000,000 shares of common stock held by CDR USF Co-Investor No. 2, L.P. whose general partner is CDR USF Co-Investor GP No. 2, Limited, whose sole stockholder is CD&R Associates VII, L.P. (collectively, the “CD&R Funds”). CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd. are each managed by a two-person board of directors. Donald J. Gogel and Kevin J. Conway as the directors of CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. and CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the funds associated with CD&R. Such persons disclaim such beneficial ownership. Investment and voting decisions with respect to shares held by each of the CD&R Funds are made by an investment committee of limited partners of CD&R Associates VII, L.P., currently consisting of more than 10 individuals (the “Investment Committee”). All members of the Investment Committee disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares shown as beneficially owned by the investment funds managed by CD&R. The address for each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VII, L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment), Ltd. and CD&R Investment Associates VII, Ltd. is c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. The address for CD&R is 375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10152.
(3) USF Holding Corp. and US Foods, Inc. are a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement, among each of them and the Sponsors. Among other things, USF Holding Corp. and each stockholder that is a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement, is required to take all necessary action to cause the Board nominees that the Sponsors have chosen to be elected. These actions include recommending the nominees of the Sponsors to our Board for inclusion in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board to stockholders for election. (See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement”).
(4)

Represents shares held by the following investment funds associated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P.: a) 199,530,000 shares of common stock held by KKR 2006 Fund L.P., b) 20,000,000 shares of common stock held by KKR PEI Investments, L.P.; c) 3,670,000 shares of common stock held by KKR Partners III, L.P.; and d) 1,800,000 shares of common stock held by OPERF Co-Investment LLC (collectively, the “KKR Funds”). The sole general partner of the KKR 2006 Fund L.P. is KKR Associates 2006 L.P., and the sole general partner of KKR Associates 2006 L.P. is KKR 2006 GP LLC. The designated member of KKR 2006 GP LLC is KKR Fund Holdings L.P. The sole general partner of KKR PEI Investments, L.P. is KKR PEI Associates, L.P., and the sole general partner of KKR PEI Associates, L.P. is KKR PEI GP Limited. The sole shareholder of KKR PEI GP Limited is KKR Fund Holdings L.P. Messrs. Henry Kravis and George Roberts have also been designated as managers of KKR 2006 GP LLC by KKR Fund Holdings L.P. KKR III GP LLC is the sole general partner of KKR Partners III, L.P. The managers of KKR III GP LLC are Messrs. Kravis and Roberts. The manager of OPERF Co-Investment LLC is KKR Associates 2006 L.P. The general partners of KKR Fund Holdings L.P. are KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited and KKR Group Holdings L.P. The sole shareholder of KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited is KKR Group Holdings L.P. The sole general partner of KKR Group Holdings L.P. is KKR Group Limited. The sole shareholder of KKR Group Limited is KKR & Co. L.P. The sole general partner of KKR & Co. L.P. is

 

147


Table of Contents
  KKR Management LLC. The designated members of KKR Management LLC are Messrs. Kravis and Roberts. Each of the KKR entities and Messrs. Kravis and Roberts may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the KKR Funds, but each has disclaimed beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent directly held. The address for all entities noted above and for Mr. Kravis is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4200, New York, NY 10019. The address for Mr. Roberts is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(5) Does not include 225,000,000 shares of common stock held by investment funds associated with or managed by CD&R. Messrs. Liddy, Schnall, and Sleeper are directors of USF Holding Corp. and executives of CD&R. They disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by investment funds associated with or managed by CD&R.
(6) Does not include 225,000,000 shares of common stock held by investment funds associated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. Messrs. Calbert and Taylor are directors of USF Holding Corp. and executives of KKR. They disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by investment funds associated with KKR.
(7) Does not include 450,000,000 shares of common stock held by investment funds associated with or managed by the Sponsors. Mr. Lederer is a director of USF Holding Corp. and is a Sponsor Nominee designated jointly by the Sponsors. Mr. Lederer disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by investment funds associated with or managed by the Sponsors.
(8) Includes restricted stock, shares that were purchased pursuant to USF Holding Corp.’s employee stock purchase plan, and vested options exercisable within 60 days. This does not include unvested restricted stock units or unvested options. No unvested restricted stock units or unvested options are scheduled to vest within 60 days.
(9) On August 16, 2013, Mr. Swanson notified the Company of his intention to resign as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of the Company, effective August 30, 2013. All of his non-vested equity awards were forfeited. In connection with Mr. Swanson’s departure, the Compensation Committee of the USF Holding board, pursuant to its authority under the terms of the existing equity compensation agreements with Mr. Swanson, determined that Mr. Swanson shall retain one-third (1/3) of his vested equity holdings in USF Holding and received cash compensation for the remaining two-thirds (2/3) of his vested equity holdings.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Agreements with Sponsor Investors

Following the 2007 Transactions, investment funds affiliated with or managed by each of the Sponsors own approximately one-half of all of the outstanding capital stock of our ultimate parent company, USF Holding Corp. Certain members of management also own common stock of USF Holding Corp. USF Holding Corp. entered into a stockholders agreement with its stockholders simultaneous with the closing of the 2007 Transactions.

This stockholders agreement contains agreements that entitle investment funds affiliated with both of the Sponsors to elect (or cause to be elected) all of USF Holding Corp.’s directors. The directors include three designees of investment funds affiliated with CD&R (one of whom shall serve as the chairman), and three designees of investment funds affiliated with KKR (one of whom shall serve as chairman of the Executive Committee and one of whom shall serve as chairman of the Compensation Committee), subject to adjustment if the ownership percentage of shares of USF Holding Corp. owned by investment funds affiliated with or managed by the applicable Sponsor decrease by more than a specified amount of their shareholdings in USF Holding Corp. The stockholders agreement also grants to investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors special governance rights. These include rights of approval over certain corporate and other transactions, and certain rights regarding the appointment and removal of our Chief Executive Officer, for so long as they and other investment funds affiliated with or managed by the applicable Sponsor maintain certain specified minimum levels of shareholdings in USF Holding Corp.

 

148


Table of Contents

This stockholders agreement gives investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors’ preemptive rights with respect to certain issuances of equity securities of USF Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries, including us, subject to certain exceptions. It also contains restrictions on the transfer of shares of USF Holding Corp., as well as tag-along rights, drag-along rights and rights of first offer.

Consulting Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

Upon completion of the 2007 Transactions, USF Holding Corp. and we entered into a consulting agreement with both of the Sponsors (or one of their affiliates), under which such Sponsor or its affiliate provides USF Holding Corp., us and our subsidiaries with financial advisory and management consulting services. We pay a combined monthly management fee of $0.8 million to the Sponsors (or their affiliates) for these services, plus expenses, unless the Sponsors unanimously agree to a higher amount, and may pay to them a fee for certain types of transactions that USF Holding Corp. or we complete. For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, we paid $10 million in management fees and related expenses. We also entered into indemnification agreements with USF Holding Corp., the Sponsors, and USF Holding Corp. stockholders affiliated with the Sponsors. Under these agreements, USF Holding Corp. and we indemnify the Sponsors, the USF Holding Corp. stockholders affiliated with the Sponsors, and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives and controlling persons, against certain liabilities arising out of performance of the consulting agreement and certain other claims and liabilities.

USF Holding Corp. and the Company have in the past received financial and management services from an affiliate of one of the Sponsors. No such services were received by us in fiscal 2013 and no payments for such services were made in 2013.

Management Stockholders Agreements

In connection with the purchase of stock of USF Holding Corp., certain of our executive officers entered into agreements with USF Holding Corp. and the Sponsors. These included management stockholder’s agreements, sale and participation agreements, and subscription agreements, under which our executives purchased common stock (and were granted additional options to acquire common stock) of USF Holding Corp. These agreements contain, among other things, restrictions on the transfer of shares of USF Holding Corp., as well as tag-along rights, drag- along rights and rights of first offer. On May 28, 2013, the board of directors of USF Holding, parent of US Foods, adopted an amended form of management stockholder’s agreement.

Certain Payments in Connection with Refinancings

Affiliates of KKR received approximately $3.2 million in underwriting discounts and fees in connection with the initial private placements of our Senior Notes.

In connection with the June 2013 Refinancing, we paid affiliates of KKR approximately $0.4 million in transaction fees.

Financing Arrangements

Entities affiliated with our Sponsors are lenders on some of our debt facilities. As of December 28, 2013, entities affiliated KKR, with one of our sponsors, held approximately $2 million of our Senior Notes and $287 million of our Amended 2011 Term Loan. Entities affiliated with KKR are also lenders on the Senior ABL Facility. As of December 28, 2013, there were $20 million of outstanding borrowings under this facility. We used a portion of the proceeds from issuing Senior Notes in December 2012 and issuing Senior Notes in January 2013 and cash on hand to repurchase $166 million and $355 million, respectively, in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes, which were owned by an affiliate of CD&R, at a price equal to 105.625% of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for more detailed descriptions of these facilities and the repurchase of Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

149


Table of Contents

Policy and Procedures For Reviewing Related Party Transactions

We have not formally adopted a written policy and procedure governing the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The board selected Deloitte & Touche, LLP, as our independent auditors for 2013. The Audit Committee pre-approves all auditing services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditors.

With respect to fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, the aggregate fees billed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, as applicable, were as follows:

 

     2013      2012  

Audit fees (1)

   $ 2,962,100       $ 2,938,900   

Audit related fees (1)

     123,510         140,467   

Tax fees (2)

     108,750         105,650   

All other fees (3)

     25,000         293,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,219,360       $ 3,478,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) For fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, audit fees included aggregate fees billed by Deloitte & Touche, LLP for the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and fees billed for the review of the Company’s interim financial statements. For fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, audit fees also included fees billed in connection with the US Foods, Inc. registration statements on Form S-4 and Form S-1 and 144A offerings for the issuance of the Company’s Senior Notes.
(2) For fiscal 2013 and 2012, tax fees consisted of a variety of tax consultation services.
(3) For fiscal 2012, other fees included public reporting entity consultation services.

 

150


Table of Contents

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) 1. Financial Statements:

The following financial statements of US Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included elsewhere in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

  3. Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by this reference and filed as part of this report.

 

151


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

US FOODS, INC.

(Registrant)

By:

 

/s/     JOHN A. LEDERER

  Name:   John A. Lederer
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date

/s/    JOHN A. LEDERER

John. A, Lederer

  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 20, 2014

/s/    FAREED KHAN

Fareed Khan

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 20, 2014

/s/    JULIETTE W. PRYOR

Juliette W. Pryor

  Director   March 20, 2014

 

152


Table of Contents

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 8, 2013, by and among USF Holding Corp., Sysco Corporation, Scorpion Corporation I, Inc. and Scorpion Company II, LLC., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333- 185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 9, 2013.
3.1.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc. f/k/a JP Foodservice Distributors, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.1.2    Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc. f/k/a JP Foodservice Distributors, Inc.) with respect to the name change from JB Foodservice Distributors, Inc. to U.S. Foodservice, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.1.3    Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.) with respect to the name change from U.S. Foodservice, Inc. to US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.3    Articles of Formation of E&H Distributing, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.4    Limited Liability Company Agreement of E&H Distributing, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.5    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trans-Porte, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.6    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Trans-Porte, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.7.1    Certificate of Formation of Great North Imports, LLC (f/k/a USF NDG, LLC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.7.2    Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation of Great North Imports, LLC (f/k/a USF NDG, LLC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.8    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Great North Imports, LLC (f/k/a USF NDG, LLC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

 

153


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

3.9.1    Certificate of Formation of US Foods Culinary Equipment & Supplies, LLC (f/k/a Next Day Gourmet, LLC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.9.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.9.2    Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Formation of US Foods Culinary Equipment & Supplies, LLC (f/k/a Next Day Gourmet, LLC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.9.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
3.10    Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of US Foods Culinary Equipment & Supplies, LLC (f/k/a Next Day Gourmet, LLC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
4.1.1    Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2011, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association (f/k/a Wilmington FSB), as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
4.1.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 6, 2012, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association (f/k/a Wilmington FSB), as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
4.1.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 27, 2012, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association (f/k/a Wilmington FSB), as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
4.1.4    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated January 16, 2013, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association (f/k/a Wilmington FSB), as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1.4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed February 8, 2013.
4.1.5    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 19, 2013, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association (f/k/a Wilmington FSB), as Trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 19, 2013.
4.2    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2011, by and among US Foods, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as the representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
4.3    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2012, by and among US Foods, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as the representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

 

154


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

  4.4    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2012, by and among US Foods, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as the representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
  4.5    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2013, by and among US Foods, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as the representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed February 8, 2013.
  4.6    Form of 8.5% Senior Notes due 2019 (included in Exhibit 4.1.1).
10.1    Stockholders Agreement of USF Holding Corp., dated as of July 3, 2007, among USF Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), and each of the stockholders whose name appears on the signature pages thereof or who subsequently becomes a stockholder thereby, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.2    Letter Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, amending and restating Original Consulting Agreement among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.3    Letter Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, amending and restating Original Consulting Agreement among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (successor in interest to Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.4    Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, by and among USF Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), KKR 2006 Fund, L.P., KKR PEI Investments, L.P., KKR Partners III L.P., OPERF Co-Investment LLC, and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.5    Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, by and among USF Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CDR USF Co-Investor No.2, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Holdings, L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.6    Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2010, among the funds managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, set forth on Annex 1, CDR Manager, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Holdings, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.7    Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2010, among the funds managed by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., KKR, and US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

 

155


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

10.8    Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.9    Form of Sale Participation Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.10    Form of Subscription Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.11    Annual Incentive Plan of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 15, 2013.§
10.12    2007 Stock Incentive Plan of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.13    Form of Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 15, 2013. §
10.14    Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 15, 2013. §
10.15    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 15, 2013. §
10.16    2013 Annual Incentive Plan of US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 15, 2013.§
10.17    Severance Agreement, dated September 21, 2010, by and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice Inc.) and John A. Lederer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.18    Severance Agreement, dated June 12, 2009, by and between and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice Inc.) and Allan Swanson, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.19    Severance Agreement, dated August 10, 2009, by and between and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice Inc.) and Stuart Schuette, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.20    Severance Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and between and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice Inc.) and Pietro Satriano, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§

 

156


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

10.21    Severance Agreement, dated June 12, 2009, by and between and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice Inc.) and David Esler, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.§
10.22.1    Term Loan Credit Agreement (2007 Term Facility), dated July 3, 2007, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Term Collateral Agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Natixis, as Senior Managing Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.22.2    Amendment No. 1, dated June 6, 2012, to the 2007 Term Facility, entered into among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), each of the other Loan Parties as defined therein, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders, and the Lenders party thereto, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.22.3    Amendment No. 2, dated December 6, 2012, to the 2007 Term Facility, entered into among US Foods, Inc., each of the other Loan Parties as defined therein, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders, and the Lenders party thereto, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.23    Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated July 3, 2007, by US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and as Term Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.24    Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2007, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower signatory thereto, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, Revolving Collateral Agent, and Issuing Lender, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Natixis, as Senior Managing Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.25    Revolving Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2007, made by US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and as Revolving Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.26.1    ABL Credit Agreement (Senior ABL Facility), dated July 3, 2007, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower signatory thereto, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, ABL Collateral Agent, and Issuing Lender, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Natixis, as Senior Managing Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

 

157


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

10.26.2    Amendment No. 1, dated May 11, 2011 to the Senior ABL Facility, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower signatory thereto, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, ABL Collateral Agent, and Issuing Lender, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.26.3    Amendment No. 2, dated November 28, 2011 to the Senior ABL Facility, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower signatory thereto, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, ABL Collateral Agent, and Issuing Lender, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.26.4    Amendment No. 3, dated August 15, 2012 to the Senior ABL Facility, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower, certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower signatory thereto, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, ABL Collateral Agent, and Issuing Lender, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.27    ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2007, made by US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower and the several Subsidiary Borrowers signatory thereto, in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and as ABL Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.28.1    Credit Agreement (2011 Term Facility), dated May 11, 2011, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a/ U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as the Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.28.2    First Amendment, dated as of June 7, 2013, to the 2011 Term Facility, among US Foods, Inc., as the Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 28.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 333-189142) of US Foods, Inc. filed July 12, 2013.
10.29    Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2011, among U.S. Foods, Inc. (f/k/a/ U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), as Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and as Term Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.
10.30    2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holdings Corp. as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 30, 2013.§
10.31    Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 30, 2013.§
10.32    Form of Sale Participation Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 30, 2013.§

 

158


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Document Description

10.33    Form of Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 30, 2013.§
10.34    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 30, 2013.§
10.35    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 30, 2013.§
10.36    Offer letter, dated August 15, 2013, by and between Fareed A. Kahn and US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed November 7, 2013.§
10.37*    Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2013, by and between John A. Lederer and US Foods, Inc.§
10.38*    Severance Agreement, dated September 26, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Fareed Khan. §
10.39*    Severance Agreement, dated April 5, 2013, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Mark Scharbo. §
10.40*    Form of Amendment to Severance Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013, by and between US Foods, Inc. and each of Fareed Khan, Petro Satriano, Stuart S. Schuette and Mark Scharbo. §
10.41*    Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2013, by and among Sysco Corporation, Clayton Dubilier & Rice LLC, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and the stockholders named therein.
12.1*    Statements re Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
14.1*    Code of Conduct of US Foods. Inc.
21.1*    Subsidiaries of US Foods, Inc.
31.1*    Section 302 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*    Section 302 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1†    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2†    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101†    Interactive Data File.

 

* Filed herewith.
Furnished with this Report.
§ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

 

159

Exhibit 10.37

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of October 1, 2013 (the “ Grant Date ”), between USF Holding, Corp., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “ Company ”), and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or of a Service Recipient, hereinafter referred to as the “ Grantee ”.

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant Grantee a number of Restricted Stock Units, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Plan (the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement), and a Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as such terms are defined in the Plan (as such term is defined below) or the Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

(a) “ Aggregate Investment ” shall mean the total amount of all equity securities of the Company held by the Investors, directly and indirectly (taking into account any adjustment as a result of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

(b) “ Base Price ” shall mean the effective per share price paid by the Investors in the Merger (e.g. $5.00, as adjusted).

(c) “ Fair Market Value ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

(d) “ Investor IRR ” shall mean, on any given date, a pretax compounded annual internal rate of return realized by the Investors after December 27, 2007 (the “ Closing Date ”) on any Shares held by the Investors on a per Share, fully diluted basis (including all Shares subject to all outstanding options granted to any persons under the Plan), based on the Aggregate Investment; provided, however, that (a) any calculation of Investor IRR will, for purposes of any sale or disposition following a Qualified Public Offering, be calculated solely with respect to that portion of the Aggregate Investment actually sold or otherwise disposed of in the applicable transaction, and (b) in any event, Investor IRR will not be calculated taking into account the receipt by the Investors or any of their Affiliates of any management, monitoring, transaction or other fees (including transaction advisory fees and related expenses) payable to such parties by the Company.

(e) “ Investor Return ” shall mean, on any date, as determined on a cumulative, fully diluted per Share basis (including all Shares subject to all outstanding options granted to any persons under the Plan), all cash and marketable securities received by the Investors after the Closing Date on any Share held by the Investors as proceeds in any sale or other disposition of such Share, and any extraordinary cash dividends paid on such Share; provided, however, that any calculations of Investor Return will, for purposes of: (a) any sale or disposition following a Qualified Public Offering, also include all cash and marketable securities ultimately received by the Investors after the Closing Date as proceeds from any extraordinary dividend and the sale or other disposition of any illiquid property (e.g.,


equity securities of another corporation or debt securities) received in exchange for or in respect of a Share, which for such purposes shall be deemed received on the date such illiquid property is received; (b) any sale or disposition following a Qualified Public Offering, be calculated solely with respect to that portion of the Aggregate Investment actually sold or otherwise disposed of; and (c) any Change in Control, also include the fair market value of any illiquid property received in exchange for or in respect of a Share.

(f) “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean any sale or other disposition of Shares, in one transaction or a series of transactions (including, without limitation, a Change in Control), in which (i) the Investors achieve an Investor IRR of at least 20% and (ii) the Investors earn an Investor Return of at least 3.0 times the Base Price on the Aggregate Investment.

(g) “ Permanent Disability ” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any employment agreement or other severance agreement in effect at the time of termination of employment (or as previously in effect immediately prior to any expiration of such agreement due to a Company nonrenewal of the agreement term) between the Grantee and the Company or any Service Recipient (an “ Employment Agreement ”) or, if there is no such Employment Agreement, “Disability” as defined in the long-term disability plan of the Company (or Service Recipient sponsoring such plan).

(h) “ Plan ” means the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates, as amended from time to time.

(i) “ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean, after a Public Offering, the Investors sell, in one transaction or a series of transactions, an aggregate of at least 35% of the Aggregate Investment.

(j) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a notional unit of one share of Common Stock, an aggregate number of which are granted under Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

(k) “ Settlement Date ” means the date that is no later than sixty (60) days following the vesting date of the applicable number of the Restricted Stock Units as provided hereunder.

Section 2. Grant and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, as of the date hereof, the Company hereby grants to Grantee the Restricted Stock Units, each as may become vested as set forth below. Any Restricted Stock Units that become vested pursuant to this Section 2 shall hereafter be referred to as “ Vested Restricted Stock Units .”

(b) Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. So long as the Grantee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through the applicable vesting date, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as set forth in this Section 2(b) below, as applicable:

(i) Restricted Stock Units- General Vesting Schedule. The Restricted Stock Units shall become vested with respect to 100% of the Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Unit on December 31, 2014 (the “ Vesting Date ”).

(ii) Change in Control Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, so long as the Grantee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through the date of such occurrence, the Restricted Stock Unit shall become immediately vested as to 100% of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit immediately prior to a Change in Control (but only to the extent such Restricted Stock Unit has not otherwise terminated or vested).

 

- 2 -


(c) In the event that Grantee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients terminates due to the Employee’s death or Permanent Disability, a pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the Vesting Date will vest upon such date of termination of employment. In each case, such pro rata portion will be determined based on the quotient of (i) the number of days the Grantee worked during the period between the Grant Date and the Vesting Date and (ii) the total number of days in such period.

Section 3. Termination of Employment . In the event of any termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients for any reason, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(c) above, then all unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination, and Grantee shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

Section 4. Settlement of the Restricted Stock Units . Vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in shares of Common Stock on the applicable Settlement Date (for the avoidance of doubt, regardless of whether Grantee is employed by the Company on such date), with such Shares to be delivered to Grantee on such date; provided , however , that if a Settlement Date occurs prior to the occurrence of a Public Offering, Grantee may satisfy the minimum statutory tax withholding obligation associated with the settlement of the Vested Restricted Stock Units (the “ Minimum Tax ”) by having the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable to Grantee upon such settlement having an aggregate Fair Market Value on such Settlement Date equal to the amount of such minimum withholding obligation. Subject to the foregoing proviso, it shall be a condition of the obligation of the Company, upon delivery of the shares of Common Stock to Grantee as provided in the previous sentence, that Grantee pay to the Company such amount as may be required for the purpose of satisfying any liability for any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to the settlement of the Vested Restricted Stock Units in such Common Stock. Grantee shall make such arrangements with the Company to provide for the satisfaction of such withholding including, without limitation, authorizing the Company to withhold Common Stock otherwise deliverable to Grantee hereunder and/or withholding amounts from any compensation or other amount owing from the Company to Grantee.

Section 5. Management Stockholder’s Agreement. Sale Participation Agreement and Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement .

(a) The shares of Common Stock received by Grantee upon settlement of the Vested Restricted Stock Units (any such shares “ RSU Stock ”) shall, to the extent applicable, be subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, Sale Participation Agreement and the Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement as amended from time to time). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or Non-Solicitation and Non- Disclosure Agreement or herein:

(b) if, on July 1, 2015, the Grantee is employed with the Company or any Service Recipient, and no Liquidity Event has occurred on or prior to such date, then the Grantee shall have the right to cause the Company to purchase all of the Vested RSU Stock delivered to the Grantee under this Agreement, as if an event giving rise to rights under Section 4 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement had occurred on June 30, 2015, in accordance with and pursuant to the terms thereof, except that the “Put Period” as defined therein shall for these purposes be defined solely as the calendar day of July 1, 2015; and

 

- 3 -


(c) If , at any time while Grantee is employed with the Company or any Service Recipient during the twelve months following the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”): (a) Grantee breaches any of the restrictive covenants contained in the Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement or (b) the Committee reasonably determines that the Grantee has at any time engaged in ethical misconduct in violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct, which the Committee reasonably determines caused material business or reputational harm to the Company, then the Committee may, to the extent permitted by governing law, elect to impose the requirements of Section 6 below (any such foregoing event, a “ Clawback Event ”).

Section 6. Clawback/Recoupment .

(a) If the Committee reasonably determines that a Clawback Event has occurred, the Committee may require Grantee: (i) to forfeit any unvested Restricted Stock Units and/or to return all, or such portion as the Committee may determine, of the shares of RSU Stock then held by Grantee, which Grantee received within the Clawback Period (as defined below); and/or (ii) to the extent that such determination occurs after the Company has purchased RSU Stock received by Grantee within the Clawback Period from Grantee pursuant to the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to reimburse to the Company any payment(s) received from the Company in connection with such purchase; and/or (iii) to pay to the Company the full value of the RSU Stock Grantee received upon vesting of this Grant during the Clawback Period, if Grantee previously sold or otherwise disposed of any such RSU Stock to a third party prior to the Committee determining that a Clawback Event has or had occurred. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Clawback Period ” means the three-year period immediately preceding the earlier of (x) a Clawback Event and (y) the Termination Date.

(b) In the event the foregoing Section 6(a) applies, the Company may, at its sole election:

(i) require the Grantee to return such RSU Stock, and/or pay such amount as determined in such provision in a cash lump sum, in each case within 30 days of such determination;

(ii) deduct the amount from any other compensation owed to the Grantee (as a condition to acceptance of this Grant, the Grantee agrees to permit the deduction provided for by this subsection) the value of such RSU Stock and/or amount otherwise due thereunder, as applicable; or

(iii) a combination of subsections (b)(i) and (b)(ii).

(c) By accepting this Grant, the Grantee agrees that timely payment to the Company as set forth in this Section 6 is reasonable and necessary, and that timely payment to the Company as set forth in this Section 6 is not a penalty, and it does not preclude the Company from seeking all other remedies that may be available to the Company. The Grantee further acknowledges and agrees that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall be cancelled and forfeited without payment by the Company if the Committee reasonably determines that the Grantee has engaged in the conduct specified under Section 5.

Section 7. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. For the avoidance of doubt and for purposes of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Sale Participation Agreement, only shares of Common Stock due to be delivered to Grantee in respect of Vested Restricted Stock Units on or after any applicable vesting date hereunder that has occurred shall be considered “Stock” under the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and “Common Stock” that is eligible to be included in any Request (as defined in the Sale Participation Agreement) for purposes of the Sale Participation Agreement.

 

- 4 -


Section 8. No Rights as Stockholder. Grantee shall not have any rights of a stockholder, including voting rights and actual dividend rights with respect to the Shares subject to the grant of Restricted Stock Units hereunder unless and until Grantee becomes the record holder of those Shares following their actual issuance to Grantee and Grantee’s satisfaction of the applicable withholding taxes pursuant to Section 4 above.

Section 9. Conditions to Issuance of Stock

The Shares deliverable upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased (if certificates are issued, or if certificates are not issued, to register the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(i) The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

(ii) The execution by the Grantee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, a Sale Participation Agreement and a Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement (as amended from time to time); and

(iii) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the vesting of Restricted Stock Units as the Committee may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience or as may otherwise be required by applicable law.

Section 10. Successors and Assigns .

(a) The Company . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, and may be assigned by the Company to, any purchaser of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets or any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise).

(b) Grantee . Grantee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Grantee by assignment, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or otherwise encumbered or disposed of , without the prior written consent of the Company; provided , however , that if Grantee shall die, all amounts then payable to Grantee hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Grantee’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Grantee’s estate.

Section 11. Investment Representation . Grantee hereby acknowledges that the Restricted Stock Units and RSU Stock shall not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of an effective registration statement for the shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and applicable state securities laws or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and any applicable state securities laws or as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan. Grantee also agrees that the Restricted Stock Units and RSU Stock which Grantee acquires pursuant to this Agreement will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner which would constitute a violation of any applicable securities laws, whether federal or state.

 

- 5 -


Section 12. Registration of RSU Stock . The Company shall register the issuance of any RSU Stock in the Grantee’s name on the stock transfer books of the Company promptly after the Settlement Date relating to such RSU Stock, with the restrictions imposed on such RSU Stock under this Agreement and such other restrictions referenced in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement (including, without limitation that such RSU Stock may be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Board may deem reasonably advisable under the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such RSU Stock is listed, and any applicable federal or state laws and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws) also recorded in such stock transfer books, to be removed as applicable.

Section 13. Binding Effect; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company (including Service Recipients) and Grantee and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Company (including Service Recipients) and the Grantee and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and permitted assigns. The parties agree that this Agreement shall survive the issuance of the RSU Stock.

Section  1 4. Notice . Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided, provided that, unless and until some other address be so designated, all notices or communications by Grantee to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal Grantee office, and all notices or communications by the Company to Grantee may be given to Grantee personally or may be mailed to Grantee at Grantee’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records.

Section 15. Changes in Capital Structure . The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall be adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Board or the Committee, as applicable, in accordance with Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan.

Section 16. No Right to Continued Service . This Agreement does not confer upon Grantee any right to continue as an employee of the Company or any Service Recipient, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Service Recipient to terminate Grantee’s employment at any time for any reason.

Section 17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

Section 18. Compliance with Section 409A . The provisions of Section 10(c) of the Plan are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof.

Section 19. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

- 6 -


Section 20. Arbitration . In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place within Chicago, Illinois. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning, subject to enforcement of the arbitration award hereunder or for vacation or modification thereof as provided under the Federal Arbitration Act, Title 9 U.S. Code Chapter I. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall split the cost of the arbitrator and shall otherwise bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

*            *             *

[Signatures to appear on the following page]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

USF HOLDING CORP.
By:  

/s/ Juliette W. Pryor

 

Juliette W. Pryor

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel, and

Chief Compliance Officer

GRANTEE:

/s/ John A. Lederer

John A. Lederer

 

Restricted Stock Unit Grants :   

Aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Units

granted hereunder (100% of number of shares):

   166.667

Signature Page of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-Lederer

Exhibit 10.38

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Severance Agreement (the “Agreement” ) , effective as of the date set forth below, is made and entered into by and between US Foods, Inc. (the “Employer” ) and Fareed Khan (the “Executive” ) .

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Employer and the Executive intend to be legally bound and agree as follows:

1. Employment At Will . Executive agrees that no provision in this agreement shall be construed to create an express or implied employment contract or a promise of employment for any specific period of time. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s employment with the Company is “at will” (unless Executive entered into a written employment contract, signed by an officer of the Employer who is authorized to do so, that expressly provides that Executive’s employment is not “at will”) and can be terminated at any time by the Employer or the Executive, for any reason or for no reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive agrees to provide the Company with forty-five (45) days notice of his or her intent to terminate the employment relationship; provided, however, that such notice period may be waived by the Company in its discretion, upon request by the Executive.

2. Duration of Agreement . The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of execution of this Agreement by both parties as set forth below (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue through December 31, 2013 (the “Term”). Upon expiration of the initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one year terms (each renewal shall hereinafter also be referred to as the “Term”), unless the Employer provides at least ninety (90) days advance written notice to the Executive prior to the end of the initial Term or any subsequent one year Term of its intent not to renew the Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if such notice is provided, the Executive may resign by providing written notice of resignation to the Employer at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Term, and such resignation shall be treated as a resignation for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. A resignation by Executive under such circumstances shall be effective as of the last day of the Term.

3. Duties . During the Term, the Executive will serve as the Chief Financial Officer for the Employer. The Executive will have the powers and authority normally associated with such position. The Employer reserves the right to change the Executive’s office or title from time to time during the Term. In addition, the Executive will assume such other responsibilities, consistent with Executive’s position, as the Employer may delegate to the Executive from time to time. The Executive will be employed on a full-time basis and shall devote his or her full employment time, efforts and energy to the performance of his or her duties for the Employer.


4. Termination . The Executive shall be entitled to the following payments and benefits should his or her employment with the Employer terminate under the conditions described below:

4.1 Good Reason Termination. The Executive may terminate his or her employment for “Good Reason” at any time upon forty-five (45) days notice to the Employer. For this purpose, “ Good Reason ” shall be deemed to exist if, absent the Executive’s written consent: (i) there is a material diminution in title and/or duties, responsibilities or authority of the Executive, including a change in reporting responsibilities specified in Attachment B (except that a decrease in job grade, standing alone, will not qualify as a material diminution) (a “ Material Diminution ”); (ii) the Employer changes the geographic location of the Executive’s principal place of business to a location that is at least 50 miles away from the geographic location of the Executive’s principal place of business prior to such change (“Relocation”) ; (iii) there is a willful failure or refusal by the Employer to perform any material obligation under this Agreement; or (iv) there is a reduction in the Executive’s annual rate of base salary as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or as the same may be increased hereafter) (“ Annual Base Salary”) or annual bonus target percentage of base salary as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or as the same may be increased hereafter) (the “ Target Bonus Percentage ”), other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting at least ninety percent (90%) of the executives of the Employer holding positions of comparable levels of responsibility (or who are otherwise commonly aggregated for purposes of applying compensation and benefits programs) and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Target Bonus Percentage, in the aggregate, when combined with any such prior reductions; provided , however , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, that if the condition described in clause (iv) occurs and the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then any severance payments or benefits determined under this Agreement with reference to the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Target Bonus Percentage, shall instead be determined prior to any reduction in the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Target Bonus Percentage described in clause (iv) of this Agreement. In any case of any event described in clauses (i) through (iv) above, the Executive shall only have ninety (90) days from the date the event that constitutes Good Reason first arises to provide the Employer with written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination, and the Employer shall have a period of 30 days to cure after receipt of the written notice. Resignation by the Executive following Employer’s cure or before the expiration of the 30-day cure period shall constitute a voluntary resignation and not a termination for Good Reason.

4.2 For Cause Termination. The Employer may terminate Executive’s employment for “Cause” at any time upon written notice to the Executive. For this purpose, “Cause” shall be deemed to exist if (i) the Employer determines in good faith and following a reasonable investigation that the Executive has committed fraud, theft or embezzlement from the Employer; (ii) the Executive pleads guilty or nolo contendere to

 

- 2 -


or is convicted of any felony or other crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; (iii) the Executive willfully fails or refuses to perform any material obligation under this Agreement or to carry out the reasonable directives of the Executive’s supervisor, and the Executive fails to cure the same within a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure is provided the Executive by the Employer; or (iv) the Executive has engaged in on-the-job conduct that violates the Employer’s written Code of Ethics or company policies, and which is materially detrimental to the Employer. The Executive’s resignation in advance of an anticipated termination for Cause shall constitute a termination for Cause.

4.3 Disability . The Executive’s employment and this Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s “Permanent Disability”; provided , however , that the Agreement shall remain in force solely for the purpose of payment of any benefits which accrued or were triggered prior to or by reason of the Executive’s “Permanent Disability”. For this purpose, a “Permanent Disability” shall be deemed to exist if the Executive becomes eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under any long-term disability plan or program maintained by the Employer for its employees.

4.4 Death . This Agreement shall terminate upon the Executive’s death; provided, however, that the Agreement shall remain in force solely for the purpose of payment of any benefits which accrued or were triggered prior to or by reason of the Executive’s death, and in such event such benefits, if any, shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary.

5. Compensation and Benefits Upon Termination .

5.1 Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Employer will pay to the Executive all accrued but unpaid base salary, at the rate then in effect, through the date of the Executive’s termination of active employment. The Executive shall also be entitled to payment of other vested benefits accrued to the date of termination of employment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans in which the Executive is a participant.

5.2 If at any time during the Term of the Agreement, (i) the Executive terminates his or her employment for Good Reason or (ii) the Employer terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause, and, in either case, the Executive executes (and does not later revoke) a Release Agreement (in the form provided as Attachment A), and complies with all of the Executive’s obligations under Section 6 of this Agreement, then the following paragraphs (a) through (g) shall apply:

(a) Base Salary and Payment Schedule. Subject to the Executive’s execution (without revocation) of the Executive’s Waiver and Release Agreement, the Employer shall pay the Executive an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Executive’s Annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the date of Executive’s termination of employment. Such amount shall be paid in equal installments over a period of eighteen (18) months in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, with such payments to begin, in the Company’s sole discretion, no later than sixty (60) days

 

- 3 -


following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (with any installment payment that would, but for the delay of such payment by the Company, otherwise have been payable if such installment payments had begun on the first payroll period following such date of termination of employment, also being paid on the date of the Company first begins payment of such amounts).

(b) Bonus.

 

  (1) Pro Rata Portion. The Employer shall pay the Executive an amount equal to a pro-rata portion of the amount of the annual cash bonus that the Executive would have earned under the Employer’s annual incentive program in respect of the calendar year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurred, based on the Employer’s achievement of the applicable criteria for such year. Such amount shall be pro-rated based on the period of time from January 1 of the calendar year in which the termination occurred to the date of actual termination of employment, notwithstanding any contrary term of the incentive program that would require the Executive to remain employed until the date of payment. This payment shall be made when the Employer makes its incentive payments to its active employees under and in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual incentive program.

 

  (2) Fixed Portion. Subject to the Executive’s execution (without revocation) of the Executive’s Waiver and Release Agreement, the Employer shall also pay the Executive an amount equal to the product of: (A) the Executive’s Average Target Achievement (as hereinafter defined), multiplied by (B) the Executive’s then current Target Bonus Percentage, multiplied by (C) the Executive’s then current Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (D) one and one-half (1  1 2 ). The “Average Target Achievement” shall be the amount calculated as (x) the sum of the percentage of the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage actually earned by the Executive pursuant to the Employer’s annual incentive program for each of the two (2) most recently completed calendar years for which annual cash bonus earnings have been finally determined under such program as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employer, divided by (y) two (2). Such amount shall be paid in equal installments over a period of eighteen (18) months in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, with such payments to begin, in the Company’s sole discretion, no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (with any installment payment that would, but for the delay of such payment by the Company, otherwise have been payable if such installment payments had begun on the first payroll period following such date of termination of employment, also being paid on the date of the Company first begins payment of such amounts).

 

- 4 -


The following example illustrates the application of Section 5.2(b)(2).

Example 1. The Executive’s employment terminates in 2015, after 2013 and 2014 bonuses have been finally determined. At the time of the termination, the Executive’s Annual Base Salary is $600,000 and the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage is 75%. In 2013, the Executive’s earned annual bonus was $427,500, calculated as (x) $600,000 Annual Base Salary, times (y) 75% Target Bonus Percentage, times (z) 95% achievement of Target Bonus Percentage. In 2014, the Executive’s earned annual bonus was $450,000, calculated as (x) $600,000 Annual Base Salary, times (y) 75% Target Bonus Percentage, times (z) 100% achievement of Target Bonus Percentage. The Average Target Achievement is (A) .95 plus 1.00, divided by (B) 2, or .975. Thus, the amount calculated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(2) would be (A) .975, multiplied by (B) 75%, multiplied by (C) $600,000, times one and one-half (1  1 2 ), or $658,125.00.

(c) Stock Options and Other Equity Awards. If, upon the date of termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive holds any options or other equity awards with respect to stock of the Employer or USF Holding Corp., then all such options and equity awards shall be treated in accordance with the terms of the relevant stock incentive plan document and individual award agreement.

(d) Health Benefits. Upon the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive will be eligible to elect individual and dependent continuation group medical and dental coverage, as provided under Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) Section 4980B(f) (“COBRA”), for the maximum COBRA coverage period available, subject to all conditions and limitations (including payment of premiums and cancellation of coverage upon obtaining duplicate coverage or Medicare entitlement). If the Executive elects COBRA coverage, the Employer shall pay to the Executive, in a single payment, the aggregate premium costs to the Executive of COBRA coverage (including the cost of COBRA coverage for any spouse or other dependents of the Executive who are qualified beneficiaries under COBRA and enrolled in the applicable group health plan as of the Executive’s termination date) for the eighteen (18) month period beginning with the first day of the month following the Executive’s termination date (the “ COBRA Payment ”). Such COBRA Payment shall be grossed-up for income taxes and paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days following termination of the Executive’s employment. The Executive (or dependents, as applicable) shall be responsible for paying the full cost of the COBRA coverage (including the two percent (2%) administrative charge) effective with the first day of the month following the Executive’s termination date.

(e) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to a payment attributable to base salary for unused vacation accrued during the calendar year of the Executive’s termination of employment. The Executive shall not accrue any vacation after termination of employment, nor shall the Executive be entitled to payment for unused vacation from years other than the calendar year of the Executive’s termination of employment. Payment for accrued unused vacation shall be made to the Executive in a lump sum within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, or such shorter period as required by applicable law.

 

- 5 -


(f) Outplacement Services. The Executive shall be entitled to career transition and outplacement services to include one-on-one coaching covering reemployment, career changes, entrepreneurial/consulting ventures, etc., and access to comprehensive office and administrative services for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination date. Such outplacement services will be provided by an outside organization selected and paid for by the Employer.

(g) Effect upon Other Benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the period of time during which the Executive receives benefits following termination of employment shall not count as service or employment with the Employer, and the amount of any payments under this Agreement shall not be treated as compensation paid by the Employer, for purposes of any other employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement maintained by the Employer. During the Term, the Executive shall be ineligible for any severance payments and benefits under the Company’s Severance Plan (or any successor thereto) and shall be eligible for severance benefits only as provided in this Agreement.

5.3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, payments and benefits under Section 5.2 shall not be made or be available if the Executive’s termination of employment is due to the Executive’s death (except as set forth in Section 4.4), Permanent Disability (except as set forth in Section 4.3), voluntary resignation without Good Reason, or involuntary termination by the Employer with Cause.

5.4. The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such United States federal, state, or local taxes, or any foreign taxes, as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

5.5 The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement (whether by seeking new employment or in any other manner), nor shall any such payment be reduced by any compensation that the Executive may receive from any other source.

5.6 This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer, he or she is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Employer will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Executive hereunder could cause the application of an

 

- 6 -


accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Employer, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section  409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to Executive in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Employer shall consult with the Executive in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 5.6; provided that neither the Employer nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Executive with respect thereto.

6. Confidential Information; Non-Competition/Non-Interference . The Executive acknowledges by signing this Agreement that (i) the principal business of USF Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries (including the Employer), and including any future-acquired subsidiaries (any such subsidiaries, “ Affiliates ”, and collectively with USF Holding Corp., the USF Group ”) is the foodservice distribution business (the “Present Business ”); (ii) the Employer or any Affiliate constitute one of a limited number of persons who have developed the Present Business; (iii) the Executive’s work for the Employer or any Affiliate has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Employer or any Affiliate, not readily available to the public; and (iv) the agreements and covenants of the Executive contained in this Section 6 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Employer or any Affiliate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees as follows:

6.1 Confidentiality. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Employer all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Employer or any affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, employees, suppliers or customers, which shall have been obtained by Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Employer and which shall not be or become public knowledge. During the Term and after termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Employer or as otherwise may be required by law or legal process (provided, that the Executive shall give the Employer reasonable notice of such process, and the ability to contest it), communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Employer and those designated by it. The Executive also agrees that upon leaving the Employer’s employ, he or she will not take with him or her, and he or she will surrender to the Employer, any record, list, drawing, blueprint, specification or other document or property of the Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates, together with any copy and reproduction thereof, mechanical or otherwise, which is of a confidential nature relating to the Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates, or, without limitation, relating to its or their method of distribution, client relationships, marketing strategies or any description of formulae or secret processes, or which was obtained by Executive or entrusted to

 

- 7 -


Executive during the course of his or her employment with the Employer. The Executive agrees to return to the Employer all books, records, lists and other written, typed, printed or electronically stored materials, whether furnished by the Employer or prepared by the Executive, which contain any information relating to the Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates, including their respective businesses, employees, suppliers or customers, promptly upon termination of this Agreement, and the Executive shall neither make nor retain any copies of such material without the prior written consent of the Employer.

6.2 Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Term of his or her employment with the Employer and for a period of eighteen (18) months after Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive will not engage in Competition with any member of the USF Group. For purposes of this Agreement, “Competition” shall mean (i) becoming directly or indirectly involved, as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, consultant, representative, stockholder, agent, advisor, or in any other capacity, with any entity located in the United States which competes directly or indirectly with any product line of or service of the type and/or character offered by or competitive with the USF Group as of the termination of Executive’s employment and which is material to the business of the USF Group with the Employer, provided that, such restriction shall not apply to a food manufacturing company or business or other supplier not engaged primarily in foodservice distribution; and provided further that, in no event shall ownership of less than two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of a publicly-traded company, in and of itself, be deemed Competition.

6.3 Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference; Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Executive or for any other person (other than the Employer), solicit to hire or hire any person (i) who is an employee of the USF Group, or (ii) who has left the employment of the USF Group for a period of six (6) months following the termination of such employee’s employment with the USF Group, for employment with any person, business, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity other than the USF Group. The Executive agrees not to make any statements, whether written or oral, public or private, that disparage or defame any member of the USF Group, or any shareholder thereof.

6.4 Effect of Other Agreements. In the event during Executive’s employment with the Employer the Executive signs other agreements containing provisions regarding non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality, the parties intend that the provisions set forth in this Agreement shall be controlling and such other provisions shall have no effect, unless the agreement containing such other provisions specifically references this Agreement and indicates the parties’ intention that such provisions apply notwithstanding the terms of this paragraph.

6.5 The Executive expressly agrees that the Executive shall not disclose the terms or the existence of this Agreement to anyone other than his or her legal counsel, financial advisor, and immediate family, unless authorized in writing by the Employer or required by law.

 

- 8 -


6.6 Before accepting employment with any other person, organization or entity while employed by the Employer and during the Restricted Period, the Executive will inform such person, organization or entity of the restrictions contained in this Section  6 .

6.7 The parties acknowledge and agree that the restrictions of this Section 6 have been carefully negotiated at arm’s length and are believed by the parties to be reasonable and necessitated by legitimate business needs. Notwithstanding the preceding statement, if any provision set forth in this Section 6 is determined by any competent court or tribunal to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the parties agree that this Section 6 will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, and/or to the maximum extent in any and all respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court or tribunal. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are unique and that any breach or threatened breach of such obligations may result in irreparable harm and substantial damages to the USF Group. Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Section 6, any member of the USF Group shall have the right, in addition to exercising any other remedies at law or equity which may be available to it under this Agreement or otherwise, to obtain ex parte, preliminary, interlocutory, temporary or permanent injunctive relief, specific performance and other equitable remedies in any court of competent jurisdiction, to prevent the Executive from violating such provision or provisions or to prevent the continuance of any violation thereof, together with an award or judgment for any and all damages, losses, liabilities, expenses and costs incurred by the USF Group as a result of such breach or threatened breach including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees incurred by the USF Group in connection with, or as a result of, the enforcement of these covenants. The Executive expressly waives any requirement based on any statute, rule or procedure, or other source, that any member of the USF Group post a bond as a condition of obtaining any of the above described remedies.

6.8 During the Restricted Period, upon reasonable request of the Employer, the Executive shall cooperate in any internal or external investigation, litigation or any dispute relating to any matter in which he or she was involved during his or her employment with the Employer; provided , however , that the Executive shall not be obligated to spend time and/or travel in connection with such cooperation to the extent that it would unreasonably interfere with the Executive’s other commitments and obligations. The Employer shall reimburse the Executive for all expenses the Executive reasonably incurs in so cooperating.

 

- 9 -


7. Clawback/Forfeiture of Benefits . In addition to the Employer’s legal and equitable remedies (including injunctive relief), if the Board of Directors of USF Holding Corp. or the Board of Directors of the Employer determines (in its sole discretion but acting in good faith) that (i) the Executive has violated any portions of Section 6, or (ii) that any of the Employer’s or USF Holding Corp.’s financial statements are required to be restated resulting from fraud attributable to the Executive, then (a) the Employer may recover or refuse to pay any of the compensation or benefits that may be owed to the Executive under Section 5.2 of this Agreement, and (b) the Employer or USF Holding Corp., as the case may be, may prohibit the Executive from exercising all or any options with respect to stock of the Employer or USF Holding Corp., or may recover all or portion of the gain realized by the Executive from such options exercised in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding any violation of Section 6 or any restatement of financial statements, or in the periods following the date of any such violation or restatement.

8. Certain Additional Payments by the Employer .

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Employer or its affiliates to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Excise Tax ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a certified public accounting firm designated by Executive (the Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Employer and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Employer. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Employer. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall-be paid by the Employer to Executive within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Employer and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code, at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Employer should have been made (“ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Employer exhausts its remedies

 

- 10 -


pursuant to Section 8(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) The Executive shall notify the Employer in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Employer of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Employer of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Employer (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Employer notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

(i) give the Employer any information reasonably requested by the Employer relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Employer shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Employer,

(iii) cooperate with the Employer in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Employer to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Employer shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.7(c), the Employer shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Employer shall determine; provided, however, that if the Employer directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Employer shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax

 

- 11 -


(including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Employer’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Employer pursuant to Section 8(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Employer’s complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the Employer the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Employer pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Employer does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then such advance shall-be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

9. Resolution of Differences Over Breaches of Agreement . The parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof. If despite their good faith efforts, the parties are unable to resolve such controversy or claim, then such controversy or claim shall be resolved by arbitration in Chicago, Illinois, with one (1) arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall have the discretion to award reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, including fees and costs of the arbitrator and the arbitration, to the prevailing party.

10. Complete Agreement . This Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding concerning the employment arrangement between the parties and will supersede all other agreements, understandings or commitments between the parties as to such subject matter. The parties agree that neither of them has made any representations concerning the subject matter of this Agreement except such representations as are specifically set forth herein.

11. Executive Assignment . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Employer. This Agreement will be binding upon the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives.

 

- 12 -


12. Employer Assignment/Change in Control . This Agreement shall be a binding obligation of the Employer and any successor to the Employer by way of merger, acquisition or reorganization.

13. Notices . All notices required to be given or which may be given under this Agreement must be in writing, must be either personally delivered, or delivered by first class mail (postage prepaid) or by a nationally recognized express courier. Notices will be deemed given when personally delivered, when delivered to the addressee’s address (when delivered by express courier) or five (5) days after having been deposited with the U.S. Postal Service if mailed, and addressed as follows:

 

If to the Employer :   

If to the Executive :

  US Foods, Inc.    To the address set forth by the
  9399 W. Higgins Road    Executive at the end of this
  Rosemont, Illinois 60018    Agreement
  Attn: General Counsel   

Either party may change the address to which such notices are to be addressed by notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth above.

14. Miscellaneous .

14.1 The Executive agrees that any and all processes, systems, software, technology or other intellectual property created or developed by the Executive as part of the work being performed by him or her for the Employer is “work for hire,” which is owned exclusively by the Employer and for which the Employer receives all ownership rights, including the copyrights thereto. The Executive hereby assigns to the Employer any and all right, title and interest the Executive may have in such work.

14.2 This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of either party of such rights, power or privilege or any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

14.3 If any portion of this Agreement is held unenforceable or inoperative for any reason, such portion will not affect any other portion of this Agreement, and the remainder will be as effective as though the ineffective portion had not been contained in this Agreement.

14.4 The validity of this Agreement and of any of the terms or provisions as well as the rights and duties of the parties hereunder will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the conflict of laws provisions thereof).

*    *    *

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date below.

 

EMPLOYER:       EXECUTIVE:  
US Foods, Inc.       /s/ Fareed Khan  
        Fareed Khan  
By:   /s/ Dave Esler                                                     
Its:   CHRO                                                                  
        Address:  
          Address on file
       
       
Date:   September 26, 2013      

 

- 14 -


ATTACHMENT A

FORM OF WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration for the benefits to be provided to me under the terms of the Severance Agreement by and between US Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) and me, effective                 , 20     (the “Agreement”). I hereby acknowledge, understand and agree under this Waiver and Release Agreement (the “Release”) to the following:

1. In consideration of the foregoing, including, without limitation, payment to me of the determined amounts under the Agreement, I unconditionally release the Company and all of its partners, affiliates, parents, predecessors, successors and assigns, and their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees, agents, administrators, representatives, attorneys, insurers or fiduciaries, past, present or future (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all administrative claims, actions, suits, debts, demands, damages, claims, judgments, or liabilities of any nature, including costs and attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to, all claims arising out of my employment with or separation from the Company and (by way of example only) any claims for bonus, severance, or other benefits apart from the benefits set forth in the Agreement; claims for breach of contract, wrongful discharge, tort claims (e.g., infliction of emotional distress, defamation, negligence, privacy, fraud, misrepresentation); claims under federal, state and local wage and hour laws and wage payment laws: claims for reimbursements; claims for commissions; or claims under the following, in each case, as amended: 1) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (race, color, religion, sex and national origin discrimination); 2) 42 U.S.C. § 1981 (discrimination); 3) 29 U.S.C. § 206(d)(1) (equal pay); 4) Executive Order 11246 (race, color, religion, sex and national origin discrimination); 5) Age Discrimination in Employment Act and Executive Order 11,141 (age discrimination); (6) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq.; 7) the Family and Medical Leave Act; 8) the Immigration Reform and Control Act; 9) [Illinois Human Rights Act (discrimination in employment)][INSERT APPLICABLE STATE LAWS]; 10) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; 11) the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act; 12) §§ 503-504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (handicap discrimination), or any other claims under any other state, federal, local law, statute, regulation, or common law or claims at equity relating to conduct or events occurring prior to the date of this Release. [INSERT ANY APPLICABLE STATE SPECIFIC RELEASE LANGUAGE].

This Release shall not extend to or include the following: (a) any rights or obligations under applicable law which cannot be waived or released pursuant to an agreement, (b) any rights or claims that arise after the date of this Release, (c) any rights I may have under USF Holding Corp.’s, the Company’s, or any applicable affiliate’s Director’s and Officer’s insurance policy or under USF Holding Corp.’s, the Company’s, or any applicable affiliate’s charter or by-laws, (d) any rights I may have under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates;

 

- 15 -


(e) the right to enforce this Agreement, or (f) any rights I may have under any benefit plans maintained by the Company or its affiliates. I represent and warrant that, as of the Effective Date, I have not assigned or transferred any claims of any nature that I would otherwise have against the Company, its successors or assigns.

2. I intend this Release to be binding on my successors, and I specifically agree not to file or continue any claim in respect of matters covered by this Release. I further agree never to institute any suit, complaint, proceeding, grievance or action of any kind at law, in equity, or otherwise in any court of the United States or in any state, or in any administrative agency of the United States or any state, county or municipality, or before any other tribunal, public or private, against the Company arising from or relating to my employment with or my termination of employment from the Company and/or any other occurrences to the date of this Release, other than a claim challenging the validity of this Release under the ADEA.

3. I am further waiving my right to receive money or other relief in any action instituted by me or on my behalf by any person, entity or governmental agency. Nothing in this Release shall limit the rights of any governmental agency or my right of access to, cooperation or participation with any governmental agency, including without limitation, the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. I further agree to waive my rights under any other statute or regulation, state or federal, which provides that a general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known to him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

4. In further consideration of the promises made by the Company in this Release, I specifically waive and release the Company from all claims I may have as of the date I sign this Release, whether known or unknown, arising under the ADEA. I further agree that:

 

  (A) My waiver of rights under this Release is knowing and voluntary and in compliance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”);

 

  (B) I understand the terms of this Release;

 

  (C) The consideration offered by the Company under the Agreement in exchange for the signing of this Release represents consideration over and above that to which I would otherwise be entitled, and that the consideration would not have been provided had I not agreed to sign this Release and do not sign this Release;

 

  (D) The Company is hereby advising me in writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;

 

  (E) The Company is giving me a period of twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release;

 

- 16 -


  (F) Following my execution of this Release, I have seven (7) days in which to revoke this Release by written notice. An attempted revocation not actually received by the Company prior to the revocation deadline will not be effective;

 

  (G) This entire Release shall be void and of no force and effect if I choose to so revoke, and if I choose not to so revoke this Release shall then become effective and enforceable.

This Section 4 does not waive rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the date I sign this Release. To the extent barred by the OWBPA, the covenant not to sue contained in Section 3 does not apply to claims under the ADEA that challenge the validity of this Release.

5. To revoke this Release, I must send a written statement of revocation to:

US Foods, Inc.

9399 W. Higgins Road

Rosemont, Illinois 60018

Attn: General Counsel

The revocation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh day following my execution of this Release. If I do not revoke, the eighth day following my acceptance will be the “Effective Date” of this Release.

6. I acknowledge that I remain bound by, and reaffirm my intention to comply with, continuing obligations under any agreements between myself and the Company, as presently in effect, including, but not limited to, my obligations set forth in Section 6 of the Agreement.

 

- 17 -


BY SIGNING THIS RELEASE, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: I HAVE READ THIS RELEASE AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS; I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THIS RELEASE WITH LEGAL OR OTHER PERSONAL ADVISORS OF MY OWN CHOICE; I UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING THIS RELEASE I AM RELEASING THE RELEASED PARTIES OF ALL CLAIMS AGAINST THEM; I HAVE BEEN GIVEN TWENTY-ONE DAYS TO CONSIDER THE TERMS AND EFFECT OF THIS RELEASE AND I VOLUNTARILY AGREE TO ITS TERMS.

SIGNED this                              day of                     , 20    .

 

 

[Executive]

 

 

- 18 -


ATTACHMENT B

Special Provisions re “Material Diminution” in Duties

(see Section 4.1)

The Executive shall be considered to have a change in reporting responsibility (and thus a “Material Diminution” under Section 4.1) unless the Executive reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer with the highest authority in the entity, business unit, or business segment which includes the Employer.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 10.39

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Severance Agreement (the Agreement ”), effective as of the date set forth below, is made and entered into by and between US Foods, Inc. (the “ Employer ”) and Mark Scharbo (the “ Executive ”).

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Employer and the Executive intend to be legally bound and agree as follows:

1. Employment At Will . Executive agrees that no provision in this agreement shall be construed to create an express or implied employment contract or a promise of employment for any specific period of time. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s employment with the Company is “at will” (unless Executive entered into a written employment contract, signed by an officer of the Employer who is authorized to do so, that expressly provides that Executive’s employment is not “at will”) and can be terminated at any time by the Employer or the Executive, for any reason or for no reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive agrees to provide the Company with forty-five (45) days notice of his or her intent to terminate the employment relationship; provided, however, that such notice period may be waived by the Company in its discretion, upon request by the Executive.

2. Duration of Agreement . The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on the date of execution of this Agreement by both parties as set forth below (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue through December 31, 2013 (the Term ”) . Upon expiration of the initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one year terms (each renewal shall hereinafter also be referred to as the “Term”), unless the Employer provides at least ninety (90) days advance written notice to the Executive prior to the end of the initial Term or any subsequent one year Term of its intent not to renew the Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if such notice is provided, the Executive may resign by providing written notice of resignation to the Employer at least sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Term, and such resignation shall be treated as a resignation for Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. A resignation by Executive under such circumstances shall be effective as of the last day of the Term.

3. Duties . During the Term, the Executive will serve as the Chief Supply Chain Officer for the Employer. The Executive will have the powers and authority normally associated with such position. The Employer reserves the right to change the Executive’s office or title from time to time during the Term. In addition, the Executive will assume such other responsibilities, consistent with Executive’s position, as the Employer may delegate to the Executive from time to time. The Executive will be employed on a full-time basis and shall devote his or her full employment time, efforts and energy to the performance of his or her duties for the Employer.


4. Termination . The Executive shall be entitled to the following payments and benefits should his or her employment with the Employer terminate under the conditions described below:

4.1 Good Reason Termination. The Executive may terminate his or her employment for “Good Reason” at any time upon forty-five (45) days notice to the Employer. For this purpose, “Good Reason” shall be deemed to exist if, absent the Executive’s written consent: (i) there is a material diminution in title and/or duties, responsibilities or authority of the Executive, including a change in reporting responsibilities specified in Attachment B (except that a decrease in job grade, standing alone, will not qualify as a material diminution) (a “ Material Diminution ”); (ii) the Employer changes the geographic location of the Executive’s principal place of business to a location that is at least 50 miles away from the geographic location of the Executive’s principal place of business prior to such change (“ Relocation ”); (iii) there is a willful failure or refusal by the Employer to perform any material obligation under this Agreement; or (iv) there is a reduction in the Executive’s annual rate of base salary as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or as the same may be increased hereafter) (“ Annual Base Salary ”) or annual bonus target percentage of base salary as in effect on the date of this Agreement (or as the same may be increased hereafter) (the “ Target Bose Percentage ”), other than a reduction which is part of a general cost reduction affecting at least ninety percent (90%) of the executives of the Employer holding positions of comparable levels of responsibility (or who are otherwise commonly aggregated for purposes of applying compensation and benefits programs) and which does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Target Bonus Percentage, in the aggregate, when combined with any such prior reductions; provided , however , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, that if the condition described in clause (iv) occurs and the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason, then any severance payments or benefits determined under this Agreement with reference to the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Target Bonus Percentage, shall instead be determined prior to any reduction in the Executive’s Annual Base Salary and Target Bonus Percentage described in clause (iv) of this Agreement. In any case of any event described in clauses (i) through (iv) above, the Executive shall only have ninety (90) days from the date the event that constitutes Good Reason first arises to provide the Employer with written notice of the grounds for a Good Reason termination, and the Employer shall have a period of 30 days to cure after receipt of the written notice. Resignation by the Executive following Employer’s cure or before the expiration of the 30-day cure period shall constitute a voluntary resignation and not a termination for Good Reason.

4.2 For Cause Termination. The Employer may terminate Executive’s employment for “Cause” at any time upon written notice to the Executive. For this purpose, “Cause” shall be deemed to exist if (i) the Employer determines in good faith and following a reasonable investigation that the Executive has committed fraud, theft or embezzlement from the Employer; (ii) the Executive pleads guilty or nolo contendere to

 

- 2 -


or is convicted of any felony or other crime involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, or embezzlement; (iii) the Executive willfully fails or refuses to perform any material obligation under this Agreement or to carry out the reasonable directives of the Executive’s supervisor, and the Executive fails to cure the same within a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure is provided the Executive by the Employer; or (iv) the Executive has engaged in on-the-job conduct that violates the Employer’s written Code of Ethics or company policies, and which is materially detrimental to the Employer. The Executive’s resignation in advance of an anticipated termination for Cause shall constitute a termination for Cause.

4.3 Disability . The Executive’s employment and this Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s “Permanent Disability”; provided , however , that the Agreement shall remain in force solely for the purpose of payment of any benefits which accrued or were triggered prior to or by reason of the Executive’s “Permanent Disability”. For this purpose, a “Permanent Disability ” shall be deemed to exist if the Executive becomes eligible to receive long-term disability benefits under any long-term disability plan or program maintained by the Employer for its employees.

4.4 Death . This Agreement shall terminate upon the Executive’s death; provided, however, that the Agreement shall remain in force solely for the purpose of payment of any benefits which accrued or were triggered prior to or by reason of the Executive’s death, and in such event such benefits, if any, shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary.

5. Compensation and Benefits Upon Termination .

5.1 Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Employer will pay to the Executive all accrued but unpaid base salary, at the rate then in effect, through the date of the Executive’s termination of active employment. The Executive shall also be entitled to payment of other vested benefits accrued to the date of termination of employment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable plans in which the Executive is a participant.

5.2 If at any time during the Term of the Agreement, (i) the Executive terminates his or her employment for Good Reason or (ii) the Employer terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause, and, in either case, the Executive executes (and does not later revoke) a Release Agreement (in the form provided as Attachment A), and complies with all of the Executive’s obligations under Section 6 of this Agreement, then the following paragraphs (a) through (g) shall apply:

(a) Base Salary and Payment Schedule. Subject to the Executive’s execution (without revocation) of the Executive’s Waiver and Release Agreement, the Employer shall pay the Executive an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Executive’s Annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the date of Executive’s termination of employment. Such amount shall be paid in equal installments over a period of eighteen (18) months in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, with such payments to begin, in the Company’s sole discretion, no later than sixty (60) days

 

- 3 -


following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (with any installment payment that would, but for the delay of such payment by the Company, otherwise have been payable if such installment payments had begun on the first payroll period following such date of termination of employment, also being paid on the date of the Company first begins payment of such amounts).

(b) Bonus.

 

  (1) Pro Rata Portion. The Employer shall pay the Executive an amount equal to a pro-rata portion of the amount of the annual cash bonus that the Executive would have earned under the Employer’s annual incentive program in respect of the calendar year in which the Executive’s termination of employment occurred, based on the Employer’s achievement of the applicable criteria for such year. Such amount shall be pro-rated based on the period of time from January 1 of the calendar year in which the termination occurred to the date of actual termination of employment, notwithstanding any contrary term of the incentive program that would require the Executive to remain employed until the date of payment. This payment shall be made when the Employer makes its incentive payments to its active employees under and in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual incentive program.

 

  (2) Fixed Portion. Subject to the Executive’s execution (without revocation) of the Executive’s Waiver and Release Agreement, the Employer shall also pay the Executive an amount equal to the product of: (A) the Executive’s Average Target Achievement (as hereinafter defined), multiplied by (B) the Executive’s then current Target Bonus Percentage, multiplied by (C) the Executive’s then current Annual Base Salary, multiplied by (D) one and one-half (1  1 2 ). The “Average Target Achievement shall be the amount calculated as (x) the sum of the percentage of the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage actually earned by the Executive pursuant to the Employer’s annual incentive program for each of the two (2) most recently completed calendar years for which annual cash bonus earnings have been finally determined under such program as of the date of termination of the Executive’s employment with the Employer, divided by (y) two (2). Such amount shall be paid in equal installments over a period of eighteen (18) months in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, with such payments to begin, in the Company’s sole discretion, no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment (with any installment payment that would, but for the delay of such payment by the Company, otherwise have been payable if such installment payments had begun on the first payroll period following such date of termination of employment, also being paid on the date of the Company first begins payment of such amounts).

 

- 4 -


The following example illustrates the application of Section 5.2(b)(2).

Example 1. The Executive’s employment terminates in 2015, after 2013 and 2014 bonuses have been finally determined. At the time of the termination, the Executive’s Annual Base Salary is $450,000 and the Executive’s Target Bonus Percentage is 75%. In 2013, the Executive’s earned annual bonus was $320,625, calculated as (x) $450,000 Annual Base Salary, times (y) 75% Target Bonus Percentage, times (z) 95% achievement of Target Bonus Percentage. In 2014, the Executive’s earned annual bonus was $337,500, calculated as (x) $450,000 Annual Base Salary, times (y) 75% Target Bonus Percentage, times (z) 100% achievement of Target Bonus Percentage. The Average Target Achievement is (A) .95 plus 1.00, divided by (B) 2, or .975. Thus, the amount calculated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(2) would be (A) .975, multiplied by (B) 75%, multiplied by (C) $450,000, times one and one-half (1  1 2 ) , or $329,062.50.

(c) Stock Options and Other Equity Awards. If, upon the date of termination of the Executive’s employment, the Executive holds any options or other equity awards with respect to stock of the Employer or USF Holding Corp., then all such options and equity awards shall be treated in accordance with the terms of the relevant stock incentive plan document and individual award agreement.

(d) Health Benefits. Upon the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive will be eligible to elect individual and dependent continuation group medical and dental coverage, as provided under Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) Section 4980B(f) (“COBRA”), for the maximum COBRA coverage period available, subject to all conditions and limitations (including payment of premiums and cancellation of coverage upon obtaining duplicate coverage or Medicare entitlement). If the Executive elects COBRA coverage, the Employer shall pay to the Executive, in a single payment, the aggregate premium costs to the Executive of COBRA coverage (including the cost of COBRA coverage for any spouse or other dependents of the Executive who are qualified beneficiaries under COBRA and enrolled in the applicable group health plan as of the Executive’s termination date) for the eighteen (18) month period beginning with the first day of the month following the Executive’s termination date (the “ COBRA Payment”). Such COBRA Payment shall be grossed-up for income taxes and paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days following termination of the Executive’s employment. The Executive (or dependents, as applicable) shall be responsible for paying the full cost of the COBRA coverage (including the two percent (2%) administrative charge) effective with the first day of the month following the Executive’s termination date.

(e) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to a payment attributable to base salary for unused vacation accrued during the calendar year of the Executive’s termination of employment. The Executive shall not accrue any vacation after termination of employment, nor shall the Executive be entitled to payment for unused vacation from years other than the calendar year of the Executive’s termination of employment. Payment for accrued unused vacation shall be made to the Executive in a lump sum within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, or such shorter period as required by applicable law.

 

- 5 -


(f) Outplacement Services. The Executive shall be entitled to career transition and outplacement services to include one-on-one coaching covering reemployment, career changes, entrepreneurial/consulting ventures, etc., and access to comprehensive office and administrative services for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination date. Such outplacement services will be provided by an outside organization selected and paid for by the Employer.

(g) Effect upon Other Benefits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the period of time during which the Executive receives benefits following termination of employment shall not count as service or employment with the Employer, and the amount of any payments under this Agreement shall not be treated as compensation paid by the Employer, for purposes of any other employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement maintained by the Employer. During the Term, the Executive shall be ineligible for any severance payments and benefits under the Company’s Severance Plan (or any successor thereto) and shall be eligible for severance benefits only as provided in this Agreement.

5.3. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, payments and benefits under Section 5.2 shall not be made or be available if the Executive’s termination of employment is due to the Executive’s death (except as set forth in Section 4.4), Permanent Disability (except as set forth in Section 4.3), voluntary resignation without Good Reason, or involuntary termination by the Employer with Cause.

5.4. The Employer may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such United States federal, state, or local taxes, or any foreign taxes, as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

5.5 The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement (whether by seeking new employment or in any other manner), nor shall any such payment be reduced by any compensation that the Executive may receive from any other source.

5.6 This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer, he or she is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Employer will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Executive hereunder could cause the application of an

 

- 6 -


accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Employer, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to the Executive under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to Executive in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(l)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Employer shall consult with the Executive in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 5.6; provided that neither the Employer nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Executive with respect thereto.

6. Confidential Information; Non-Competition/Non-Interference . The Executive acknowledges by signing this Agreement that (i) the principal business of USF Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries (including the Employer), and including any future-acquired subsidiaries (any such subsidiaries, “ Affiliates ”, and collectively with USF Holding Corp., the “USF Group”) is the foodservice distribution business (the “Present Business”); (ii) the Employer or any Affiliate constitute one of a limited number of persons who have developed the Present Business; (iii) the Executive’s work for the Employer or any Affiliate has given and will continue to give the Executive access to the confidential affairs and proprietary information of the Employer or any Affiliate, not readily available to the public; and (iv) the agreements and covenants of the Executive contained in this Section 6 are essential to the business and goodwill of the Employer or any Affiliate. Accordingly, the Executive agrees as follows:

6.1 Confidentiality. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Employer all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Employer or any affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, employees, suppliers or customers, which shall have been obtained by Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Employer and which shall not be or become public knowledge. During the Term and after termination of Executive’s employment with the Employer, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Employer or as otherwise may be required by law or legal process (provided, that the Executive shall give the Employer reasonable notice of such process, and the ability to contest it), communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Employer and those designated by it. The Executive also agrees that upon leaving the Employer’s employ, he or she will not take with him or her, and he or she will surrender to the Employer, any record, list, drawing, blueprint, specification or other document or property of the Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates, together with any copy and reproduction thereof, mechanical or otherwise, which is of a confidential nature relating to the Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates, or, without limitation, relating to its or their method of distribution, client relationships, marketing strategies or any description of formulae or secret processes, or which was obtained by Executive or entrusted to

 

- 7 -


Executive during the course of his or her employment with the Employer. The Executive agrees to return to the Employer all books, records, lists and other written, typed, printed or electronically stored materials, whether furnished by the Employer or prepared by the Executive, which contain any information relating to the Employer, its subsidiaries and affiliates, including their respective businesses, employees, suppliers or customers, promptly upon termination of this Agreement, and the Executive shall neither make nor retain any copies of such material without the prior written consent of the Employer.

6.2 Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Term of his or her employment with the Employer and for a period of eighteen (18) months after Executive’s termination of employment with the Employer (the “ Restricted Period”), Executive will not engage in Competition with any member of the USF Group. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Competition ” shall mean (i) becoming directly or indirectly involved, as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, consultant, representative, stockholder, agent, advisor, or in any other capacity, with any entity located in the United States which competes directly or indirectly with any product line of or service of the type and/or character offered by or competitive with the USF Group as of the termination of Executive’s employment and which is material to the business of the USF Group with the Employer, provided that, such restriction shall not apply to a food manufacturing company or business or other supplier not engaged primarily in foodservice distribution; and provided further that, in no event shall ownership of less than two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of a publicly-traded company, in and of itself, be deemed Competition.

6.3 Non-Solicitation; Non-Interference; Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of Executive or for any other person (other than the Employer), solicit to hire or hire any person (i) who is an employee of the USF Group, or (ii) who has left the employment of the USF Group for a period of six (6) months following the termination of such employee’s employment with the USF Group, for employment with any person, business, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity other than the USF Group. The Executive agrees not to make any statements, whether written or oral, public or private, that disparage or defame any member of the USF Group, or any shareholder thereof.

6.4 Effect of Other Agreements. In the event during Executive’s employment with the Employer the Executive signs other agreements containing provisions regarding non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality, the parties intend that the provisions set forth in this Agreement shall be controlling and such other provisions shall have no effect, unless the agreement containing such other provisions specifically references this Agreement and indicates the parties’ intention that such provisions apply notwithstanding the terms of this paragraph.

6.5 The Executive expressly agrees that the Executive shall not disclose the terms or the existence of this Agreement to anyone other than his or her legal counsel, financial advisor, and immediate family, unless authorized in writing by the Employer or required by law.

 

- 8 -


6.6 Before accepting employment with any other person, organization or entity while employed by the Employer and during the Restricted Period, the Executive will inform such person, organization or entity of the restrictions contained in this Section  6 .

6.7 The parties acknowledge and agree that the restrictions of this Section 6 have been carefully negotiated at arm’s length and are believed by the parties to be reasonable and necessitated by legitimate business needs. Notwithstanding the preceding statement, if any provision set forth in this Section 6 is determined by any competent court or tribunal to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the parties agree that this Section 6 will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, and/or to the maximum extent in any and all respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court or tribunal. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s obligations under this Agreement are unique and that any breach or threatened breach of such obligations may result in irreparable harm and substantial damages to the USF Group. Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Section 6, any member of the USF Group shall have the right, in addition to exercising any other remedies at law or equity which may be available to it under this Agreement or otherwise, to obtain ex parte, preliminary, interlocutory, temporary or permanent injunctive relief, specific performance and other equitable remedies in any court of competent jurisdiction, to prevent the Executive from violating such provision or provisions or to prevent the continuance of any violation thereof, together with an award or judgment for any and all damages, losses, liabilities, expenses and costs incurred by the USF Group as a result of such breach or threatened breach including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees incurred by the USF Group in connection with, or as a result of, the enforcement of these covenants. The Executive expressly waives any requirement based on any statute, rule or procedure, or other source, that any member of the USF Group post a bond as a condition of obtaining any of the above described remedies.

6.8 During the Restricted Period, upon reasonable request of the Employer, the Executive shall cooperate in any internal or external investigation, litigation or any dispute relating to any matter in which he or she was involved during his or her employment with the Employer; provided , however , that the Executive shall not be obligated to spend time and/or travel in connection with such cooperation to the extent that it would unreasonably interfere with the Executive’s other commitments and obligations. The Employer shall reimburse the Executive for all expenses the Executive reasonably incurs in so cooperating.

7. Clawback/Forfeiture of Benefits . In addition to the Employer’s legal and equitable remedies (including injunctive relief), if the Board of Directors of USF Holding Corp. or the Board of Directors of the Employer determines (in its sole

 

- 9 -


discretion but acting in good faith) that (i) the Executive has violated any portions of Section 6, or (ii) that any of the Employer’s or USF Holding Corp.’s financial statements are required to be restated resulting from fraud attributable to the Executive, then (a) the Employer may recover or refuse to pay any of the compensation or benefits that may be owed to the Executive under Section 5.2 of this Agreement, and (b) the Employer or USF Holding Corp., as the case may be, may prohibit the Executive from exercising all or any options with respect to stock of the Employer or USF Holding Corp., or may recover all or portion of the gain realized by the Executive from such options exercised in the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding any violation of Section 6 or any restatement of financial statements, or in the periods following the date of any such violation or restatement.

8. Certain Additional Payments by the Employer.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Employer or its affiliates to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 8) (a “Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tea ”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a certified public accounting firm designated by Executive (the “Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Employer and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Employer. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Employer. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall-be paid by the Employer to Executive within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Employer and Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code, at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Employer should have been made (“ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Employer exhausts its remedies

 

- 10 -


pursuant to Section 8(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Employer to or for the benefit of Executive.

(c) The Executive shall notify the Employer in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Employer of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Employer of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Employer (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Employer notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

(i) give the Employer any information reasonably requested by the Employer relating to such claim,

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Employer shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Employer,

(iii) cooperate with the Employer in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

(iv) permit the Employer to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Employer shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.7(c), the Employer shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Employer shall determine; provided, however, that if the Employer directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Employer shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax

 

- 11 -


(including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Employer’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

(d) If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Employer pursuant to Section 8(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Employer’s complying with the requirements of Section 8(c)) promptly pay to the Employer the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Employer pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Employer does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then such advance shall-be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

9. Resolution of Differences Over Breaches of Agreement . The parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to this Agreement or the breach thereof. If despite their good faith efforts, the parties are unable to resolve such controversy or claim, then such controversy or claim shall be resolved by arbitration in Chicago, Illinois, with one (1) arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall have the discretion to award reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, including fees and costs of the arbitrator and the arbitration, to the prevailing party.

10. Complete Agreement . This Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding concerning the employment arrangement between the parties and will supersede all other agreements, understandings or commitments between the parties as to such subject matter. The parties agree that neither of them has made any representations concerning the subject matter of this Agreement except such representations as are specifically set forth herein.

11. Executive Assignment . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Employer. This Agreement will be binding upon the Executive and the Executive’s heirs and legal representatives.

 

- 12 -


12. Employer Assignment/Change in Control . This Agreement shall be a binding obligation of the Employer and any successor to the Employer by way of merger, acquisition or reorganization.

13. Notices . All notices required to be given or which may be given under this Agreement must be in writing, must be either personally delivered, or delivered by first class mail (postage prepaid) or by a nationally recognized express courier. Notices will be deemed given when personally delivered, when delivered to the addressee’s address (when delivered by express courier) or five (5) days after having been deposited with the U.S. Postal Service if mailed, and addressed as follows:

 

If to the Employer:   

If to the Executive:

  US Foods, Inc.    To the address set forth by the
  9399 W. Higgins Road    Executive at the end of this
  Rosemont, Illinois 60018    Agreement
  Attn: General Counsel   

Either party may change the address to which such notices are to be addressed by notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth above.

14. Miscellaneous .

14.1 The Executive agrees that any and all processes, systems, software, technology or other intellectual property created or developed by the Executive as part of the work being performed by him or her for the Employer is “work for hire,” which is owned exclusively by the Employer and for which the Employer receives all ownership rights, including the copyrights thereto. The Executive hereby assigns to the Employer any and all right, title and interest the Executive may have in such work.

14.2 This Agreement may be amended, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of either party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of either party of such rights, power or privilege or any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

14.3 If any portion of this Agreement is held unenforceable or inoperative for any reason, such portion will not affect any other portion of this Agreement, and the remainder will be as effective as though the ineffective portion had not been contained in this Agreement.

14.4 The validity of this Agreement and of any of the terms or provisions as well as the rights and duties of the parties hereunder will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the conflict of laws provisions thereof).

*             *             *

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date below.

 

EMPLOYER:    EXECUTIVE:
US Foods, Inc.   

/s/ Mark Scharbo

Mark Scharbo

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Dave Esler

  
Its:   Chief Human Resources Officer   
     Address:
    

Address on file

Date: 3/22/13   

 

- 14 -


ATTACHMENT A

FORM OF WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration for the benefits to be provided to me under the terms of the Severance Agreement by and between US Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) and me, effective [            ], 20[    ] (the “Agreement”), I hereby acknowledge, understand and agree under this Waiver and Release Agreement (the “Release”) to the following:

1. In consideration of the foregoing, including, without limitation, payment to me of the determined amounts under the Agreement, I unconditionally release the Company and all of its partners, affiliates, parents, predecessors, successors and assigns, and their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees, agents, administrators, representatives, attorneys, insurers or fiduciaries, past, present or future (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all administrative claims, actions, suits, debts, demands, damages, claims, judgments, or liabilities of any nature, including costs and attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to, all claims arising out of my employment with or separation from the Company and (by way of example only) any claims for bonus, severance, or other benefits apart from the benefits set forth in the Agreement; claims for breach of contract, wrongful discharge, tort claims (e.g., infliction of emotional distress, defamation, negligence, privacy, fraud, misrepresentation); claims under federal, state and local wage and hour laws and wage payment laws; claims for reimbursements; claims for commissions; or claims under the following, in each case, as amended: 1) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (race, color, religion, sex and national origin discrimination); 2) 42 U.S.C. § 1981 (discrimination); 3) 29 U.S.C. § 206(d)(1) (equal pay); 4) Executive Order 11246 (race, color, religion, sex and national origin discrimination); 5) Age Discrimination in Employment Act and Executive Order 11,141 (age discrimination); (6) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”), 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq.; 7) the Family and Medical Leave Act; 8) the Immigration Reform and Control Act; 9) [Illinois Human Rights Act (discrimination in employment)] [INSERT APPLICABLE STATE LAWS]; 10) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. § 1001 et seq.; 11) the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act; 12) §§ 503-504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (handicap discrimination), or any other claims under any other state, federal, local law, statute, regulation, or common law or claims at equity relating to conduct or events occurring prior to the date of this Release. [INSERT ANY APPLICABLE STATE SPECIFIC RELEASE LANGUAGE].

This Release shall not extend to or include the following: (a) any rights or obligations under applicable law which cannot be waived or released pursuant to an agreement, (b) any rights or claims that arise after the date of this Release, (c) any rights I may have under USF Holding Corp.’s, the Company’s, or any applicable affiliate’s Director’s and Officer’s insurance policy or under USF Holding Corp.’s, the Company’s, or any applicable affiliate’s charter or by-laws, (d) any rights I may have under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates;

 

- 15 -


(e) the right to enforce this Agreement, or (f) any rights I may have under any benefit plans maintained by the Company or its affiliates. I represent and warrant that, as of the Effective Date, I have not assigned or transferred any claims of any nature that I would otherwise have against the Company, its successors or assigns.

2. I intend this Release to be binding on my successors, and I specifically agree not to file or continue any claim in respect of matters covered by this Release. I further agree never to institute any suit, complaint, proceeding, grievance or action of any kind at law, in equity, or otherwise in any court of the United States or in any state, or in any administrative agency of the United States or any state, county or municipality, or before any other tribunal, public or private, against the Company arising from or relating to my employment with or my termination of employment from the Company and/or any other occurrences to the date of this Release, other than a claim challenging the validity of this Release under the ADEA.

3. I am further waiving my right to receive money or other relief in any action instituted by me or on my behalf by any person, entity or governmental agency. Nothing in this Release shall limit the rights of any governmental agency or my right of access to, cooperation or participation with any governmental agency, including without limitation, the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. I further agree to waive my rights under any other statute or regulation, state or federal, which provides that a general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known to him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

4. In further consideration of the promises made by the Company in this Release, I specifically waive and release the Company from all claims I may have as of the date I sign this Release, whether known or unknown, arising under the ADEA. I further agree that:

 

  (A) My waiver of rights under this Release is knowing and voluntary and in compliance with the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”);

 

  (B) I understand the terms of this Release;

 

  (C) The consideration offered by the Company under the Agreement in exchange for the signing of this Release represents consideration over and above that to which I would otherwise be entitled, and that the consideration would not have been provided had I not agreed to sign this Release and do not sign this Release;

 

  (D) The Company is hereby advising me in writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release;

 

  (E) The Company is giving me a period of twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release;

 

- 16 -


  (F) Following my execution of this Release, I have seven (7) days in which to revoke this Release by written notice. An attempted revocation not actually received by the Company prior to the revocation deadline will not be effective;

 

  (G) This entire Release shall be void and of no force and effect if I choose to so revoke, and if I choose not to so revoke this Release shall then become effective and enforceable.

This Section 4 does not waive rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the date I sign this Release. To the extent barred by the OWBPA, the covenant not to sue contained in Section 3 does not apply to claims under the ADEA that challenge the validity of this Release.

5. To revoke this Release, I must send a written statement of revocation to:

US Foods, Inc.

9399 W. Higgins Road

Rosemont, Illinois 60018

Attn: General Counsel

The revocation must be received no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh day following my execution of this Release. If I do not revoke, the eighth day following my acceptance will be the “Effective Date” of this Release.

6. I acknowledge that I remain bound by, and reaffirm my intention to comply with, continuing obligations under any agreements between myself and the Company, as presently in effect, including, but not limited to, my obligations set forth in Section 6 of the Agreement.

 

- 17 -


BY SIGNING THIS RELEASE, I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT: I HAVE READ THIS RELEASE AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS; I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW THIS RELEASE WITH LEGAL OR OTHER PERSONAL ADVISORS OF MY OWN CHOICE; I UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING THIS RELEASE I AM RELEASING THE RELEASED PARTIES OF ALL CLAIMS AGAINST THEM; I HAVE BEEN GIVEN TWENTY-ONE DAYS TO CONSIDER THE TERMS AND EFFECT OF THIS RELEASE AND I VOLUNTARILY AGREE TO ITS TERMS.

SIGNED this     day of         , 20    .

 

 

[Executive]

 

- 18 -


ATTACHMENT B

Special Provisions re “Material Diminution” in Duties

(see Section 4.1)

The Executive shall be considered to have a change in reporting responsibility (and thus a “Material Diminution” under Section 4.1) unless the Executive reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer with the highest authority in the entity, business unit, or business segment which includes the Employer.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 10.40

 

LOGO

AMENDMENT TO

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

The provisions of this Amendment will govern and control over any and all conflicting and/or inconsistent provisions of like or similar nature in that certain Severance Agreement (“ Severance Agreement ”) entered into between Executive and US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc., and referred to herein as the “ Employer ”).

WHEREAS, Section 5 of the Severance Agreement includes certain limitations on the timing of payments under the Severance Agreement;

WHEREAS, the parties seek to comply with the requirements of, and avoid the potential imposition of an additional tax liability for Executive under, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (together with any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder, “ Section 409A of the Code ”).

WHEREAS, Section 5.6 of the Severance Agreement permits the Employer to defer payments “if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Employer, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax.”

WHEREAS, the parties seek to amend Section 5.6 of the Severance Agreement to clarify the timing of the commencement of certain of the payments and benefits, if due under the Severance Agreement, in order to maintain compliance with the requirements of Section 409A so that additional taxes are not imposed under Section 409A of the Code on payments made under the Severance Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree to amend the Severance Agreement as follows.

All words and phrases used in this Amendment will have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless explicitly defined otherwise in this Amendment.

The last sentence of Article 5.6 of the Severance Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with:

“Additionally, for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, (i) if the commencement of any payment or benefit provided under Section 5.2 that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code could, by


application of the terms of Section 5.2 occur in one of two taxable years, then the commencement of such payment or benefit shall begin on the first payroll date occurring in January of such second taxable year, (ii) any references herein to Employee’s “termination of employment” shall refer to Employee’s “separation from service” with the Employer and its affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (iii) to the extent the Executive is entitled to receive a Gross-Up Payment pursuant to Section 8, such Gross-Up Payment shall be paid by the end of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Executive pays the taxes to be grossed-up.”

The Agreement, as amended hereby, is affirmed in all respects and will continue in full force and effect except as amended by this Amendment. To the extent the provisions of this Amendment are inconsistent with the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment will control.

This Amendment shall be effective as of December 20, 2013. Except as amended pursuant to this letter, the Severance Agreement shall continue in full force and effect on and after such date.

By signing below Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees to this Amendment, and hereby confirms the treatment provided in the Amendment.

Executive also acknowledges and agrees that Employer shall provide Executive with an updated, conformed copy of the Severance Agreement with this Amendment (and any other previously agreed upon amendments) incorporated therein.

 

For the Employer:
By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Date:  

 

Accepted and agreed by Executive effective as of the date specified above:

By:  

 

Print Name:  

 

Date:  

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.41

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

SYSCO CORPORATION STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 8, 2013

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I GOVERNANCE      3   
1.1  

Composition of the Board of Directors at the Closing

     3   
1.2  

Continuing Composition of the Board of Directors

     4   
1.3  

Objection to Investor Designee

     5   
1.4  

No Adverse Action; Voting Agreement

     6   
1.5  

Termination of Board Designation Rights

     7   
1.6  

Information Rights

     7   
ARTICLE II TRANSFERS; STANDSTILL PROVISIONS      9   
2.1  

Transfer Restrictions

     9   
2.2  

Standstill Provisions

     11   
ARTICLE III NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICIT      13   
3.1  

Non-Competition; Non-Solicit

     13   
3.2  

Outside Activities

     15   
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      16   
4.1  

Representations and Warranties of the Investors

     16   
4.2  

Representations and Warranties of CD&R

     16   
4.3  

Representations and Warranties of KKR

     16   
4.4  

Representations and Warranties of the Company

     17   
ARTICLE V REGISTRATION      17   
5.1  

Demand Registrations

     17   
5.2  

Piggyback Registrations

     20   
5.3  

Shelf Registration Statement

     21   
5.4  

Withdrawal Rights

     23   
5.5  

Holdback Agreements

     23   
5.6  

Registration Procedures

     24   
5.7  

Registration Expenses

     29   
5.8  

Miscellaneous

     30   
5.9  

Registration Indemnification

     31   
ARTICLE VI DEFINITIONS      33   
6.1  

Defined Terms

     33   
6.2  

Interpretation

     40   


ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS      41   
7.1  

Term

     41   
7.2  

Notices

     41   
7.3  

Investor Actions

     43   
7.4  

Amendments and Waivers

     43   
7.5  

Successors and Assigns

     43   
7.6  

Severability

     43   
7.7  

Counterparts

     43   
7.8  

Entire Agreement

     44   
7.9  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     44   
7.10  

Specific Performance

     45   
7.11  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     45   
7.12  

No Recourse

     45   

Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedule I    Specified Entities
Exhibit A    Form of Joinder

 

-2-


STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 8, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), among Sysco Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“ CD&R ”), Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“ KKR ”) and each of the stockholders whose name appears on the signature pages hereto and any person who becomes a party pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i) hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company, USF Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Unicorn ”), Scorpion Corporation I, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub One ”) and Scorpion Company II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Merger Sub Two ”) intend to enter into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which, among other things, Merger Sub One will be merged with and into Unicorn, followed by a merger of Unicorn with and into Merger Sub Two (the “ Merger ”), with Merger Sub Two continuing as the surviving company and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, each share of outstanding common stock of Unicorn, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Unicorn Common Stock ”) shall be converted in the Merger into (i) shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company (the “ Company Common Stock ”) and/or (ii) cash, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, in connection with the Merger, the Investors (as defined below) are expected to receive shares of Company Common Stock (the shares of Company Common Stock received by the Investors in the Merger, the “ Shares ”) representing, in the aggregate, approximately 13% of the Company’s outstanding shares, after giving effect to the issuance of such Shares; and

WHEREAS, each of the parties hereto wishes to set forth in this Agreement certain terms and conditions regarding the Investors’ ownership of the Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

GOVERNANCE

1.1 Composition of the Board of Directors at the Closing . On or prior to the date of the Closing, (i) the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) shall take (or has taken) all action necessary and appropriate (including by amending the bylaws of the Company, if necessary) to cause the number of directors on the Board to be increased by two and (ii) the Board shall appoint (1) Richard J. Schnall as the initial CD&R Investor Designee and (2) Michael Calbert as the initial KKR Investor Designee to the Board.

 

-3-


1.2 Continuing Composition of the Board of Directors .

(a) Following the Closing, subject to the other provisions of this Section 1.2, including Section 1.2(b) and Section 1.3, at each annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected to the Board, the Company will nominate and use its reasonable best efforts (which shall, subject to Applicable Law, include the inclusion in any proxy statement prepared, used, delivered or publicly filed by the Company to solicit the vote of its stockholders in connection with any such meeting the recommendation of the Board that stockholders of the Company vote in favor of the slate of directors, including the CD&R Investor Designee and/or the KKR Investor Designee) to cause the stockholders to elect to the Board a slate of directors which includes (i) prior to a CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event, one CD&R Investor Designee and (ii) prior to a KKR Investor Rights Termination Event. one KKR Investor Designee).

(b) Upon reasonable prior written notice by the Company, the CD&R Investors and the KKR Investors shall notify the Company of the identity of the proposed CD&R Investor Designee and KKR Investor Designee, respectively, in writing, on or before the time such information is reasonably requested by the Board or the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee for inclusion in a proxy statement for a meeting of stockholders, together with all information about the proposed CD&R Investor Designee or KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, as shall be reasonably requested by the Board or the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and of the type of information requested by the Board or the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of any other person nominated for election to the Board (including, at a minimum, any information regarding the proposed CD&R Investor Designee or KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, to the extent required by applicable securities laws or for any other person nominated for election to the Board).

(c) Subject to Section 1.2(b) and Section 1.3, so long as no CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event has occurred in the event of the death, disability, removal or resignation of the CD&R Investor Director the Board will promptly appoint as a replacement CD&R Investor Director, the CD&R Investor Designee designated by CD&R to fill the resulting vacancy, and such individual shall then be deemed a CD&R Investor Director for all purposes hereunder; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without limiting the rights of CD&R under this Section 1.2 with respect to subsequent annual or special meetings of the stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected to the Board, neither the Company nor the Board shall be under any obligation to appoint any CD&R Investor Director to the Board in the event of the failure of a CD&R Investor Designee to be elected to the Board at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which such CD&R Investor Designee stood for election but was nevertheless not elected. So long as no CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event has occurred, the Board will not remove the CD&R Investor Director without the prior written consent of CD&R, unless the CD&R Investor Director is no longer eligible for designation as a member of the Board pursuant to Section 1.3.

(d) Subject to Section 1.2(b) and Section 1.3, so long as no KKR Investor Rights Termination Event has occurred in the event of the death, disability, removal or resignation of the KKR Investor Director the Board will promptly appoint as a replacement KKR Investor Director the KKR Investor Designee designated by KKR to fill the resulting vacancy, and such

 

-4-


individual shall then be deemed a KKR Investor Director for all purposes hereunder; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without limiting the rights of KKR under this Section 1.2 with respect to subsequent annual or special meetings of the stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected to the Board, neither the Company nor the Board shall be under any obligation to appoint any KKR Investor Director to the Board in the event of the failure of a KKR Investor Designee to be elected to the Board at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which such KKR Investor Designee stood for election but was nevertheless not elected. So long as no KKR Investor Rights Termination Event has occurred, the Board will not remove the KKR Investor Director without the prior written consent of KKR, unless the KKR Investor Director is no longer eligible for designation as a member of the Board pursuant to Section 1.3.

(e) The Company will at all times provide the CD&R Investor Director (in his or her capacity as a member of the Board) and the KKR Investor Director (in his or her capacity as a member of the Board) with the same rights to indemnification and exculpation that it provides to the other members of the Board. The Company acknowledges and agrees that any such obligations to indemnify or advance expenses to the CD&R Investor Director or the KKR Investor Director, as applicable, in his or her capacity as such, for the matters covered by such indemnification obligations shall be the primary source of indemnification and advancement of such CD&R Investor Director and KKR Investor Director, as applicable, in connection therewith, and any obligation on the part of any Investor Indemnitor under any Investor Indemnification Agreement to indemnify or advance expenses to such CD&R Investor Director or KKR Investor Director shall be secondary to the Company’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that such CD&R Investor Director or KKR Investor Director may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Company. In the event that the Company fails to indemnify or advance expenses to the CD&R Investor Director or KKR Investor Director as required by such indemnification obligations and this Agreement (such unpaid amounts, the “ Unpaid Indemnitee Amounts ”), and any Investor Indemnitor makes any payment to such CD&R Investor Director or KKR Investor Director in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses under any Investor Indemnification Agreement on account of such Unpaid Indemnitee Amounts, such Investor Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the rights of such CD&R Investor Director or KKR Investor Director, as applicable, under this Agreement in respect of such Unpaid Indemnitee Amounts.

1.3 Objection to Investor Designee . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article I, the CD&R Investors will not be entitled to designate any CD&R Investor Designee (or, for the avoidance of doubt, any CD&R Investor Director), and the KKR Investors will not be entitled to designate any KKR Investor Designee (or, for the avoidance of doubt, any KKR Investor Director) to, the Board pursuant to this Article I in the event that the Board reasonably determines that (i) the election of such CD&R Investor Designee or such KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, to the Board would cause the Company to not be in compliance with Applicable Law, (ii) such CD&R Investor Designee or such KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, has been involved in any of the events enumerated in Item 2(d) or (e) of Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act or Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act or is subject to any order, decree or judgment of any Governmental Authority prohibiting service as a director of any public company or (iii) such CD&R Investor Designee or such KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, is not reasonably acceptable to the Board or Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. In any such case

 

-5-


described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the CD&R Investors or the KKR Investors, as applicable, will withdraw the designation of such proposed CD&R Investor Designee or KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, and, so long as no CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event or KKR Investor Rights Termination Event has occurred, as applicable, be permitted to designate a replacement therefor (which replacement CD&R Investor Designee or KKR Investor Designee, as applicable, will also be subject to the requirements of this Section 1.3).

1.4 No Adverse Action; Voting Agreement .

(a) Until the occurrence of any CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event or KKR Investor Rights Termination Event, as applicable, without the prior consent of the CD&R Investors or the KKR Investors, as applicable, except as required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not take any action to cause the amendment of its charter or bylaws such that any of the CD&R Investors’ rights or the KKR Investors’ rights, respectively, under this Article I would not be given full effect; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not prohibit any increase or decrease in the size of the Board to the extent such decrease does not affect the CD&R Investors’ or the KKR Investors’ rights to designate a CD&R Investor Designee or KKR Investor Designee, respectively, to the Board.

(b) Until six months after the date (i) with respect to the CD&R Investors’ obligations hereunder, there is no CD&R Investor Director serving as a director on the Board (and the CD&R Investors either no longer having any rights under this Article I to designate any CD&R Investor Designee to serve on the Board or irrevocably waiving any such rights), and (ii) with respect to the KKR Investors’ obligations hereunder, no KKR Investor Director serving as a director on the Board (and the KKR Investors either no longer having any rights under this Article I to designate any KKR Investor Designee to serve on the Board or irrevocably waiving any such rights), each CD&R Investor and KKR Investor, respectively, agrees to cause each Voting Security Beneficially Owned by it to be voted by proxy (returned sufficiently in advance of the deadline for proxy voting for the Company to have the reasonable opportunity to verify receipt) mailed to the stockholders of the Company in connection with the solicitation of any proxy (including, if applicable, through the execution of one or more written consents if stockholders of the Company are requested to vote through the execution of an action by written consent in lieu of any such annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company): (x) in favor of all those persons nominated to serve as directors of the Company by the Board or the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and (y) with respect to any other action, proposal or other matter to be voted upon by the stockholders of the Company (including through action by written consent), in accordance with the recommendation of the Board; provided , however , that following the occurrence of a CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of such term, this Section 1.4(b) shall immediately cease to apply to the CD&R Investors upon such date as there is no CD&R Investor Director serving as a director on the Board, and following the occurrence of a KKR Investor Rights Termination Event pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of such term, this Section 1.4(b) shall immediately cease to apply to the KKR Investors upon such date as there is no KKR Investor Director serving as a director on the Board.

 

-6-


1.5 Termination of Rights .

(a) Immediately upon the occurrence of any CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event, all obligations of the Company with respect to CD&R and any CD&R Investor Director or CD&R Investor Designee pursuant to this Article I shall forever terminate and, unless otherwise consented to by a majority of the members of the Board (in each case, excluding the CD&R Investor Director), CD&R shall cause the CD&R Investor Director to immediately resign from the Board.

(b) Immediately upon the occurrence of any KKR Investor Rights Termination Event, all obligations of the Company with respect to KKR and any KKR Investor Director or KKR Investor Designee pursuant to this Article I shall forever terminate and, unless otherwise consented to by a majority of the members of the Board (in each case, excluding the KKR Investor Director), KKR shall cause the KKR Investor Director to immediately resign from the Board.

1.6 Information Rights; Committees .

(a) Subject to Section 1.6(b), prior to a CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event or a KKR Investor Rights Termination Event, as applicable, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries will prepare and provide, or cause to be prepared and provided, to the CD&R Investor Director or KKR Investor Director (in each case in his or her capacity as such), if any, any information, and access to any information, relating to the management, operations and finances of the Company and its subsidiaries as and when provided to non-management Directors of the Company and (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries will give notice of each meeting of any committee of the Board (at the same time such notice is provided to any committee member) to the CD&R Investor Director and the KKR Investor Director, provide all information provided to members of each such committee simultaneously to the CD&R Investor Director and the KKR Investor Director and permit the CD&R Investor Director and the KKR Investor Director to attend all such committee meetings as an observer.

(b) In furtherance of and not in limitation of any other similar agreement such party or any of its Representatives or Affiliates may have with the Company or its subsidiaries or Unicorn or its affiliates, each of the Investors hereby agrees that all Confidential Information with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries and its and their businesses, finances and operations shall be kept confidential by it and shall not be disclosed by it in any manner whatsoever, except as permitted by this Section 1.6(b). Any Confidential Information may be disclosed:

(i) by an Investor (w) to each other Investor and each other Investor’s respective directors, managers, officers, employees and authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors thereof), but only for so long as both a CD&R Investor Director and a KKR Investor Director serve as directors on the Board, (x) to any of its Affiliates, (y) to such Investor’s or such Affiliate’s respective directors, managers, officers, employees and authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors thereof) and (z) in the case of any Investor that is a limited partnership, limited liability company or other investment vehicle, to any current or prospective direct or indirect general partner, limited partner, member, equityholder or management company of such Investor or any former direct or indirect general partner, limited partner, member, equityholder or management company which retained an economic interest in such Investor (or any

 

-7-


employee, attorney, accountant, consultant, banker or financial advisor or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the Persons described in clause (z), collectively, “ Investor Related Persons ” and each of the Persons described in clauses (x), (y) and (z) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not those described in clause (w)), collectively, for purposes of this Section 1.6(b) and the definition of Confidential Information, “ Representatives ”), in each case, solely if and to the extent any Representative needs to be provided such Confidential Information to assist such Investor (as the case may be) (or its Affiliates or, in the case of the Investors, any Investor Related Persons, as applicable) in evaluating or reviewing its existing or prospective direct or indirect investment in the Company, including in connection with the disposition thereof, and each Representative of an Investor shall be deemed to be bound by the provisions of this Section 1.6(b) ( provided , that with respect to Investor Related Persons, such Persons shall instead be deemed to be bound by any confidentiality agreement or obligation to which such Person is a party or is otherwise bound, which has restrictions substantially similar to this Section 1.6(b)) and such Investor shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 1.6(b) (or such other agreement or obligation, as applicable) by any such Representative;

(ii) by an Investor or any of its Representatives to the extent the Company consents in writing;

(iii) by an Investor or any Investor Related Person or any of their respective Representatives to a potential Transferee (so long as such Transfer is permitted hereunder); provided , that such Transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 1.6(b) (or a confidentiality agreement having restrictions substantially similar to this Section 1.6(b)) and such Investor shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 1.6(b) (or such confidentiality agreement) by any such Transferee and, in any case, such Investor shall remain liable for any breach of any such provisions by such Transferee; and

(iv) by any Investor or any Investor Related Person or any of their respective Representatives or any Person referred to in clause (i)(w) above to the extent that such Investor, Investor Related Person, Representative or Person referred to in clause (i)(w) above has received advice from its counsel (including in-house counsel) that it is legally compelled to do so or is required to do so to comply with Applicable Law or legal process or Governmental Authority request or the rules of any securities exchange or the rules and regulations of any SRO; provided , that prior to making such disclosure, such Person uses commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, including, to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by Applicable Law, (A) consulting with the Company regarding such disclosure and (B) if reasonably requested by the Company, assisting the Company, at the Company’s expense, in seeking a protective order to limit the scope of or prevent the requested disclosure; provided , further , that such Investor, Investor Related Person, Representative or Person referred to in clause (i)(w) above, as the case may be, uses reasonable best efforts to disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information as is requested by the applicable Governmental Authority or as is, based on the advice of its counsel (including in-house counsel), legally required or compelled.

 

-8-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) without limiting any such KKR Investor Director’s fiduciary duties under Applicable Law, and subject to Section 3.2, each of the parties hereto hereby consents to the KKR Investor Director sharing any information such KKR Investor Director (in his or her capacity as such) receives from the Company with officers, directors, members, employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors of KKR, the KKR Investors, the KKR Investment Funds and their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio companies thereof) in each case, who shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 1.6(b) (or to be bound by any confidentiality agreement or obligation to which such Person is a party or is otherwise bound, which has restrictions substantially similar to this Section 1.6(b)) (and KKR shall also remain responsible for any breach of such provisions, or such other agreements or obligations, as applicable, by any such Person), for the internal use by KKR, the KKR Investors, the KKR Investment Funds and such Affiliates of any such information, subject, however, to (x) KKR, the KKR Investors, the KKR Investment Funds and their respective Affiliates maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of the Company in violation of Applicable Law and (y) compliance by KKR, the KKR Investors, the KKR Investment Funds and their respective Affiliates with the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 1.6(b) and (ii) without limiting any such CD&R Investor Director’s fiduciary duties under Applicable Law, and subject to Section 3.2, each of the parties hereto hereby consents to the CD&R Investor Director sharing any information such CD&R Investor Director (in his or her capacity as such) receives from the Company with officers, directors, members, employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors of CD&R, the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investment Funds and their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio companies thereof) in each case, who shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 1.6(b) (or to be bound by any confidentiality agreement or obligation to which such Person is a party or is otherwise bound, which has restrictions substantially similar to this Section 1.6(b)) (and CD&R shall also remain responsible for any breach of such provisions, or such other agreements or obligations, as applicable, by any such Person), for the internal use by CD&R, the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investment Funds and such Affiliates of any such information, subject, however, to (x) CD&R, the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investment Funds and their respective Affiliates maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of the Company in violation of Applicable Law and (y) compliance by CD&R, the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investment Funds and their respective Affiliates with the confidentiality provisions set forth in this Section 1.6(b).

ARTICLE II

TRANSFERS; STANDSTILL PROVISIONS

2.1 Transfer Restrictions .

(a) Other than solely in the case of a Permitted Transfer, no Investor shall Transfer any Shares prior to the date that is fifteen (15) months after the Closing (such period, the “ Restricted Period ”).

 

-9-


(b) “ Permitted Transfers ” mean, in each case, so long as such Transfer is in accordance with Applicable Law and, solely in the case of sub-clause (i) below, any such Transfer would not result in the CD&R Investors or the KKR Investors exceeding the CD&R Ownership Limit or the KKR Ownership Limit, respectively:

(i) a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee of the applicable Investor, so long as such Permitted Transferee, in connection with such Transfer, executes a joinder to this Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, in which such Permitted Transferee agrees to be a “CD&R Investor,” in the case of a Transfer by a CD&R Investor or a “KKR Investor,” in the case of a Transfer by a KKR Investor; or

(ii) a Transfer solely to tender into a tender or exchange offer commenced by a third party (for the avoidance of doubt, not in violation of this Agreement) or by the Company; provided , that with respect to an unsolicited tender or exchange offer commenced by a third party, such Transfer shall be permitted only if (A) such tender or exchange offer includes an irrevocable minimum tender condition of no less than a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Company Common Stock and (B) as of the expiration of such offer (x) no stockholder rights plan or analogous “poison pill” of the Company is in effect or (y) the Board has affirmatively publicly recommended to the Company’s stockholders that such stockholders tender into such offer and has not publicly withdrawn or changed such recommendation.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including Article V hereof and the expiration or inapplicability of the Restricted Period, no Investor shall Transfer any Voting Securities:

(i) other than in accordance with all Applicable Laws and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(ii) except in a Permitted Transfer, in one or more transactions in which any Person or Group, to such Investor’s knowledge, after giving effect to such Transfer, would Beneficially Own 5% or more of the Total Voting Power or the Total Economic Interest; provided that the restriction in this clause (ii) shall not apply to Transfers effected solely through a bona fide Underwritten Offering pursuant to an exercise of the registration rights provided in Article V of this Agreement; or

(iii) except in a Permitted Transfer, on any given day in an amount (in aggregate for the CD&R Investors and their Affiliates, or the KKR Investors and their Affiliates, respectively), greater than 5% of the average daily trading volume of Company Common Stock for the 20-trading day period immediately preceding the date of such Transfer (the “ Volume Limitation ”); provided , that the Volume Limitation shall not apply to Transfers effected through an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to an exercise of the registration rights provided in Article V of this Agreement.

(d) Without limiting any other provision of this Article II, prior to the expiration of any Restricted Period with respect to any Investor, the CD&R Investors and the KKR Investors will discuss with the Company their contemplated plans for the orderly disposition, in accordance with the Volume Limitation, of Voting Securities by such Investor.

 

-10-


(e) Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of Voting Securities in violation of this Section 2.1 shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be null and void ab initio , and the Company shall not, and shall instruct its transfer agent and other third parties not to, record or recognize any such purported transaction on the share register of the Company.

(f) With respect to any KKR Investor or CD&R Investor, any certificates for Shares shall bear a legend or legends (and appropriate comparable notations or other arrangements will be made with respect to any uncertificated shares) referencing restrictions on Transfer of such Shares under the Securities Act and under this Agreement, which legend shall state in substance:

“The securities evidenced by this certificate may not be offered or sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of except (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ,” (ii) to the extent applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule under the Securities Act relating to the disposition of securities), or (iii) pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

The securities evidenced by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer set forth in a Stockholders Agreement dated as of December 8, 2013, among the Company and certain other parties thereto (a copy of which is on file with the Secretary of the Company).”

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection (f), the holder of any certificate(s) for Shares shall be entitled to receive from the Company new certificates for a like number of Shares not bearing such legend (or the elimination or termination of such notations or arrangements) upon the request of such holder (i) at such time as such restrictions are no longer applicable, and (ii) with respect to the restriction on Transfer of such Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable Foreign or State Act, unless such Shares are sold pursuant to a registration statement, subject to delivery of an opinion of counsel to such holder, which opinion is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company and its counsel, that the restriction referenced in such legend (or such notations or arrangements) is no longer required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act or any such other applicable Foreign or State Act.

2.2 Standstill Provisions .

(a) During the Standstill Period, the KKR Investors, the CD&R Investors, KKR and CD&R shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall not permit any of their Controlled Affiliates, directly or indirectly, to, and neither CD&R nor KKR shall permit any CD&R Investment Fund or KKR Investment Fund, respectively, directly or indirectly, to (i) acquire, agree to acquire, propose or offer to acquire, or facilitate the acquisition or ownership of, Voting Securities, or securities of the Company that are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into Voting Securities, other than (A) as a result of any stock split, stock dividend or subdivision of Voting Securities or (B) any acquisition of shares of Company Common Stock by any CD&R Non-Private Equity Business or KKR Non-Private Equity Business, so long as after giving effect

 

-11-


to such acquisition, all CD&R Non-Private Equity Businesses, in the aggregate, or KKR Non-Private Equity Businesses, in the aggregate, respectively, would each Beneficially Own less than 5% of the Total Voting Power and the Total Economic Interest, (ii) deposit any Voting Securities into a voting trust or similar Contract or subject any Voting Securities to any voting agreement, pooling arrangement or similar arrangement or other Contract (other than solely between (x) the CD&R Investors, CD&R and the CD&R Investment Funds or (y) the KKR Investors, KKR and the KKR Investment Funds, and, in the case of each of the foregoing (x) and (y), their respective Controlled Affiliates), or grant any proxy with respect to any Voting Securities (other than (A) pursuant to Section 1.4(b) or (B) otherwise to the Company or a Person specified by the Company in a proxy card provided to stockholders of the Company by or on behalf of the Company, (iii) enter, agree to enter, propose or offer to enter into or facilitate any merger, business combination, recapitalization, restructuring, change in control transaction or other similar extraordinary transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (unless (1) such transaction is affirmatively publicly recommended by the Board and there has otherwise been no breach of this Section 2.2 in connection with or relating to such transaction or (2) such action is expressly permitted by Section 2.1(c)(ii)), (iv) make, or in any way participate or engage in, any “solicitation” of “proxies” (as such terms are used in the proxy rules of the Commission) to vote, or advise or knowingly influence any Person with respect to the voting of, any Voting Securities, (v) call, or seek to call, a meeting of the stockholders of the Company or initiate any stockholder proposal for action by stockholders of the Company, (vi) form, join or in any way participate in a Group (other than with its Permitted Transferee that is bound by the restrictions of this Section 2.2(a) or a Group which consists solely of any of CD&R, any CD&R Investment Fund and the CD&R Investors, or of KKR, any KKR Investment Fund, the KKR Investors and, in each case, their respective Controlled Affiliates), with respect to any Voting Securities, (vii) otherwise act, alone or in concert with others, to seek to Control or influence the management or the policies of the Company ( provided , that this clause (vii) shall in no way limit the activities of any CD&R Investor Director or any KKR Investor Director taken in good faith solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Company), (viii) publicly disclose any intention, plan, arrangement or other Contract prohibited by, or inconsistent with, the foregoing or (ix) advise or knowingly assist or encourage or enter into any discussions, negotiations, agreements, or arrangements or other Contracts with any other Persons in connection with the foregoing. The CD&R Investors, the KKR Investors, CD&R and KKR further agree that, during the Standstill Period, the CD&R Investors, the KKR Investors, CD&R and KKR shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall not permit any of their Controlled Affiliates, directly or indirectly, to, and neither of CD&R or KKR shall permit any CD&R Investment Fund or KKR Investment Fund, respectively, directly or indirectly, to (x) request the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Section 2.2 (including this sentence) or (y) take any action that would reasonably be expected to require the Company to make a public announcement regarding the possibility of a business combination, merger or other type of transaction or matter described in this Section 2.2; provided , that this clause (y) shall in no way limit the activities of any CD&R Investor Director or any KKR Investor Director taken in good faith solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Company.

(b) “ Standstill Period ” shall mean, with respect to each of (i) CD&R and the CD&R Investors and (ii) KKR and the KKR Investors, from the Closing Date until the date that is the later of (x) the date on which either CD&R and the CD&R Investors (with respect to CD&R) or KKR and the KKR Investors (with respect to KKR) Beneficially Own 25% or less of the Shares Beneficially Owned by such Persons as of immediately following the Closing and (y) one year

 

-12-


after the date on which, with respect to CD&R, the CD&R Investor Director ceases to serve as a director on the Board or, with respect to KKR, the date on which the KKR Investor Director ceases to serve as a director on the Board, (and such CD&R Investors or KKR Investors, respectively, either no longer have any rights under Article I to designate any Investor Designee to serve on the Board or have irrevocably waived any such rights). For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at all times during the Standstill Period, each of (A) CD&R and the CD&R Investors and (B) KKR and the KKR Investors agree that their Beneficial Ownership, on a fully diluted basis, of Voting Securities or securities of the Company that are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into Voting Securities, shall not exceed the CD&R Ownership Limit or the KKR Ownership Limit, respectively.

ARTICLE III

NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICIT

3.1 Non-Competition; Non-Solicit .

(a) In order to induce the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. and CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P. hereby covenants and agrees that, from the Closing Date and until the date that is three (3) years after the date of the Closing, such Persons shall not own, manage or operate, or participate in, or benefit from, the ownership, management or operation of, or have any Beneficial Ownership interest in, any Specified Entity.

(b) In order to induce the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each of KKR 2006 Fund L.P. and KKR Partners III, L.P. hereby covenants and agrees that, from the Closing Date and until the date that is three (3) years after the date of the Closing, such Persons shall not own, manage or operate, or participate in, or benefit from, the ownership, management or operation of, or have any Beneficial Ownership interest in, any Specified Entity.

(c) In order to induce the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, from the Closing Date and until a KKR Investor Rights Termination Event, (i) each of KKR and KKR 2006 Fund L.P. hereby covenants and agrees that such Investor will establish and maintain adequate procedures to prevent Confidential Information with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries and its and their businesses, finances and operations from being disclosed to investment professionals of such Investor (whether or not such Persons are engaged in the private equity business or the KKR Non-Private Equity Business) in connection with the consideration or evaluation by such investment professionals of an investment in a Designated Entity; provided that nothing herein shall restrict any disclosure to the extent such disclosure occurs as part of such Investor’s or its Affiliates’ regular internal reporting, portfolio management process or investment committee participation and (ii) the KKR Investor Director shall not serve as a director or otherwise participate in any other manner in any other Designated Entity (or the evaluation or investigation thereof) in which any private equity business or KKR Non-Private Equity Business has invested or is considering an investment (other than through such individual’s ownership interest in, or employment by, any Investor or any Affiliate of any Investor); provided that nothing herein shall restrict such Investor’s or its Affiliates’ regular internal reporting, portfolio management process or investment committee participation by such KKR Investor Director.

 

-13-


(d) In order to induce the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, from the Closing Date and until a CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event, (i) each of CD&R and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P. hereby covenants and agrees that such Investor will establish and maintain adequate procedures to prevent Confidential Information with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries and its and their businesses, finances and operations from being disclosed to investment professionals of such Investor (whether or not such Persons are engaged in the private equity business or the CD&R Non-Private Equity Business) in connection with the consideration or evaluation by such investment professionals of an investment in a Designated Entity; provided that nothing herein shall restrict any disclosure to the extent such disclosure occurs as part of such Investor’s or its Affiliates’ regular internal reporting, portfolio management process or investment committee participation and (ii) the CD&R Investor Director shall not serve as a director or otherwise participate in any other manner in any other Designated Entity (or the evaluation or investigation thereof) in which any private equity business or CD&R Non-Private Equity Business has invested or is considering an investment (other than through such individual’s ownership interest in, or employment by, any Investor or any Affiliate of any Investor); provided that nothing herein shall restrict such Investor’s or its Affiliates’ regular internal reporting, portfolio management process or investment committee participation by such CD&R Investor Director.

(e) In order to induce the Company to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each of CD&R, the CD&R Investors, KKR and the KKR Investors hereby covenants and agrees that, during the Standstill Period, such Persons shall not solicit for employment any person that is (or was within the six-month period prior to the date of determination) a member of the management team of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or of the management team of Unicorn or any of its subsidiaries, in each case with a title of Operating Company President (or the equivalent) or higher; provided, that (i) employing any person who contacts such Person on his or her own initiative and without any direct solicitation by such Person or as a result of general, non-targeted media advertising or (ii) soliciting or employing any such person through the use of an independent search firm that contacts employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or of Unicorn or any of its subsidiaries, without the direction or advice of any of the Persons whose activities are restricted by this Section 3.1(d) shall, in each case, not be deemed to be direct or indirect solicitations.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a breach of the obligations under this Section 3.1, in addition to all other available remedies, the Company shall be entitled to seek specific performance to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.1 in any court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 7.10.

(g) Each of CD&R, the CD&R Investors, KKR and the KKR Investors acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 3.1 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement and the Merger Agreement and consummate the

 

-14-


transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Merger Agreement. It is the intent of the parties that the provisions of this Section 3.1 shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the Applicable Law and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any particular provision or portion of this Section 3.1 shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision or portion thereof shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to render such provision or portion valid and enforceable, such amendment to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision or portion in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

3.2 Outside Activities . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 and Section 3.1:

(a) Subject to subsection (c) below, CD&R, any CD&R Investor, any CD&R Investment Fund, KKR, any KKR Investor, any KKR Investment Fund and any of their respective Affiliates may engage in or possess any interest in other investments, business ventures or Persons of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to, or that competes with, the investments or business of the Company, and may provide advice and other assistance to any such investment, business venture or Person;

(b) The Company shall have no rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such investments, business ventures or Persons or the income or profits derived therefrom; and

(c) The pursuit of any such investment or venture, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper and shall not constitute a conflict of interest or breach of fiduciary or other duty in respect of the Company, its subsidiaries or the Investors. None of CD&R, the CD&R Investors, any CD&R Investment Fund, KKR, any KKR Investor, any KKR Investment Fund or any of their respective Affiliates shall be obligated to present any particular investment or business opportunity to the Company even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company, could be pursued by the Company, and each of CD&R, the CD&R Investors, any CD&R Investment Fund, KKR, any KKR Investor, any KKR Investment Fund and any of their respective Affiliates shall have the right to pursue for its own account (individually or as a partner or a fiduciary) or to recommend to any other Person any such investment opportunity; provided , that a CD&R Investor Director or a KKR Investor Director, as the case may be, who is offered an investment or business opportunity in his or her capacity as a member of the Board shall be obligated to communicate such opportunity to the Company, in which case CD&R, the CD&R Investors, any CD&R Investment Fund or KKR, any KKR Investor, any KKR Investment Fund and their respective Affiliates, respectively, shall not be permitted to pursue such opportunity unless the Board determines not to do so.

 

-15-


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1 Representations and Warranties of the Investors . Each Investor, on behalf of itself and not any other Investor, hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows as of the date hereof:

(a) Such Investor: (i) will be acquiring at Closing the Shares for its own account, solely for investment and not with a view toward, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of any foreign, federal, state or local securities or “blue sky” laws, or with any present intention of distributing or selling such Shares in violation of any such laws, (ii) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares and of making an informed investment decision and (iii) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Such Investor understands that the Shares may not be Transferred except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act (and in compliance with any other Applicable Law) or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom.

4.2 Representations and Warranties of CD&R . Each Initial CD&R Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. It has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement do not and will not conflict with or violate any provision of, or require the consent or approval of any Person (except for any such consents or approvals which have been obtained) under, (x) Applicable Law, (y) its organizational documents or (z) any contract or agreement to which it is a party.

(c) The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other analogous action on its part. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity.

4.3 Representations and Warranties of KKR . Each Initial KKR Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. It has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement do not and will not conflict with or violate any provision of, or require the consent or approval of any Person (except for any such consents or approvals which have been obtained) under, (x) Applicable Law, (y) its organizational documents or (z) any contract or agreement to which it is a party.

 

-16-


(c) The execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other analogous action on its part. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity.

4.4 Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:

(a) The Company is a corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement do not and will not conflict with or violate any provision of, or require the consent or approval of any Person (except for any such consents or approvals which have been obtained) under, (x) Applicable Law, (y) the organizational documents of the Company (following any actions taken pursuant to Section 1.1(i)) or (z) any contract or agreement to which the Company is a party.

(c) The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity.

ARTICLE V

REGISTRATION

5.1 Demand Registrations .

(a) From and after the expiration of the Restricted Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof (x) solely during any period that the Company is then-ineligible under Applicable Law to register Registrable Securities on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 5.3 or, if the Company is so eligible but has failed to comply with its obligations under Section 5.3 or (y) following the expiration of the Company’s obligation to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective pursuant to Section 5.3(c), but only if there is no Shelf Registration Statement then in effect, any Demand Stockholders (“ Requesting Stockholders ”) shall be entitled

 

-17-


to make an unlimited number of written requests of the Company (each, a “ Demand ”) for registration under the Securities Act of an amount of Registrable Securities then held by such Requesting Stockholders that equals or is greater than the Registrable Amount (a “ Demand Registration ”). Thereupon the Company will, subject to the terms of this Agreement, use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration as promptly as practicable under the Securities Act of:

(i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the Requesting Stockholders for disposition in accordance with the intended method of disposition stated in such Demand;

(ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register pursuant to Section 5.1(b), but subject to Section 5.1(g); and

(iii) all shares of Company Common Stock which the Company may elect to register in connection with any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 5.1, but subject to Section 5.1(g);

all to the extent necessary to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof) of the Registrable Securities and the additional shares of Company Common Stock, if any, to be so registered.

(b) A Demand shall specify: (i) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered in such Demand Registration, (ii) the intended method of disposition in connection with such Demand Registration, to the extent then known and (iii) the identity of the Requesting Stockholder(s). Within three (3) Business Days after receipt of a Demand, the Company shall give written notice of such Demand to all other holders of Registrable Securities. The Company shall include in the Demand Registration covered by such Demand all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the Company’s notice required by this paragraph has been given, subject to Section 5.1(g). Each such written request shall comply with the requirements of a Demand as set forth in this Section 5.1(b).

(c) A Demand Registration shall not be deemed to have been effected and shall not count as a Demand Registration (i) unless a registration statement with respect thereto has become effective and has remained effective for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days or such shorter period in which all Registrable Securities included in such Demand Registration have actually been sold thereunder ( provided , that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder of Registrable Securities refrains from selling any securities included in such registration statement at the request of the Company or the lead managing underwriter(s) pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement) or (ii) if, after it has become effective, such Demand Registration becomes subject, prior to one hundred eighty (180) days after effectiveness, to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other Governmental Authority, other than by reason of any act or omission by the applicable Selling Stockholders.

 

-18-


(d) Demand Registrations shall be on such appropriate registration form of the Commission as shall be selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Requesting Stockholders.

(e) The Company shall not be obligated to (i) subject to Section 5.1(c), maintain the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act filed pursuant to a Demand Registration, for a period longer than one hundred eighty (180) days or (ii) effect any Demand Registration (A) within six (6) months of a “firm commitment” Underwritten Offering in which all Demand Stockholders were offered “piggyback” rights pursuant to Section 5.2 (subject to Section 5.2(b)) and at least 75% of the number of Registrable Securities requested by such Demand Stockholders to be included in such Demand Registration were included and sold, (B) within six (6) months of the completion of any other Demand Registration (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Underwritten Offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement) or (C) if, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, it is not feasible for the Company to proceed with the Demand Registration because of the unavailability of audited or other required financial statements; provided , that the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain such financial statements as promptly as practicable.

(f) The Company shall be entitled to postpone (upon written notice to the Demand Stockholders) the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for any Demand Registration in the event of a Blackout Period until the expiration of the applicable Blackout Period. In the event of a Blackout Period under clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Company shall deliver to the Demand Stockholders requesting registration a certificate signed by either the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company certifying that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, the conditions described in clause (ii) of the definition of Blackout Period are met. Such certificate shall contain an approximation of the anticipated delay.

(g) If, in connection with a Demand Registration that involves an Underwritten Offering, the lead managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company that, in its (their) opinion, the inclusion of all of the securities sought to be registered in connection with such Demand Registration would adversely affect the success thereof, then the Company shall include in such registration statement only such securities as the Company is advised by such lead managing underwriter(s) can be sold without such adverse effect as follows and in the following order of priority: (i) first, up to the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by the Demand Stockholders, which, in the opinion of the lead managing underwriter(s), can be sold without adversely affecting the success thereof, pro rata among such Demand Stockholders on the basis of the number of such Registrable Securities requested to be included by such Demand Stockholders; (ii) second, up to the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration by other holders of Registrable Securities, pro rata on the basis of the amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included by such holders; (iii) third, securities the Company proposes to sell; and (iv) fourth, all other securities of the Company duly requested to be included in such registration statement, pro rata on the basis of the amount of such other securities requested to be included or such other allocation method determined by the Company.

 

-19-


(h) Any time that a Demand Registration involves an Underwritten Offering, the Requesting Stockholder(s) shall select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) that will serve as managing underwriters (including which such managing underwriters will serve as lead or co-lead) and underwriters with respect to the offering of such Registrable Securities; provided, that such investment banker(s) and manager(s) shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

5.2 Piggyback Registrations .

(a) From and after the expiration of the Restricted Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, whenever the Company proposes to register any Company Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than a registration by the Company (i) on Form S-4 or any successor form thereto, (ii) on Form S-8 or any successor form thereto, (iii) on a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 5.3 or (iv) pursuant to Section 5.1) (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), whether for its own account or for the account of others, the Company shall give all holders of Registrable Securities prompt written notice thereof (but not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the filing by the Company with the Commission of any registration statement with respect thereto). Such notice (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) shall specify the number of shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be registered, the proposed date of filing of such registration statement with the Commission, the proposed means of distribution, the proposed managing underwriter(s) (if any) and a good faith estimate by the Company of the proposed minimum offering price of such shares of Company Common Stock, in each case to the extent then known. Subject to Section 5.2(b), the Company shall include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities held by holders of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Seller ”) with respect to which the Company has received written requests (which written requests shall specify the number of Registrable Securities requested to be disposed of by such Piggyback Seller) for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after such Piggyback Notice is received by such Piggyback Seller.

(b) If, in connection with a Piggyback Registration that involves an Underwritten Offering, the lead managing underwriter(s) advises the Company that, in its opinion, the inclusion of all the shares of Company Common Stock sought to be included in such Piggyback Registration by (i) the Company, (ii) other Persons who have sought to have shares of Company Common Stock registered in such Piggyback Registration pursuant to rights to demand (other than pursuant to so-called “piggyback” or other incidental or participation registration rights) such registration (such Persons being “ Other Demanding Sellers ”), (iii) the Piggyback Sellers and (iv) any other proposed sellers of shares of Company Common Stock (such Persons being “ Other Proposed Sellers ”), as the case may be, would adversely affect the success thereof, then the Company shall include in the registration statement applicable to such Piggyback Registration only such shares of Company Common Stock as the Company is so advised by such lead managing underwriter(s) can be sold without such an effect, as follows and in the following order of priority:

(i) if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, such number of shares of Company Common Stock to be sold by the Company as the Company, in its reasonable judgment and acting in good faith and in accordance with sound financial practice, shall have determined, (B) second, Registrable Securities of Piggyback Sellers, pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by such Piggyback Sellers, (C) third, shares of Company Common Stock sought to be registered by Other Demanding Sellers, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be sold by such Other Demanding Sellers and (D) fourth, other shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers; or

 

-20-


(ii) if the Piggyback Registration relates to an offering other than for the Company’s own account, then (A) first, such number of shares of Company Common Stock sought to be registered by each Other Demanding Seller pro rata in proportion to the number of securities sought to be registered by all such Other Demanding Sellers, (B) second, Registrable Securities of Piggyback Sellers, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be sold by such Piggyback Sellers, (C) third, shares of Company Common Stock to be sold by the Company and (D) fourth, other shares of Company Common Stock proposed to be sold by any Other Proposed Sellers.

(c) For clarity, in connection with any Underwritten Offering under this Section 5.2 for the Company’s account, the Company shall not be required to include the Registrable Securities of a Piggyback Seller in the Underwritten Offering unless such Piggyback Seller accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s), which shall be selected by the Company.

(d) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any shares of Company Common Stock as set forth in this Section 5.2 and prior to the time the registration statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration is declared effective, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such shares of Company Common Stock, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to the Piggyback Sellers within five (5) Business Days thereof and thereupon shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such particular withdrawn or abandoned Piggyback Registration; provided , that Demand Stockholders may continue the registration as a Demand Registration pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.

5.3 Shelf Registration Statement .

(a) From and after the expiration of the Restricted Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and further subject to the availability of a registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor form thereto (“ Form S-3 ”) to the Company, any of the Demand Stockholders may by written notice delivered to the Company (the “ Shelf Notice ”) require the Company to file as soon as reasonably practicable, and to use reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after such filing date, a Form S-3 providing for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”) relating to the offer and sale, from time to time, of an amount of Registrable Securities then held by such Demand Stockholders that equals or is greater than the Registrable Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that upon the expiration of the Restricted Period the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), a Shelf Notice shall not be required and the Company shall file, as soon as reasonably practicable following the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Shelf Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or any successor form thereto registering all Registrable Securities then held by such Demand Stockholders.

 

-21-


(b) Within ten (10) days after receipt of a Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 5.3(a), the Company will deliver written notice thereof to all other holders of Registrable Securities. Each other holder of Registrable Securities may elect to participate with respect to its Registrable Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the plan and method of distribution set forth, or to be set forth, in such Shelf Registration Statement by delivering to the Company a written request to so participate within ten (10) days after the Shelf Notice is received by any such holder of Registrable Securities.

(c) Subject to Section 5.3(d), the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective; (ii) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold thereunder in accordance with the plan and method of distribution disclosed in the prospectus included in the Shelf Registration Statement, or otherwise cease to be Registrable Securities; and (iii) the date on which this agreement terminates pursuant to Section 7.1.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, from time to time, by providing written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities who elected to participate in the Shelf Registration Statement, to require such holders of Registrable Securities to suspend the use of the prospectus for sales of Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement during any Blackout Period. In the event of a Blackout Period under clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Company shall deliver to the Demand Stockholders requesting registration a certificate signed by either the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company certifying that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, the conditions described in clause (ii) of the definition of Blackout Period are met. Such certificate shall contain an approximation of the anticipated delay. After the expiration of any Blackout Period and without any further request from a holder of Registrable Securities, the Company to the extent necessary shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e) At any time that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, if any Demand Stockholder delivers a notice to the Company (a “ Take-Down Notice ”) stating that it intends to sell all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the Shelf Registration Statement in an Underwritten Offering (a “ Shelf Offering ”), then, the Company shall promptly amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Offering (taking into account, solely in connection with a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering, the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other holders pursuant to this Section 5.3). In connection with any Shelf Offering that is an Underwritten Offering and where the plan of distribution set forth in the applicable Take-Down Notice includes a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the Company and the underwriters (a “ Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering ”):

(i) the Company shall forward the Take-Down Notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities included on the Shelf Registration Statement and the Company and such proposing Demand Stockholder(s) shall permit each such holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the Shelf Registration Statement in the Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering if such holder notifies the proposing Demand Stockholder(s) and the Company within five (5) days after delivery of the Take-Down Notice to such holder; and

 

-22-


(ii) if the lead managing underwriter(s) advises the Company and the proposing Demand Stockholder(s) that, in its opinion, the inclusion of all of the securities sought to be sold in connection with such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering would adversely affect the success thereof, then there shall be included in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering only such securities as the proposing Demand Stockholder(s) is advised by such lead managing underwriter(s) can be sold without such adverse effect, and such number of Registrable Securities shall be allocated in the same manner as described in Section 5.1(g). Except as otherwise expressly specified in this Section 5.3, any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering shall be subject to the same requirements, limitations and other provisions of this Article V as would be applicable to a Demand Registration ( i.e. , as if such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering were a Demand Registration), including Section 5.1(e)(ii) (provided that references therein to six (6) months shall be deemed to be references to four (4) months) and Section 5.1(g).

5.4 Withdrawal Rights . Any holder of Registrable Securities having notified or directed the Company to include any or all of its Registrable Securities in a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have the right to withdraw any such notice or direction with respect to any or all of the Registrable Securities designated by it for registration by giving written notice to such effect to the Company prior to the effective date of such registration statement. In the event of any such withdrawal, the Company shall not include such Registrable Securities in the applicable registration and such Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities for all purposes of this Agreement (subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement). No such withdrawal shall affect the obligations of the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities not so withdrawn; provided , however , that in the case of a Demand Registration, if such withdrawal shall reduce the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included in such registration below the Registrable Amount, then the Company shall as promptly as practicable give each Demand Stockholder seeking to register Registrable Securities notice to such effect and, within ten (10) days following the mailing of such notice, such Demand Stockholders still seeking registration shall, by written notice to the Company, elect to register additional Registrable Securities to satisfy the Registrable Amount or elect that such registration statement not be filed or, if theretofore filed, be withdrawn. During such ten (10) day period, the Company shall not file such registration statement if not theretofore filed or, if such registration statement has been theretofore filed, the Company shall not seek, and shall use reasonable best efforts to prevent, the effectiveness thereof.

5.5 Holdback Agreements . In connection with any Underwritten Offering, each Demand Stockholder, agrees to enter into customary agreements restricting the public sale or distribution of equity securities of the Company (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to the extent required in writing by the lead managing underwriter(s) with respect

 

-23-


to an applicable Underwritten Offering during the period commencing on the date of the “pricing” of such Underwritten Offering) and continuing for not more than sixty (60) days after the date of the “final” prospectus (or “final” prospectus supplement if the Underwritten Offering is made pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement), pursuant to which such Underwritten Offering shall be made, or such lesser period as is required by the lead managing underwriter(s) or such lesser period as is required by the lead managing underwriter(s). Any discretionary waiver or termination of the requirements under the foregoing provisions made by the Company or applicable lead managing underwriter(s) shall apply to each holder of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis.

If any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering involves an Underwritten Offering, the Company will not effect any public sale or distribution of any common equity (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common equity) (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto) for its own account, within sixty (60) days, after the effective date of such registration except as may otherwise be agreed between the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) of such Underwritten Offering.

5.6 Registration Procedures .

(a) If and whenever the Company is required to use reasonable best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 5.1, Section 5.2 or Section 5.3, the Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

(i) prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement to effect such registration in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution of such securities and thereafter use reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective pursuant to the terms of this Article V; provided , however , that the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities which are not Registrable Securities at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto; provided , further , that before filing such registration statement or any amendments thereto, the Company will furnish to the Demand Stockholders which are including Registrable Securities in such registration (“ Selling Stockholders ”), their counsel and the lead managing underwriter(s), if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review and reasonable comment of such counsel, and other documents reasonably requested by such counsel, including any comment letter from the Commission, and, if requested by such counsel, provide such counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such registration statement and each prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, including reasonable access to the Company’s books and records, officers, accountants and other advisors. The Company shall not file any such registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto with respect to a Demand Registration to which the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities held by the Requesting Stockholder(s), their counsel or the lead managing underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Company, such filing is necessary to comply with Applicable Law;

 

-24-


(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective pursuant to the terms of this Article V, and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(iii) if requested by the lead managing underwriter(s), if any, or the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an Underwritten Offering, promptly include in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the lead managing underwriter(s), if any, and such holders may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received such request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to take any actions under this Section 5.6(a)(iii) that are not, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, in compliance with Applicable Law;

(iv) furnish to the Selling Stockholders and each underwriter, if any, of the securities being sold by such Selling Stockholders such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each amendment and supplement thereto, such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) (a “ Free Writing Prospectus ”) utilized in connection therewith and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Selling Stockholders and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Stockholders;

(v) use reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Selling Stockholders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities laws or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as the Selling Stockholders and any underwriter of the securities being sold by such Selling Stockholders shall reasonably request, and to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective and take any other action which may be necessary or reasonably advisable to enable such Selling Stockholders and underwriters to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Stockholders, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (v) be obligated to be so qualified, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

-25-


(vi) use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if no such securities are so listed, use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market;

(vii) use reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Selling Stockholder(s) thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(viii) use reasonable best efforts to provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and use its reasonable best efforts to take all such other actions reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the lead managing underwriter(s), if any) to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Offering (A) make such representations and warranties to the holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, and the registration statement, prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (B) if an underwriting agreement has been entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 5.9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section except as otherwise agreed by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold and (C) deliver such documents and certificates as reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold, their counsel and the lead managing underwriters(s), if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to sub-clause (A) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder;

(x) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, use reasonable best efforts to obtain for the Selling Stockholders and underwriter(s) (A) opinions of counsel for the Company, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Selling Stockholders and underwriters and (B) “comfort” letters and updates thereof (or, in the case of any such Person which does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a “comfort”

 

-26-


letter specified in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72, an “agreed upon procedures” letter) signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements and, to the extent required, any other financial statements included in such registration statement, covering the matters customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings;

(xi) make available for inspection by the Selling Stockholders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to any registration statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent or representative retained in connection with such offering by such Selling Stockholders or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary, or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested, to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, attorney, agent or accountant in connection with such registration statement; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to provide any information under this clause (xi) if (A) the Company believes, after consultation with counsel for the Company, that to do so would cause the Company to forfeit an attorney-client privilege that was applicable to such information or (B) if either (1) the Company has requested and been granted from the Commission confidential treatment of such information contained in any filing with the Commission or documents provided supplementally or otherwise or (2) the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such Records are confidential and so notifies the Inspectors in writing; unless prior to furnishing any such information with respect to clause (1) or (2) such Selling Stockholder requesting such information enters into, and causes each of its Inspectors to enter into, a confidentiality agreement on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided , further , that each Selling Stockholder agrees that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction or by another Governmental Authority, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its expense, to undertake appropriate action seeking to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

(xii) as promptly as practicable notify in writing the Selling Stockholder and the underwriters, if any, of the following events: (A) the filing of the registration statement, any amendment thereto, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective; (B) any request by the Commission or any other U.S. or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus or for additional information; (C) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings by any Person for that purpose; (D) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose; (E) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company

 

-27-


contained in any mutual agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5.6(a)(ix) cease to be true and correct in any material respect; and (F) upon the happening of any event that makes any statement made in such registration statement or related prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such registration statement, prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the registration statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, at the request of any Selling Stockholder, promptly prepare and furnish to such Selling Stockholder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xiii) use reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest reasonable practicable date, except that, subject to the requirements of Section 5.6(a)(v), the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to (A) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this clause (xiii) be obligated to be so qualified, (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (C) file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(xiv) cooperate with the Selling Stockholders and the lead managing underwriter(s) to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (which shall not bear any restrictive legends unless required under Applicable Law) representing securities sold under any registration statement, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the lead managing underwriter(s) or such Selling Stockholders may request and keep available and make available to the Company’s transfer agent prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement a supply of such certificates;

(xv) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and

(xvi) have appropriate officers of the Company prepare and make presentations at a reasonable number of “road shows” and before analysts and rating agencies, as the case may be, and other information meetings reasonably organized by the underwriters and otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate as reasonably requested by the Selling Stockholders and the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of the Registrable Securities.

 

-28-


(b) The Company may require each Selling Stockholder and each underwriter, if any, to furnish the Company in writing such information regarding each Selling Stockholder or underwriter and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing to complete or amend the information required by such registration statement.

(c) Each Selling Stockholder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clauses (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F) of Section 5.6(a)(xii), such Selling Stockholder shall forthwith discontinue such Selling Stockholder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the applicable registration statement and prospectus relating thereto until such Selling Stockholder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5.6(a)(xi), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus; provided , however , that the Company shall extend the time periods under Section 5.1(c) with respect to the length of time that the effectiveness of a registration statement must be maintained by the amount of time the holder is required to discontinue disposition of such securities.

(d) With a view to making available to the holders of Registrable Securities the benefits of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit a holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form), the Company shall:

(i) use reasonable best efforts to make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

(ii) use reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act, at any time when the Company is subject to such reporting requirements; and

(iii) furnish to any holder so long as the holder owns Registrable Securities, promptly upon request, a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and of the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed or furnished by the Company with the Commission as such holder may reasonably request in connection with the sale of Registrable Securities without registration (in each case to the extent not readily publicly available).

5.7 Registration Expenses . All fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of its obligations under this Article V, including (a) all registration and filing fees, including all fees and expenses of compliance with securities and “blue sky” laws (including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5.6(a)(v)) and all

 

-29-


fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with FINRA (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” as such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), (b) all printing (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by a holder of Registrable Securities) and copying expenses, (c) all messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (d) all fees and expenses of the Company’s independent certified public accountants and counsel (including with respect to “comfort” letters and opinions), (e) expenses of the Company incurred in connection with any “road show” and (f) reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one counsel for all holders of Registrable Securities whose shares are included in a registration statement, which counsel shall be selected by, in the case of a Demand Registration, the Requesting Stockholders, in the case of a Shelf Offering, the Demand Stockholder(s) requesting such offering, or in the case of any other registration, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith, shall be borne solely by the Company whether or not any registration statement is filed or becomes effective. In connection with the Company’s performance of its obligations under this Article V, the Company will pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties and the expense of any annual audit) and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange and included in each established over-the-counter market on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded. Each Selling Stockholder shall pay its portion of all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of such Selling Stockholder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to any registration.

5.8 Miscellaneous .

(a) Not less than five (5) Business Days before the expected filing date of each registration statement pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall notify each holder of Registrable Securities who has timely provided the requisite notice hereunder entitling such holder to register Registrable Securities in such registration statement of the information, documents and instruments from such holder that the Company or any underwriter reasonably requests in connection with such registration statement, including a questionnaire, custody agreement, power of attorney, lock-up letter and underwriting agreement (the “ Requested Information ”). If the Company has not received, on or before the second Business Day before the expected filing date, the Requested Information from such holder, the Company may file the registration statement without including Registrable Securities of such holder. The failure to so include in any registration statement the Registrable Securities of a holder of Registrable Securities (with regard to that registration statement) shall not result in any liability on the part of the Company to such holder.

(b) The Company shall not grant any demand, piggyback or shelf registration rights the terms of which are senior to or conflict with the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder to any other Person without the prior written consent of Demand Stockholders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Demand Stockholders.

 

-30-


5.9 Registration Indemnification .

(a) The Company agrees, without limitation as to time, to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Selling Stockholder and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, managers, partners, accountants, attorneys and agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such Selling Stockholder or such other indemnified Person and the officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, managers, partners, accountants, attorneys and agents of each such controlling Person, each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriter, from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses (including reasonable expenses of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, the “ Losses ”), as incurred, arising out of, caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (without limitation of the preceding portions of this Section 5.9(a)) will reimburse each such Selling Stockholder, each of its Affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, managers, partners, accountants, attorneys and agents and each such Person who controls each such Selling Stockholder and the officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, managers, partners, accountants, attorneys and agents of each such controlling Person, each such underwriter and each such Person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, Loss, damage, liability or action, except insofar as the same are caused by any information furnished in writing to the Company by any other party expressly for use therein.

(b) In connection with any registration statement in which a Selling Stockholder is participating, without limitation as to time, each such Selling Stockholder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its directors and officers, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, from and against all Losses, as incurred, arising out of, caused by, resulting from or relating to any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission (or alleged omission) of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (without limitation of the preceding portions of this Section 5.9(b)) will reimburse the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, Loss, damage, liability or action, in each case solely to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is made in such registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder for inclusion in such registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Stockholder shall be liable under this Section 5.9(b) for amounts in excess of the net proceeds received by such holder in the offering giving rise to such liability.

 

-31-


(c) Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification; provided , however , the failure to give such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from its obligation, except to the extent that the indemnifying party has been actually and materially prejudiced by such failure to provide such notice on a timely basis.

(d) In any case in which any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and, to the extent that it may wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and acknowledging the obligations of the indemnifying party with respect to such proceeding, the indemnifying party will not (so long as it shall continue to have the right to defend, contest, litigate and settle the matter in question in accordance with this paragraph) be liable to such indemnified party hereunder for any legal or other expense subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, supervision and monitoring (unless (i) such indemnified party reasonably objects to such assumption on the grounds that there may be defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to the defenses available to such indemnifying party and, as a result, a conflict of interest exists or (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed within a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and the indemnified party is or would reasonably be expected to be materially prejudiced by such delay, in either event the indemnified party shall be promptly reimbursed by the indemnifying party for the expenses incurred in connection with retaining one separate legal counsel (for the avoidance of doubt, for all indemnified parties in connection therewith)). For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any such assumption by an indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such matter and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party except as provided in the previous sentence. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action or claim effected without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). No matter shall be settled by an indemnifying party without the consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), unless such settlement (x) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation, (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party and (z) is settled solely for cash for which the indemnified party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

(e) The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall survive the Transfer of the Registrable Securities and the termination of this Agreement.

(f) If recovery is not available under the foregoing indemnification provisions for any reason or reasons other than as specified therein, any Person who would otherwise be entitled to indemnification by the terms thereof shall nevertheless be entitled to contribution with respect to any Losses with respect to which such Person would be entitled to such indemnification

 

-32-


but for such reason or reasons, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, the Persons’ relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted, the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission, and other equitable considerations appropriate under the circumstances. It is hereby agreed that it would not necessarily be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Selling Stockholder shall be required to make a contribution in excess of the amount received by such Selling Stockholder from its sale of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering that gave rise to the contribution obligation.

ARTICLE VI

DEFINITIONS

6.1 Defined Terms . Capitalized terms when used in this Agreement have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, an “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act and with respect to each Investor, an “affiliate” of such Investor as defined in Rule 405 of the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act and any investment fund, vehicle or holding company of which such Investor or an Affiliate of such Investor serves as the general partner, managing member or discretionary manager or advisor; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Affiliate of an Investor shall not include any portfolio company or other investment of any such Person or of such Investor or any investment fund, vehicle or holding company, or any limited partners of such Investor.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any Law applicable to such Person, its assets, properties, operations or business.

Beneficial Owner ” or “ Beneficially Own ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and a Person’s beneficial ownership of securities shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of such Rule (in each case, irrespective of whether or not such Rule is actually applicable in such circumstance).

Blackout Period ” means (i) any regular quarterly period during which directors and executive officers of the Company are not permitted to trade under the insider trading policy of the Company then in effect and (ii) in the event that the Company determines in good faith that the registration would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect or materially interfere with any bona

 

-33-


fide material financing of the Company or any material transaction under consideration by the Company or would require disclosure of information that has not been, and is not otherwise required to be, disclosed to the public, the premature disclosure of which would materially adversely affect the Company, a period of up to fifty (50) days; provided , that a Blackout Period described in this clause (ii) may not occur more than twice in any period of eighteen (18) consecutive months.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Business Day ” means a day on which banks are generally open for normal business in New York, New York, which day is not a Saturday or a Sunday.

CD&R ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

CD&R Investment Fund ” means any investment fund, investment vehicle or other account that is, directly or indirectly, managed or advised by CD&R or any of its Controlled Affiliates.

CD&R Investor Designee ” means, subject to Section 1.3, an individual (who must be an employee of CD&R or one of its Controlled Affiliates) designated in writing by the CD&R Investors for election or appointment to the Board and who is reasonably acceptable to the Board. The initial CD&R Investor Designee shall be Richard J. Schnall.

CD&R Investor Director ” means a CD&R Investor Designee who has been elected or appointed to the Board.

CD&R Investor Rights Termination Event ” shall be deemed to occur if (i) as of the end of any Business Day following the date of this Agreement, the CD&R Investors Beneficially Own less than 25% of the Shares Beneficially Owned by the CD&R Investors as of immediately following the Closing or (ii) the private equity business of CD&R has made any Designated Entity Investment.

CD&R Investors ” means (i) the Initial CD&R Investors, (ii) any Permitted Transferee of any Initial CD&R Investor to which Shares are Transferred by such Initial CD&R Investor in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and (iii) any Permitted Transferee of any of the Persons included in clause (ii) of this definition to which Shares are Transferred by such Person in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

CD&R Non-Private Equity Business ” means any business or investment of CD&R and its Affiliates distinct from the private equity business of CD&R and its Affiliates; provided , that such business or investment shall not be deemed to be distinct from such private equity business if and at such time that (i) any Confidential Information with respect to the Company is made available to investment professionals of CD&R and its Affiliates who are not involved in the private equity business and who are involved in such other business or investment or (ii) CD&R or any of its Affiliates instructs or overtly encourages any such business or investment to take any action that would violate any provision of this Agreement that would be applicable to such business or investment were it to be deemed to be a CD&R Investor hereunder.

 

-34-


CD&R Ownership Limit ” means a percentage equal to the percentage of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the Initial CD&R Investors as of immediately following the Closing; provided, that, in either case, the effect of any share repurchases by the Company shall not be counted for purposes of any measurement of the CD&R Ownership Limit (and, for the avoidance of doubt, none of the CD&R Investors shall be required to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Company Common Stock as a consequence of any such repurchase or any other similar action undertaken by the Company) unless and until any CD&R Investor has acquired Beneficial Ownership of additional Voting Securities following such repurchase.

CD&R Related Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency administering the Securities Act.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Confidential Information ” means all information (irrespective of the form of communication, and irrespective of whether obtained prior to or after the date hereof) obtained by or on behalf of an Investor or its Representatives from the Company or its Representatives, the Beneficial Ownership of Shares or through the rights granted pursuant hereto, other than information which (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement by such Investor or any of its Representatives, (ii) was or becomes available to such Investor or any of its Representatives on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its Representatives, or any other Investor or its Representatives, as the case may be, provided , that the source thereof is not known by such Investor or such of its Representatives to be bound by an obligation of confidentiality, or (iii) is independently developed by such Investor or such of its Representatives without the use of any such information that would otherwise be Confidential Information hereunder. Subject to clauses (i)-(iii) above, Confidential Information also includes all non-public information previously provided by the Company or its Representatives under the provisions of any confidentiality agreement between the Company, the Investors or their respective Affiliates or Representatives, including the Confidentiality Agreement, including all information, documents and reports referred to thereunder, or otherwise.

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2013, between Unicorn and the Company and the confidentiality and joint defense agreement, dated as of October 9, 2013, between Unicorn, the Company and their counsel.

Contract ” means any contract, lease, license, indenture, loan, note, agreement or other legally binding commitment, arrangement or undertaking (whether written or oral and whether express or implied).

 

-35-


Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Controlled Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of the specified Person that is, directly or indirectly, Controlled by the specified Person.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee ” means the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of the Company or any such successor committee.

Demand ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Demand Stockholder ” means any CD&R Investor or any KKR Investor, in either case, that holds Registrable Securities.

Designated Entity ” means (i) any Specified Entity or (ii) any Person who, as of any time of determination, engages in the wholesale food service distribution business in North America.

Designated Entity Investment ” shall mean an investment in any Designated Entity, in each case other than an investment in a Designated Entity (i) that is primarily engaged in business outside of the U.S. and that competes to no more than a de minimis extent with the Company or (ii) that represents a passive investment of less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of any corporation whose equity securities are publicly traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange (or the non-U.S. equivalent of a nationally recognized securities exchange).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(iv).

Foreign or State Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(g).

Form S-3 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

Free Writing Prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(iv).

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, national, state, local, cantonal, municipal, international or multinational government or political subdivision thereof, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency, taxing or regulatory authority, instrumentality or judicial or administrative body, or arbitrator or SRO, having jurisdiction over the matter or matters in question.

Group ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.

 

-36-


Initial CD&R Investors ” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CDR USF Co-Investor L.P., and CDR USF Co-Investor No. 2, L.P.

Initial KKR Investors ” means KKR 2006 Fund L.P., KKR PEI Investments, L.P., KKR Partners III, L.P. and OPERF Co-Investment LLC.

Inspectors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(xi).

Investor Indemnification Agreements ” means each and every certificate, memorandum or articles of incorporation or association, bylaws, limited liability company operating agreement, limited partnership agreement and any other organizational document of, and each and every insurance policy maintained by, CD&R, the CD&R Investors, KKR, the KKR Investors or their respective Affiliates, as applicable, providing for, among other things, indemnification of and advancement of expenses for the CD&R Investor Director and the KKR Investor Director, as applicable, for, among other things, the same matters that are subject to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

Investor Indemnitors ” means the CD&R Investors and the KKR Investors and their respective Affiliates, as applicable, in their capacity as indemnitors to the CD&R Investor Director and KKR Investor Director, as applicable, under the applicable Investor Indemnification Agreements.

Investors ” means the CD&R Investors and the KKR Investors.

KKR ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

KKR Investment Fund ” means any investment fund, investment vehicle or other account that is, directly or indirectly, managed or advised by KKR or any of its Controlled Affiliates.

KKR Investor Designee ” means, subject to Section 1.3, an individual (who must be an employee of KKR or one of its Controlled Affiliates) designated in writing by the KKR Investors for election or appointment to the Board and who is reasonably acceptable to the Board. The initial KKR Investor Designee shall be Michael Calbert.

KKR Investor Director ” means a KKR Investor Designee who has been elected or appointed to the Board.

KKR Investor Rights Termination Event ” shall be deemed to occur if (i) as of the end of any Business Day following the date of this Agreement, the KKR Investors Beneficially Own less than 25% of the Shares Beneficially Owned by the KKR Investors as of immediately following the Closing or (ii) the private equity business of KKR has made any Designated Entity Investment.

KKR Investors ” means (i) the Initial KKR Investors, (ii) any Permitted Transferee of any Initial KKR Investor to which Shares are Transferred by such Initial KKR Investor in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and (iii) any Permitted Transferee of any of the Persons included in clause (ii) of this definition to which Shares are Transferred by such Person in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

-37-


KKR Non-Private Equity Business ” means any business or investment of KKR and its Affiliates distinct from the private equity business of KKR and its Affiliates; provided , that such business or investment shall not be deemed to be distinct from such private equity business if and at such time that (i) any Confidential Information with respect to the Company is made available to investment professionals of KKR and its Affiliates who are not involved in the private equity business and who are involved in such other business or investment or (ii) KKR or any of its Affiliates instructs or overtly encourages any such business or investment to take any action that would violate any provision of this Agreement that would be applicable to such business or investment were it to be deemed to be a KKR Investor hereunder.

KKR Ownership Limit ” means a percentage equal to the percentage of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the Initial CD&R Investors as of immediately following the Closing; provided, that, in either case, the effect of any share repurchases by the Company shall not be counted for purposes of any measurement of the KKR Ownership Limit (and, for the avoidance of doubt, none of the KKR Investors shall be required to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Company Common Stock as a consequence of any such repurchase or any other similar action undertaken by the Company) unless and until any KKR Investor has acquired Beneficial Ownership of additional Voting Securities following such repurchase.

KKR Related Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

Law ” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9(a).

Marketed Underwritten Shelf Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(e).

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Non-Liable Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12.

Other Demanding Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

Other Proposed Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b).

Permitted Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Investor, any Affiliate of such Investor.

Person ” has the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

Piggyback Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Piggyback Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Piggyback Seller ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(a).

Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(xi).

 

-38-


Registrable Amount ” means an amount of Registrable Securities having an aggregate value of at least $250 million (based on the anticipated offering price (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company)), without regard to any underwriting discount or commission, or such lesser amount of Registrable Securities as would result in the disposition of all of the Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by the applicable Requesting Stockholder.

Registrable Securities ” means the Shares held by the Investors and any shares of Company Common Stock received by the Investors in respect of the Shares in connection with any stock split or subdivision, stock dividend, distribution or similar transaction; provided , that any such Shares shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) they are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (iii) they shall have ceased to be outstanding.

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

Requested Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(a).

Requesting Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Restricted Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selling Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a)(i).

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Shelf Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

Shelf Offering ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(e).

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

Specified Entity ” shall mean any Person set forth on Schedule I (and any successor thereof).

SRO ” means (i) any “self regulatory organization” as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act, (ii) any other United States or foreign securities exchange, futures exchange, commodities exchange or contract market, or (iii) any other securities exchange.

Standstill Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b).

Take-Down Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(e).

Total Economic Interest ” means, as of any date of determination, the total economic interests of all Voting Securities then outstanding. The percentage of the Total Economic Interest Beneficially Owned by any Person as of any date of determination is the percentage of the Total Economic Interest then Beneficially Owned by such Person, including pursuant to any swaps or any other agreements, transactions or series of transactions, whether any such swap, agreement, transaction or series of transaction is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

-39-


Total Voting Power ” means, as of any date of determination, the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company if all Voting Securities then outstanding were present and voted at a meeting held for such purpose. The percentage of the Total Voting Power Beneficially Owned by any Person as of any date of determination is the percentage of the Total Voting Power of the Company that is represented by the total number of votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the Company by Voting Securities then Beneficially Owned by such Person.

Transfer ” means (i) any direct or indirect offer, sale, lease, assignment, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, disposition or other transfer (by operation of law or otherwise), either voluntary or involuntary, or entry into any contract, option or other arrangement or understanding with respect to any offer, sale, lease, assignment, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, disposition or other transfer (by operation of law or otherwise), of any capital stock or interest in any capital stock or (ii) in respect of any capital stock or interest in any capital stock, to enter into any swap or any other agreement, transaction or series of transactions that hedges or transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of such capital stock or interest in capital stock, whether any such swap, agreement, transaction or series of transaction is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise. “ Transferor ” means a Person that Transfers or proposes to Transfer; and “ Transferee ” means a Person to whom a Transfer is made or is proposed to be made.

Underwritten Offering ” means a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

Unpaid Indemnitee Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(d).

Volume Limitation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(iii).

Voting Securities ” means shares of Company Common Stock and any other securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company.

6.2 Interpretation . Whenever used: the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, and the words “hereof” and “herein” and similar words shall be construed as references to this Agreement as a whole and not limited to the particular Article, Section, Annex, Exhibit or Schedule in which the reference appears. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules mean the Articles, Sections and Annexes of, and Exhibits and Schedules attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. References to “$” or “dollars” means United States dollars. Any reference in this Agreement to any gender shall include all genders. The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The Annexes,

 

-40-


Exhibits and Schedules referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein. The headings of the Articles and Sections are for convenience of reference only and do not affect the interpretation of any of the provisions hereof. If, and as often as, there is any change in the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock by reason of stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, spin-offs, split-ups, mergers, reclassifications, reorganizations, recapitalizations, combinations or exchanges of shares and the like, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Agreement so as to fairly and equitably preserve, as far as practicable, the rights and obligations set forth herein that continue to be applicable on the date of such change. No rule of construction against the draftsperson shall be applied in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, as this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties advised by counsel.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Term . This Agreement will be effective as of the Closing Date and shall automatically terminate with respect to the CD&R Investors upon the date that the CD&R Investors, in the aggregate, Beneficially Own less than 1% of the Total Voting Power, and, with respect to the KKR Investors, upon the date that the KKR Investors, in the aggregate, Beneficially Own less than 1% of the Total Voting Power, so long as, as of such date, all of the then-remaining Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by the CD&R Investors or all of the then-remaining Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by the KKR Investors, as applicable, may be sold in a single transaction without limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and if that is not the case, this Agreement shall terminate when the foregoing shall be the case. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 7.1, this Agreement shall immediately then be terminated and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions set forth in Section 1.6(b) (which shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of two (2) years), Section 5.9 , Section 6.2 and this Article VII , and except that no termination hereof pursuant to this Section 7.1 shall have the effect of shortening the Standstill Period or the period defined by the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) , which, in each case, shall survive in accordance with their terms.

7.2 Notices .

(a) Notices and other statements in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing in the English language and shall be delivered by hand, facsimile or overnight courier to the recipient’s facsimile number or address as set forth below or to such other facsimile number or address as a party hereto may notify to the other parties hereto from time to time and shall be given:

 

(i)    if to the Company, to:
   Name:    Sysco Corporation
   Address:    1390 Enclave Parkway
      Houston, TX 77077-2099
   Fax:    (281) 584-2510
   Attention:    Russell T. Libby

 

-41-


   with a copy to (which shall not be considered notice):
   Name:    Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
   Address:    51 West 52nd Street
      New York, New York 10019
   Fax:    (212) 403-2000
   Attention:    Andrew R. Brownstein, Esq.
      Benjamin M. Roth, Esq.
(ii)    if to CD&R or a CD&R Investor, to:
   Name:    Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
   Address:    375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
      New York, NY 10152
   Fax:    (212) 407-5252
   Attention:    Richard J. Schnall
   with a copy to (which shall not be considered notice):
   Name:    Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
   Address:    919 Third Avenue
      New York, New York 10022
   Fax:    (212) 909-6836
   Attention:    Paul S. Bird
(iii)    if to KKR or a KKR Investor, to:
   Name:    Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
   Address:    2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 94025
   Fax:    (650) 233-6548
   Attention:    Michael Calbert
   with a copy to (which shall not be considered notice):
   Name:    Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
   Address:    425 Lexington Avenue
      New York, New York 10017
   Fax:    (212) 455-2502
   Attention:    Marni J. Lerner

(b) A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received:

(i) at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, or overnight courier; or

 

-42-


(ii) at the time of transmission in legible form if received prior to 5:00 p.m. local time on such date or at the beginning of the recipient’s next Business Day if received after 5:00 p.m. local time on such date or such date is not a Business Day, if delivered by fax.

7.3 Investor Actions . Any determination, consent or approval of, or notice or request delivered by, or any similar action of, the CD&R Investors, the KKR Investors or the Investors, as applicable, shall be made by, and shall be valid and binding upon, all CD&R Investors, all KKR Investors or all Investors, respectively, if made by (i) in the case of the CD&R Investors, the CD&R Investors Beneficially Owning a majority of the Total Voting Power then Beneficially Owned by all CD&R Investors, (ii) in the case of the KKR Investors, the KKR Investors Beneficially Owning a majority of the Total Voting Power then Beneficially Owned by all KKR Investors and (iii) in the case of all Investors, a majority of the Total Voting Power then Beneficially Owned by all Investors.

7.4 Amendments and Waivers . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is in writing and signed by (i) the Company, (ii) the CD&R Investors Beneficially Owning a majority of the Total Voting Power then Beneficially Owned by all CD&R Investors and (iii) the KKR Investors Beneficially Owning a majority of the Total Voting Power then Beneficially Owned by all KKR Investors. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Applicable Law.

7.5 Successors and Assigns . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, provided that any proposed assignment by any of the CD&R Investors or the KKR Investors of any of their respective rights herein to any party other than to an Affiliate of CD&R or KKR, as applicable, may be granted or withheld in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, it being understood that it is the intention of the parties hereto that the rights afforded to the CD&R Investors and the KKR Investors are personal to such Persons and are not transferable except as expressly provided herein. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 7.5 shall be void.

7.6 Severability . It is the intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under Applicable Law and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any particular provision or portion of this Agreement shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision or portion thereof shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to render such provision or portion valid and enforceable, and such amendment will apply only with respect to the operation of such provision or portion in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made.

7.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that each party need not sign the same counterpart.

 

-43-


7.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents and the instruments referred to in this Agreement), together with the Merger Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

7.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF. IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT COMMENCES ANY LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO NEGOTIATION, EXPLORATION, DUE DILIGENCE WITH RESPECT TO OR ENTERING INTO OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTERS DESCRIBED OR CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY (A) AGREE THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION SHALL BE INSTITUTED EXCLUSIVELY IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WHETHER A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT; (B) AGREE THAT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION, SUCH PARTIES WILL CONSENT AND SUBMIT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION IN ANY SUCH COURT DESCRIBED IN CLAUSE (A) OF THIS SECTION 7.9 AND TO SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES AND STATUTES GOVERNING SERVICE OF PROCESS; (C) AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; (D) AGREE AS AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD OF SERVICE TO SERVICE IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BY MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.2 FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO SUCH PARTY; (E) AGREE THAT ANY SERVICE MADE AS PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (F) AGREE THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHTS OF ANY PARTY TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES OF FACT AND LAW, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE NEGOTIATION, EXPLORATION, DUE DILIGENCE WITH RESPECT TO OR ENTERING INTO OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF

 

-44-


LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (B) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.9 .

7.10 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. It is expressly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance of the terms hereof, this being in addition to any other remedies to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

7.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer any rights upon any Person other than the parties hereto and each such party’s respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns; provided , that the Persons indemnified under Section 5.9 are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 5.9, and Non-Liable Persons are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 7.12.

7.12 No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, and notwithstanding the fact that any party hereto may be a partnership or limited liability company, each party hereto, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Persons other than the named parties hereto shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery hereunder against, and no recourse hereunder or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative or employee of any Investor (or any of their heirs, successors or permitted assigns), or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing Persons, but in each case not including the named parties hereto (each, a “ Non-Liable Person ”), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) by or on behalf of such party against any Non-Liable Person, by the enforcement of any assignment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other Applicable Law or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any Non-Liable Person, as such, for any obligations of the applicable party under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to have been made in connection herewith or therewith or for any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.

The remainder of this page left intentionally blank.

 

-45-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

SYSCO CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Russell T. Libby
Name:   Russell T. Libby
Title:   Senior Vice President & General Counsel


KOHLBERG KRAVIS ROBERTS & CO. L.P.
By:   /s/ Nate Taylor
  Name: Nate Taylor
  Title:   Member


KKR 2006 FUND, L.P.
By:   KKR Associates 2006 L.P., its
  General Partner
By:   KKR 2006 GP LLC, its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ William J. Janetschek
  Name: William J. Janetschek
  Title:   Authorized Person
KKR PEI INVESTMENTS, L.P.
By:   KKR PEI Associates, L.P., its
  General Partner
By:  

KKR PEI GP Limited, the General

Partner of KKR PEI Associates, L.P.

By:   /s/ William J. Janetschek
  Name: William J. Janetschek
  Title:   Director
KKR PARTNERS III, L.P.
By:   KKR III GP LLC, its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ William J. Janetschek
  Name: William J. Janetschek
  Title:   Authorized Person


OPERF CO-INVESTMENT LLC
By:  

KKR Associates 2006 L.P., its

Manager

By:   KKR 2006 GP LLC, its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ William J. Janetschek
  Name: William J. Janetschek
  Title:   Authorized Person


CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE, LLC
By:   /s/ Nate Sleeper
  Name: Nate Sleeper
  Title:   Partner


CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VII, L.P.
By:   CD&R Associates VII, Ltd., its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ Theresa A. Gore
  Name: Theresa A. Gore
  Title: Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE FUND VII (CO-INVESTMENT), L.P.
By:   CD&R Associates VII (Co-Investment),
  Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Theresa A. Gore
  Name: Theresa A. Gore
  Title: Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
CD&R Parallel FUND VII, L.P.
By:   CD&R Parallel Fund Associates VII, Ltd., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Theresa A. Gore
  Name: Theresa A. Gore
  Title: Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
CDR USF CO-INVESTOR L.P.
By:   CDR USF Co-Investor GP Limited, its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ Theresa A. Gore
  Name: Theresa A. Gore
  Title: Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary


CDR USF CO-INVESTOR L.P.
By:   CDR USF Co-Investor GP Limited, its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ Theresa A. Gore
  Name: Theresa A. Gore
  Title: Director
CDR USF CO-INVESTOR NO. 2, L.P.
By:   CDR USF Co-Investor GP No. 2, its
  General Partner
By:   /s/ Theresa A. Gore
  Name: Theresa A. Gore
  Title: Director

Exhibit 12.1

COMPUTATION OF CONSOLIDATED RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

Our consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
January 1,
2011
    Year Ended
January 2,
2010
 

Earnings (1)

          

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (27.4   $ (8.7   $ (144.2   $ 2.6      $ (57.8

Interest capitalized during the period

     (1.9     (1.5     (3.2     (2.1     (1.2

Total fixed charges

     322.8        330.1        328.7        362.5        387.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings

   $ 293.5      $ 319.9      $ 181.3      $ 363.0      $ 328.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed Charges

          

Interest expense

   $ 306.1      $ 311.8      $ 307.6      $ 341.7      $ 358.5   

Interest capitalized during the period

     1.9        1.5        3.2        2.1        1.2   

Interest portion of rent expense

     14.8        16.8        17.9        18.7        27.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

   $ 322.8      $ 330.1      $ 328.7      $ 362.5      $ 387.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     N/A        N/A        N/A        1.0        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Coverage deficiency

   $ 29.3      $ 10.2      $ 147.4        —        $ 59.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rent expense, net of sublease income

   $ 44.3      $ 50.4      $ 53.7      $ 56.1      $ 82.6   

Interest factor

     33     33     33     33     33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest in rent expense

   $ 14.8      $ 16.8      $ 17.9      $ 18.7      $ 27.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (a) earnings consist of (loss) income before income taxes and fixed charges (exclusive of interest capitalized) and (b) fixed charges consist of interest and amortization of debt discount and expense (including amounts capitalized) and the estimated interest portion of rents.
(2) Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and January 2, 2010 were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the period by $29.3 million, $10.2 million, $147.4 million and $59.0 million, respectively.

Exhibit 14.1

 

LOGO

US FOODS, INC. CODE OF CONDUCT

SERVING UP GOOD CONDUCT


Integrity is a value

we all count on.


January 2012

DEAR FELLOW ASSOCIATE,

Our Code of Conduct is a public affirmation that, as associates and as a company, we are committed to doing the right thing in every aspect of our work. Both inside and outside our company – with other associates, suppliers, customers, communities, and local, state and federal governments – we will live our values, with integrity as the foundation.

Our Code of Conduct is also a statement of commitment that each of us will be informed. Most importantly, we need to understand the spirit and letter of the Code of Conduct. When we are unsure if an action is in compliance with the Code of Conduct, we need to seek advice from others, as described in the Code. In today’s business environment, “I didn’t know” is not an acceptable excuse.

Your ethics and compliance toolbox includes:

 

    This Code;
    Education in ethics awareness on relevant ethics and compliance topics;
    Compliance Alerts that provide guidance and spotlight ethics and compliance issues requiring immediate attention (all of which are available at http://my.usfoods.com under Integrity);
    The guidance that our network of internal ethics resources offers you (your manager, any other member of management, your Human Resources professionals and the Legal Department); and
    The Check-In Line at www.usfoodcheckinline.com (888-310-7716) where you can contact us, anonymously if preferred, for guidance or to report any business legal or ethical concern.

Our commitment to ethics and integrity has been one of the drivers of our business success, and it will remain at the core of our success in the future.

Thank you for continuing to give compliance with the Code of Conduct your full attention.

Very truly yours,

 

LOGO

Juliette Pryor

General Counsel and Chief Ethics Officer

This is not a contract of employment.

INTRODUCTION


Table of Contents

 

1.   THE CODE AND US FOODS VALUES   
  ABOUT THE US FOODS CODE   
  What Is This Code For?      6   
  Who Must Follow This Code?      6   
  Your Personal Pledge to Do the Right Thing      6   
  What About Those Who Supervise Others?      7   
  Does the Code Explain All the Standards I Need to Know?      7   
  ASKING QUESTIONS AND RAISING CONCERNS   
  Your Duty to Speak Up      7   
  The Check-In Line      7   
  No Retaliation      7   
  Where to Go for Help      8   
  USF VALUES AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES   
  Our Focus      8   
  Operating Principles      8   
  Foundation      8   
  The 10 Rules We Live By      8   

2.

  WORK ENVIRONMENT   
  TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATES   
  What We Aim For      9   
  Equal Employment Opportunity      9   
  Professional, Inclusive Environment      9   
  Health, Safety and Security      10   
  Workplace Violence      10   
  Associate Confidentiality      10   
  Drugs and Alcohol in the Workplace      10   
  Child Labor and Forced Labor      10   

3.

  CONDUCTING BUSINESS   
  HOW WE OPERATE   
  What We Aim For      11   
  Commitment to Ethical Business Practices      11   
  Accurate and Complete Books, Records and Accounting      11   
  Fair Business Practices      13   
  Fair Business Practices Quick Reference Guide      13   
  When the Government Is Our Customer      14   
  Conflicts of Interest      14   
  Important Terms      15   
  Corporate Opportunities and Unsolicited Ideas      16   
  Gifts, Entertainment and Travel (GET) Policy      16   
  Always Ask      17   
  Government and Health-Care GET      17   
  GET That Are Never Acceptable      18   
  GET Quick Reference Chart      18   
 


4.

  INVESTIGATIONS AND MISCONDUCT   
  COOPERATING WITH INVESTIGATIONS   
  What We Aim For    19
  Government Inquiries or Investigations    19
  Improperly Influencing Audits    19

5.

  COMPANY RESOURCES AND INFORMATION   
  KEEPING US FOODS SECURE   
  What We Aim For    20
  Confidential and Proprietary Information    20
  Sharing Proprietary Information    20
  Computer Use and Network Security    20
  Other Company Property/Resources    21
  Use of Company Funds    21
  Senior Person Rule    21
  Media and Investor Relations    21

6.

  DEALING WITH SUPPLIERS AND CUSTOMERS   
  SUPPLIER CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT   
  What We Aim For    22
  Our Customers    22
  Product Quality and Food Safety    22
  Privacy of Customer Information    22

7.

  COMMUNITIES AND SOCIETY   
  ENGAGING THE PUBLIC   
  What We Aim For    23
  Regarding Public Authorities    23
  Political Activity    23
  Employee Contributions and “Pay-to-Play” Laws    24
  Donations/Charitable Contributions    24

8.

  ASSOCIATE PLEDGE   
  CRUCIAL QUESTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES   
  What We Aim For    25
  Crucial Questions for Associates    25
  Reminder    25
 

 

5


THE CODE AND US FOODS VALUES

ABOUT THE US FOODS CODE

What Is This Code For?

At US Foods, Inc. including all its broadline divisions, operating units and subsidiaries (collectively, “USF”), high standards of professional conduct and ethics are essential for us to achieve our goals. We rely on the good judgment of our Associates to act with integrity and to comply with laws, regulations and this Code. Our Associates must safeguard the company’s reputation in every situation. Our culture is based on trust, mutual respect and high standards of professional conduct and ethics. This Code makes clear our basic expectations of Associates and all those with whom we do business with. High standards of professional conduct and ethics are essential for us to achieve our goals.

USF is fully committed to becoming the industry leader in ethics and compliance, conducting every business transaction in compliance with the spirit and letter of the law, regulations and USF policies. Strict adherence to this Code will help to ensure that USF and its Associates will achieve this objective of doing business with integrity. The Code provides an introduction to important laws and policies that must be followed. The Code is designed to help each of us:

    Understand and follow the basic ethics and compliance rules that apply to our jobs; and
    Know when and where to ask for advice.

You are also responsible for understanding and complying with other corporate policies, including your department’s policy manuals, procedures and guidelines.

LOGO

Who Must Follow This Code?

This Code applies to all USF Associates, including officers, regardless of the contractual basis of their employment, unless an Associate is explicitly exempt from its provisions. However, no one has the authority to direct or authorize anyone to violate any law or engage in unethical conduct.

The Code does not change in any way the at-will employment status of any USF Associate. Associates covered by collective bargaining agreements may not fall specifically within the scope of some parts of the Code. This Code may apply to independent third parties hired by or working with USF in some circumstances. Consult the Legal Department for guidance.

Your Personal Pledge to Do the Right Thing

This Code represents a commitment by USF to do business with integrity. By working for USF, you are agreeing to uphold this commitment. Understanding the Code and the company policies that apply to you is an essential function of your job. Associates who fail to follow these standards put themselves, their coworkers and USF at risk. They are also subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

 

 

6


What About Those Who Supervise Others?

Supervisors have an affirmative duty under the Code to:

    Set an example—show what it means to act with integrity;
    Stay informed about ethics and compliance matters, and share their knowledge regularly with their team;
    Ensure that those they supervise have adequate knowledge and resources to follow the Code’s standards;
    Consult with others to get clarity or support on ethics and compliance issues;
    Monitor compliance of the people they supervise;
    Enforce the standards of this Code and all other related company policies and standards;
    Support Associates who, in good faith, raise questions, concerns or report a potential violation of the Code;
    Never retaliate or permit retaliation; and
    Ask a question or raise concerns to the proper management or the Check-In Line (888-310-7716 or www.usfoodcheckinline.com).

Does the Code Explain All the Standards I Need to Know?

No. The Code is not intended to describe every law or policy that may apply to you. Make sure you know the additional rules that apply to you. For example: Your department or function may have procedure manuals or directives that provide more specific guidance than the Code. You must comply with those procedures and ask your manager for clarification if you are not sure what to do; be sure to read and follow the Associate Handbook.

ASKING QUESTIONS & RAISING CONCERNS

Your Duty to Speak Up

We strive to create a culture based on trust and individual responsibility. Associates may, however, encounter unethical or illegal behavior. Associates must promptly report actual or

suspected violations of the Code to their direct supervisor, another manager, Human Resources or to the Check-In Line.

 

LOGO

The Check-In Line

Ask a question or raise concerns to management or the Check-In Line. The USF Check-In Line is operated by an independent company that reports the concern to USF. It operates 24 hours a day, seven days a week and has multilingual services available at all times. You may raise your concerns anonymously. If you choose to identify yourself, your report will be handled confidentially to the extent permitted by the law. Contact the Check-In Line at 888-310-7716 or www.usfoodcheckinline.com .

No Retaliation

USF prohibits retaliation, or taking any action with the intent to retaliate, against anyone who in good faith raises questions or concerns about ethics and compliance, makes a report about a potential violation of the Code or participates in any investigation. No one will be retaliated against as a result of such actions. Retaliation or a threat of retaliation is a serious violation of this Code that will result in appropriate disciplinary action, including and up to termination of employment. If you believe you are being retaliated against, contact the Check-In Line.

 

 

7


Where to Go for Help

We work hard to foster an environment of open, honest communication. If you have a question, you have options. The most important thing is that you ask the question or raise the concern. Your manager is usually a good place to start. You may also get advice or help from:

    Another member of management;
    Human Resources;
    The Legal Department at 847-720-2570; or
    The Check-In Line at 888-310-7716 or www.usfoodcheckinline.com.

We will respond to your concern in a timely manner. If an investigation is undertaken, we will look into the concern promptly and, whenever called for, see that corrective action is taken.

 

LOGO

USF VALUES AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Each day, we are guided by our core values of customer success, integrity, innovation and teamwork – and are focused on exceeding the expectations of customers, partners and stakeholders.

Customer Success

We ensure our customer’ success and satisfaction by anticipating their needs and being the easiest company to do business with in the industry.

Integrity

We conduct business in a highly ethical manner and maintain an unwavering commitment to operational excellence, safety and environmental responsibility.

Innovation

We embrace change and develop relevant, effective and meaningful solutions for customers by continuously improving our products and services.

Teamwork

We encourage collaboration and value each member of our diverse and talented team.

The 10 Rules We Live By

  1. We treat everyone with dignity and respect.
  2. We are honest and play by the rules; we speak up if something doesn’t seem right.
  3. We work safely; our lives depend on it.
  4. We ensure safe, quality food. It’s our promise to our customers.
  5. We respect company property and products. Grazing (eating warehouse stock) is theft.
  6. We properly report gifts from vendors and customers, and never accept or give cash as a gift or tip.
  7. We report all information accurately. Inaccurate information puts our company’s integrity at risk.
  8. We respect confidential information and don’t share it with competitors or outsiders.
  9. We protect all Associates from retaliation. We will not tolerate retaliation against Associates who raise concerns, report misconduct or ask for advice in good faith.
  10. We call the Check-In Line if we are uncomfortable raising concerns with our management or Human Resources (888-310-7716).
 

 

8


WORK ENVIRONMENT

TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATES

What We Aim For

At USF, we strive to create a workplace based on mutual respect, where open communication, up, down and across, is valued and practiced. Respect for each individual is an important operating principle in our company. We believe our Associates are highly capable and form the backbone of our business. We know they are concerned about the success of the business, and we actively seek their input and innovation. We expect all of our Associates to treat each other with dignity and respect.

Equal Employment Opportunity

USF is an equal opportunity employer. Unlawful discrimination or harassment is prohibited. Decisions about recruitment, employment, promotion and termination are made on the basis of business-related, nondiscriminatory criteria.

USF aspires to provide an inclusive and diverse work environment that supports and values all of our Associates. USF recruits, hires, trains, promotes, disciplines and provides other terms and conditions of employment without regard to a person’s race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, national origin, disability, covered veteran’s status or other basis protected by federal, state and/or local laws. This includes providing reasonable accommodation for Associates’ disabilities or religious beliefs and practices. These standards represent the values of USF.

LOGO

Professional Inclusive Environment

We expect USF workplaces to be professional, inclusive work environments where everyone is respected and can be productive. USF will not tolerate any form of inappropriate behavior or harassment, including sexual harassment, which involves the solicitation of sexual favors or any unwelcome sexual advances at work. It also includes quid pro quo arrangements that require sexual favors in exchange for favorable employment treatment. Sexual harassment may also involve other sexually related physical or verbal conduct, or the creation of a work environment that is hostile, intimidating or offensive to an individual or group because of gender or sexual orientation.

All USF’s managers must be alert to the possible presence of sexual harassment in the workplace. Appropriate steps must be taken to identify and prevent sexual harassment. Concerns about sexual harassment can be raised to your manager, any other member of management, Human Resources, or the Check-In Line. Any complaints will be promptly and thoroughly investigated and appropriate disciplinary action will be taken.

 

 

9


Health, Safety and Security

USF is committed to providing its Associates with a safe and secure work environment. We will comply with all applicable health and safety laws, as well as our own health and safety policies that meet or exceed what the law requires. Our commitment to safety means each of us must be alert to safety risks as we do our jobs and immediately report any injuries or unsafe conditions. All Associates and other individuals working on our premises must know and follow the health and safety requirements associated with their jobs.

Workplace Violence

A safe and secure work environment also means a workplace free from violence. Threats (whether implicit or explicit), intimidation and violence will not be tolerated. Any threats or concerns about safety or the safety of others, whether on-site or otherwise, must be immediately reported to your manager, any other member of management, Human Resources or the Check-In Line. Except as permitted by state or local law, firearms or weapons of any kind are not permitted on USF premises, including but not limited to: parking and remote sites owned or used by USF; customer locations; USF vehicles; and personal vehicles used for USF business.

All Associates are urged to bring any unsafe practices including threats, intimidation or acts of violence to the attention of your manager, Human Resources, any other members of management or the Check-In Line.

Associate Confidentiality

Information regarding Associates, including their names, addresses, phone numbers and compensation and benefits data, are strictly confidential.

Sharing such information could cause serious harm and must not be disclosed or used by Associates or others except in the performance of their duties. Associates who use such information in their work are responsible for protecting it (e.g., securing laptops, encrypting sensitive data). Associates who do not use such information in their work should not seek it. This confidentiality policy should not be interpreted to prohibit Associates from discussing the terms and conditions of their employment in an appropriate manner. Violations of this policy are very serious and may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

Drugs and Alcohol in the Workplace

Work requires clear thinking and the ability to react quickly — the safety of fellow Associates and others depends on it. Being under the influence of alcohol and/or illegal drugs, or improperly using medication, diminishes an Associate’s ability to perform at his or her best.

USF prohibits working under the influence of illegal drugs and/or alcohol. Violation of this rule is taken very seriously. The Associate Handbook contains the specific details of this policy. If you observe any Associate who appears to be working under the influence of drugs and/or alcohol, you must report it to your manager, any other member of management, Human Resources or the Check-In Line.

Child Labor and Forced Labor

We respect the fundamental rights of Associates as set forth or described in local laws and by the International Labor Organization. These rights include prevention of forced and child labor, nondiscrimination and equal remuneration for equal work.

 

 

10


Conducting Business

HOW WE OPERATE

What We Aim For

We rely on the good judgment of our Associates to comply with the law, act with integrity and safeguard the company’s reputation in every situation. Our culture is based on trust, mutual respect and high standards of professional conduct and ethics. This Code makes clear our basic expectations of Associates and all those with whom we do business.

Commitment to Ethical Business Practices

We conduct our business honestly and ethically. We expect the same of all with whom we conduct business. USF competes vigorously for business, but some conduct in the name of competition is not consistent with the law or USF’s commitment to integrity. Never compete by using unfair or illegal practices such as:

    Disparaging or making false statements about competitors, their products or their services;
    Stealing or misusing competitors’ trade secrets;
    Making any claim about a product without factual support;
    Cutting off a competitor’s sources of supply;
    Requiring someone to buy from our company before we will buy from them; or
    Paying bribes to help our company’s business or to hurt a competitor.

Accurate and Complete Books, Records and Accounting

USF’s policy is to create and maintain complete and accurate records. The integrity of our records is important to promote efficiency, confidentiality and legal compliance. All books, records and accounts must accurately and fairly reflect the

LOGO

transactions and dispositions of assets and must be presented in an honest and forthright manner. Proper accounting for all transactions is essential to USF’s control of its affairs and the accuracy of its financial reporting.

To maintain the integrity of all records, including accounting records and entries in USF’s books, all Associates must carefully and truthfully prepare records that are supported by adequate documentation to provide a complete, accurate and auditable record of the transactions they describe.

 

 

11


All Associates have a responsibility to ensure that their work is complete and accurate. No false or misleading entries may be made for any reason, and no Associate may assist another person in making such entries. These policies apply to all recordkeeping, including financial records, business metrics, customer and supplier reporting, safety reports and all other types of company records.

Associates with responsibility for budgets, expenses or other funds, must manage them carefully, accurately and ethically. Financial

decisions should benefit USF and not be driven by personal interest. If you manage other Associates, you are also responsible for the way in which they carry out their responsibilities. Report instances of suspected fraud to the Check-In Line at 888-310-7716 or www.usfoodcheckinline.com. USF prohibits retaliation, or taking any action with the intent to retaliate, against anyone who in good faith raises questions or concerns about ethics and compliance, makes a report about a potential violation of the Code or participates in any investigation.

 

 

12


USF’s Records Management Policy ensures we have a consistent method for maintaining information. Knowing what to keep, what to destroy and how to destroy is essential to the success of our business. Records relevant to litigation, audits or investigations may need to be kept beyond the standard requirements. Follow the legal hold guidelines to ensure you do not destroy or misplace important information. Details about the records’ retention schedule, including how to treat documents during litigation or other holds, may be found in the Records Management Program section of http://my.usfood.com under Integrity or for more information, you can email records@usfoods.com .

Fair Business Practices

USF believes that ethical business practices are essential to the welfare of the company and all of its business partners. USF is committed to conducting business only through ethical business practices and in compliance with the law. There are numerous laws and regulations that are designed to create free and fair markets for USF to compete in. These laws include anticorruption laws that prohibit the payment of bribes to foreign and domestic government officials, antitrust laws that are aimed at preventing activities that could restrict competition as well as antimoney laundering laws, import and export laws, and customs laws.

USF will not permit or engage in bribery, corruption or unethical business practices of any kind nor will we engage in activities that

may restrain competition such as exchanging information with competitors about prices or market share, customers, products or bids. We

will not use a competitor’s confidential or proprietary information no matter how this information may have come to our attention. We will not knowingly be involved in contraband or money laundering, and we will help government officials prevent illegal trade. We will comply with prohibitions or other restrictions placed on export or trade with certain countries, entities or individuals as well as with all customs laws and regulations.

Below is a Quick Reference Guide to assist you with what you can do, when you should ask the Legal Department for guidance and what you should never do. Violations of these laws can result in criminal charges, large fines and damage awards in addition to harm to the company’s reputation and possible loss of business.

 

LOGO

 

 

13


When the Government Is Our Customer

Each year, USF does substantial business with government entities (local, state and federal). While integrity is the foundation for all dealings with customers, special rules apply when a government is our customer — rules that differ from those that apply to commercial customers. Violations of these rules can result in criminal and civil penalties as well as exclusion from having or bidding on future government contracts. For purposes of these rules, a government official includes ANY PERSON employed by, appointed to, or elected to represent any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or entity whether foreign or domestic and includes public schools, public universities, state, county and city institutions.

Those involved in bidding on or providing service under a government contract need to know these rules:

    Never seek or accept confidential bid information;
    Never offer or provide gifts, gratuities or entertainment to any government official without prior written approval by the General Counsel and Chief Ethics Officer or his or her designee;
    Never give or authorize the giving of any cash payment, or payments in goods or services to any government official;
    Know and follow antikickback rules, including restrictions on gifts by those seeking business from the government and from government contractors, including suppliers in the supply chain to such contracts (also see antikickback restrictions on gifts to health-care customers on page 15 of this Code);
    Understand “most favored customer” pricing and verify compliance;
    Conform strictly to all of the contract’s terms, including quality, quantity and testing requirements;
    Billings must always be accurate, complete and in full compliance with all terms of the contract and all rules and regulations;
    Be truthful, accurate and complete in all representations and certifications; and
    Do not initiate any discussions about employment for yourself with any current or former government employee or agency with whom you have had a business relationship without first consulting with the Legal Department. Similarly, do not initiate discussions inviting current or former government employees with whom you have had a business relationship to join USF without first consulting the Legal Department.

If you have any questions about proper business relationships with the government, contact the Legal Department.

Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest, or the appearance of such conflicts, can undermine the trust that USF’s Business Partners (as defined below) place in us. Associates must avoid situations that could create a conflict or the appearance of a conflict. Conflicts of interest arise when an Associate’s personal, social, financial or political activities could interfere with the Associate’s objectivity at USF.

 

LOGO

 

 

14


Important Terms

In assessing whether a real or potential conflict exists, please keep these important terms in mind:

    Family Member – includes you and your spouse’s or domestic partner’s parents, siblings and their spouses or domestic partners, and children (natural, adopted or foster)
    USF Business Partner – includes any competitor who is any person offering or planning to offer for sale or selling products or services in competition with USF, any customer or potential customer, or any person who provides or may provide goods or services to USF
    Financial or Ownership Interest – any form of ownership, rights to profits or income, position or other form of interest that gives control over an entity’s affairs in regard to any publicly or privately held USF Business Partner with the exclusion of investments in publicly traded mutual or index funds
    Conflicts That Must Be Reported and Resolved – You must disclose any known conflict or potential conflict to your immediate supervisor and report it in the Just in Time system. If a conflict exists, you must resolve the conflict.

When in doubt, it is always best to disclose. Examples of conflicts that must be disclosed and resolved include when:

    Your USF job requires you to deal with a Family Member;
    You are employed by another employer or USF Business Partner;
    You have a Financial or Ownership Interest in any USF Business Partner;
    You hold a position of authority (e.g., member of the board, officer, consultant or advisor to any USF Business Partner); or
    You engage in financial dealings with any USF Business Partner (e.g., lend or borrow money, guarantee debts, accept or give personal gifts or favors outside of the ordinary course of business).

 

LOGO

Annually, Associates are required to disclose any conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. Any Associate who becomes aware of any transaction or relationship that may give rise to a conflict or potential conflict of interest must disclose the situation to his or her direct supervisor and must report it in the Just in Time system.

Once disclosure is made, you must meet with your direct supervisor and Human Resources personnel to resolve the conflict through a written agreement that describes the responsibilities of all interested parties and that may include the termination of the arrangements that created the conflict or potential conflict and is approved by the appropriate levels of management.

 

 

15


Corporate Opportunities and Unsolicited Ideas

Associates, including officers of USF, are prohibited from using USF property or information, or their position within the company, for personal gain, such as taking for themselves business opportunities that they learn about through their work at USF. All Associates are also prohibited from competing with USF. Competing with USF could include, but is not limited to:

    Engaging in the same line of business as USF; or
    Taking away from USF opportunities for sales or purchases of products, services or other interests.

Associates are sometimes approached by third parties with ideas, products, services or suggestions. Unfortunately, if these “unsolicited ideas” are not properly dealt with, our company risks liability. If you are approached about an unsolicited idea or if an issue arises, immediately notify the Legal Department.

 

LOGO

Gifts, Entertainment and Travel (GET) Policy

Our business depends on creating and maintaining productive and successful relationships with all of our business partners. These relationships must be based on fair and objective business decisions. Below are the guidelines that apply when accepting or offering gifts, entertainment or travel. “GET” or “Gifts, Entertainment and Travel” refers to anything of value received from or given by an Associate to a USF Business Partner or Family Member (as defined on page 13).

USF recognizes that modest, sensible gifts, entertainment and travel are part of the normal course of business. Therefore, except for government and health-care customers, GET such as occasional meals, ordinary sports or cultural events, occasional rounds of golf or gifts of nominal value to or from any one source during a calendar year are acceptable if valued at $250 or less. A source is anyone outside the company with whom USF could potentially have a business relationship. Receiving GET may have individual tax implications. Associates are responsible for the proper tax payment and reporting of any GET that they receive. USF expects USF Business Partners to provide Associates with appropriate tax documentation.

The GET policy does not cover:

    GET funded by USF for its Associates;
    GET exchanged between Associates;
    GET exchanged between Associates from those with whom the Associate has primarily a personal relationship. However, if there is a secondary business relationship, the GET should be logged on the Associate’s GET log; and
    Items such as prizes that are part of an approved sales contest, a contest of skill or chance, or a random drawing.
 

 

16


Always Ask

The offering and accepting of GET can raise conflict-of-interest concerns. Therefore, approval is always required for the following:

    Over the $250 Annual Limit and Special Events – Approval must be received in advance of the offer or acceptance. If advance approval is not possible, approval must be obtained within 14 days of the offer or acceptance. Examples would include special events such as Super Bowl tickets, rounds of golf, etc.
    Lasting for More Than One Day – If you wish to offer or accept entertainment or travel that lasts for more than one day, you must obtain approval in advance.
    Group (10+) functions – Certain officers of the company such as the division president and officers in the support office can approve group functions that involve 10 or more Associates.

 

LOGO

Government and Health-Care GET

There are very specific and more restrictive laws and regulations that govern the offering and accepting of GET from government officials and health-care customers. Given these requirements, USF has a separate GET policy for these customers.

LOGO

Associates are prohibited from offering government officials any form of GET without prior written approval of the General Counsel and Chief Ethics Officer or his/her designee. A government official is any person employed by any agency that receives federal, state or local funds and would include public schools, state universities, prisons and public hospitals.

Antikickback laws and regulations prohibit providing anything of value in exchange for the purchase of products or services to health-care customers that receive funding under the Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental health-care programs. Such customers would typically include acute or long-term care facilities, nursing homes and hospitals. The law provides significant restrictions on GET between vendors and entities providing health-care services, including entities in the supply chain to such contracts such as group purchasing organizations (GPOs).

It is USF’s policy not to allow expenditures of more than $100 per direct business activity and $250 annually.

All GET between an Associate and any health-care customer must be logged on the Associate’s GET log.

 

 

17


GET That Are Never Acceptable

Some forms of GET are never acceptable. These include:

    Cash, including debit or credit cards, loans, stock or stock options and chips for gambling;
    Any item that is provided in exchange for a reciprocal action (quid pro quo or pay to play);
    Any item that is illegal, sexually explicit or would violate our value of respect;
    Any item that is offered during the bid process or contract negotiations;
    GET that are excessive, lavish or frequent such as season tickets, cruises, club memberships, expensive jewelry, a computer; and
    The solicitation of GET by an Associate.

Recordkeeping and obtaining approval are important components of the GET policy. For a description of items that must be recorded and/or approved, refer to the GET Quick Reference. An electronic template of the GET log and approval form can be found at www.myusfoods.com under the Integrity section.

 

LOGO

 

 

18


INVESTIGATIONS AND MISCONDUCT

COOPERATING WITH INVESTIGATIONS

What We Aim For

USF is committed to investigating and taking appropriate action regarding all concerns, and this Code authorizes USF to take all reasonable means to fully investigate concerns. All Associates must cooperate fully with investigations, including timely providing information, documents, personal interviews and a written statement when requested.

USF prohibits any Associate from altering, destroying or concealing a record, document or other object, or attempting to do so, with the intent to impair the object’s integrity or availability for use in any investigation, audit or proceeding, whether conducted by internal or external parties. Furthermore, USF prohibits any Associate from attempting to obstruct, influence or impede any investigation, audit or proceeding. An Associate shall give full and accurate information in response to any reasonable inquiry by an internal auditor or accountant and those that support them, as well as representatives of USF’s external auditors or accountants and USF internal investigators.

All Associates are responsible for the detection and prevention of fraud, theft, misappropriations and other inappropriate conduct. It is USF’s policy to ensure incidents

of fraud, including “grazing” (eating or taking product out of a USF warehouse or truck), are promptly investigated and, where appropriate, discipline and/or prosecution are pursued. Any concerns must be reported to your manager, any other member of management, Human Resources or the Check-In Line (888-310-7716 or www.usfoodcheckinline.com). USF prohibits retaliation, or taking any action with the intent to retaliate, against anyone who in good faith raises questions or concerns.

 

LOGO

Government Inquiries or Investigations

It is USF’s policy to fully cooperate with any government investigation. When an Associate learns about a possible government investigation or inquiry, the Associate must inform his or her manager, who in turn must contact the Legal Department immediately.

Improperly Influencing Audits

An Associate shall provide auditors and accountants with all records and documents requested by them.

 

 

19


COMPANY RESOURCES AND INFORMATION

KEEPING US FOODS SECURE

What We Aim For

All Associates are responsible for using good judgment so the company’s assets are not misused or wasted. Company assets are intended to help Associates achieve business goals. Careless, inefficient or illegal use of company property hurts all of us. Remember that all records you create as part of your work for the company, whether electronic, written or audible, are company property.

Confidential and Proprietary Information

USF Associates regularly produce and learn about valuable, nonpublic ideas, strategies and other kinds of business information. This information is called “proprietary information,” which means that the company owns the information, just as it does other kinds of tangible property. Because it is the product of the company’s own hard work, various laws allow the company to protect this information from unauthorized use. Examples of proprietary information include, but are not limited to:

    Sales, marketing and other corporate databases;
    Marketing strategies and plans;
    Personnel records;
    Research and technical data;
    Proposals;
    Product development data;
    Trade secrets of any sort; and
    Contracts and agreements with customers, vendors and suppliers, including order guides, credit terms, sales and delivery schedules, and margin terms.

 

LOGO

All Associates must protect the company’s confidential and proprietary information. Associates should not have an expectation of privacy when on USF property or using USF equipment and systems.

Sharing Proprietary Information

Sometimes an Associate may need to share proprietary information with persons outside the company (e.g., USF Business Partner). However, even when there is a legitimate business reason to share proprietary information, never disclose anything without prior approval from management and/or the Legal Department.

Computer Use and Network Security

Computer technology (i.e., hardware, software, networks and the information that runs on them) is critical to business success. Everyone who uses this technology plays a role in protecting these assets. This means all Associates must:

    Use the computers for legitimate business purposes; any personal use must be reasonable and kept to a minimum;
    Protect the security of computer systems;
    Not download or disseminate, via email, text message or any other means, inappropriate, offensive or sexually explicit material that is prohibited; and
    Not share passwords.

For detailed information on this policy, please refer to the Associate Handbook.

 

 

20


Other Company Property/Resources

In general, company property should be used for the purpose of conducting company business, although limited personal use is permitted. Associates shall not use or allow others to use equipment or data for personal purposes that are unrelated or not intended to further the business of USF.

For more information on our policies regarding the use of company property, please refer to the Associate Handbook.

Use of Company Funds

How each Associate uses company funds impacts profitability, so follow a simple rule: Protect company funds as you would your own, guarding against misuse, loss or theft. This includes making sure all claims, vouchers, bills and invoices are accurate and proper.

Senior Person Rule

Whenever two or more USF Associates from the same business unit participate in activities together at USF expense (e.g., meals, taxi), the more senior person by salary level must pay and file the expense report.

    This policy does not prevent less senior Associates from paying in cases in which field and support office Associates are participating in an activity sponsored by a particular organization (e.g., at a regional HR meeting, the senior regional Associate pays for dinner for all meeting attendees, including support office guests to the meeting). However, in no case may a subordinate pay for his supervisor’s expense. For further information, please consult the USF travel and expense policies.
    All Associates who handle cash in our business must rigorously comply with all policies and standards for cash handling as explained in our Cash Handling Policy. Mishandling of cash is a serious offense, which affects the accuracy of USF’s financial records. Violations of cash handling policies and procedures
   

can result in discipline, including termination from USF and possible referral to authorities for prosecution.

Media and Investor Relations

    Media or press calls require careful consideration. Associates must not talk about company matters with a reporter, either on or off the record, without first contacting the Director of Corporate Communications.
    Associates who are authorized to speak to investors and analysts on behalf of the USF may not provide “special” or favored treatment for anyone. We must provide all members of the public equal access to honest and accurate information.
    Only those Associates specifically authorized to do so may respond to inquiries from members of the investment community (e.g., shareholders, brokers, investment analysts) and members of regulatory bodies. All such inquiries must be forwarded promptly to the Director of Corporate Communications.

 

LOGO

 

 

21


DEALING WITH SUPPLIERS AND CUSTOMERS

SUPPLIER CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

What We Aim For

In our dealings with vendors and suppliers, we act openly and honestly — we say what we mean and do what we say. We treat others as we wish to be treated. We live up to our commitments to all USF Business Partners, and we take responsibility for our actions. As a result, we earn each other’s trust. We make clear to our suppliers what we expect of them.

[Callout]

We act openly and honestly — we say what we mean and do what we say.

Our Customers

Our customers are our lifeblood. We earn our customers’ loyalty by delivering value. We make every day a little easier for our customers, bringing them interesting and innovative products and services. We are dedicated to serving both internal and external customers. We are positively engaged in the communities we serve. Our company strives to exceed customer expectations. We do so by listening to, anticipating and addressing customer needs and concerns. We provide accurate and relevant information to enable customers to make their own informed choices.

Product Quality and Food Safety

All customers of USF are entitled to the highest possible level of food safety. USF has food safety and quality policies, programs and systems based on sound scientific principles, practical operational procedures and state-of-the-art technology.

 

LOGO

The products we sell meet or exceed legal and industry standards for health and safety. We screen suppliers on the basis of their ability to provide the safest possible products. For manufacturer’s branded (MB) products, we set the required food safety and quality assurance programs in the FSQA Prerequisite Programs for MB. For our exclusive brand (EB) suppliers, we detail the food safety and quality systems that must be developed, maintained and validated to grow, manufacture, process, pack, store and distribute our products. At US Foods, every Associate is responsible for food safety as our basic duty to our customers.

For further information on Food Safety and Quality Assurance, please consult the Senior Vice President of Food Safety and Quality Assurance.

Privacy of Customer Information

We respect customer privacy and protect personal data. In the course of doing business, we may collect information on USF Business Partners. We are committed to carefully protecting this information and using it only for legitimate USF business purposes. Associates who do not have a business reason to access this information must never seek to do so, and those who do have legitimate access must make sure that no unauthorized release or use of this information occurs.

 

 

22


COMMUNITIES AND SOCIETY

ENGAGING THE PUBLIC

What We Aim For

Leadership in Sustainability: We strive to lead our industry in offering products and services that are both environmentally responsible and enhance the well-being of communities. We believe that achieving environmental and social responsibility will enable our long-term success as a business.

Active Dialogue: We promote an active dialogue with organizations representing communities and society on all matters that touch our business. We encourage Associates to speak up when they have good ideas about how we can become a more responsible, more valued member of our communities.

Involvement: We expect Associates to become part of the answer to strengthening communities, which includes taking responsibility for reducing our environmental impact, finding opportunities to promote health and wellness, and participating in company initiatives to eradicate hunger.

Regarding Public Authorities

    Expertise in Public Service: Associates may serve governments and official bodies in consulting or advisory positions, with the advance approval of the Associate’s manager and the General Counsel and Chief Ethics Officer.
    Protect Public Health: We cooperate with authorities to address serious threats to public health and safety.

 

LOGO

 

    Environmental Compliance: As a leader in sustainability, USF strives to protect public health and safety and the environment. We believe every Associate at USF has the potential to make a difference and act as a steward of natural resources. We expect all USF Associates to comply with all applicable environmental laws and regulations to preserve the quality of the environment.

Any Associate who learns of a possible violation of environmental laws or regulations should contact the Legal Department immediately.

Political Activity

We support personal participation by our Associates in open and transparent political processes. However, USF and its Associates may not make any contribution with USF funds to candidates for public office, political parties or other political interests that are illegal or have the appearance of being improper. Specifically, ALL political contributions made from USF funds, directly or indirectly, including “in-kind” donations and contributions by Associates for which reimbursement is expected, must be approved in advance by the General Counsel and Chief Ethics Officer. Additionally, all such contributions must be logged and must comply with the Bill of Authority. Under no circumstances shall cash contributions from USF funds, including cash or contributions in-kind, be given to national political parties or to candidates for federal office, nor may personal contributions be reimbursed for any federal election.

 

 

23


Employee Contributions and “Pay-to-Play” Laws

USF recognizes and encourages Associates to be involved in the political process. However, a number of states and local governments have enacted Pay-to-Play laws that can expose you and USF to liability as well as possibly ban USF from obtaining certain government contracts. These Pay-to-Play laws prohibit personal contributions from employees and their family members for certain candidates, particularly where USF has bid or might be bidding on government contracts. Before making a personal political contribution, check with the Integrity Team at Integrity@usfoods.com.

Donations/Charitable Contributions

We encourage USF Associates and operating units to strengthen and support the communities where they live. Reasonable donations and charitable contributions may be made with USF funds as long as such donations and contributions are in accordance with the USF Bill of Authority and GET policy.

LOGO

 

 

24


ASSOCIATE PLEDGE

CRUCIAL QUESTIONS FOR ASSOCIATES

What We Aim For

USF is dedicated to maintaining the highest standards for honest, ethical business conduct. To this end, every Associate is required to diligently follow this Code.

Crucial Questions for Associates

Whenever you have a concern, ask yourself these simple questions:

    Is it legal?
    Is it right?
    What would a trusted friend say?
    How would it look in the newspaper?
    Do I need advice to help me decide?

There are many places to turn for advice. Contact your manager, any other member of management, Human Resources, the Legal Department or the Check-In Line (888-310-7716 or www.usfoodcheckinline.com) for assistance.

Reminder

Violations of the Code can have serious consequences to USF and its reputation. As a result, failure to comply with any provision of this Code may subject you to disciplinary action, including possible termination of employment.

Nothing herein may be construed as altering any Associate’s existing employment relationship with USF which is at-will (unless you have a specific written employment agreement to the contrary signed by an Executive Committee member of the company). At-will employment status means that both you and the company retain the right to terminate the employment relationship, with or without cause, and with or without notice, at any time.

 

LOGO

To Learn More | Contact

If you have questions about the revised Code of Conduct, please call 847-720-2570 or e-mail Integrity@usfoods.com .

If you have a concern or would like to report a potential violation of the Code of Conduct, please call the USF Check-In Line: 888-310-7716 or log on to https://www.usfoodcheckinline.com.

 

 

25


 

 

LOGO

 

 

© 2012 US Foods

Exhibit 21.1

USF HOLDING CORP.

COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANY INFORMATION

 

ENTITY NAME:

  

STATE AND COUNTRY

OF INCORPORATION:

  

CITY AND STATE OF

PRINCIPAL OFFICE:

USF Holding Corp.    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
US Foods, Inc.    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
Trans-Porte, Inc.    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
RS Funding Inc.    Nevada, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Shares, Inc.    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
E & H Distributing, LLC    Nevada, United States    Rosemont, Illinois

US Foods Culinary Equipment &

Supplies, LLC

   Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Shared Services, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
Great North Imports, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Propco I, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Propco II, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Propco Mezz A, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Propco Mezz B, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
USF Propco Mezz C, LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
Atlanta Land L.K.E., LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
Jackson L.K.E., LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois
Paris L.K.E., LLC    Delaware, United States    Rosemont, Illinois

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John A. Lederer, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of US Foods, Inc;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information related to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with SEC transition instructions.];

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 20, 2014

 

/s/ JOHN A. LEDERER

John A. Lederer

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Fareed Khan, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of US Foods, Inc;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information related to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with SEC transition instructions.];

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 20, 2014

 

/s/ FAREED KHAN

Fareed Khan

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of US Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John A. Lederer, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 20, 2014

 

/s/ JOHN A. LEDERER

John A. Lederer

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of US Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Fareed Khan, Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 20, 2014

 

/s/ FAREED KHAN

Fareed Khan

Chief Financial Officer